Home

CONTROL-M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide

1. Item Value Mem Name EBDEXEC Quantitative Resources TAPE 0001 Priority 04 Critical N BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 7 Example 2 Resource Availability Determines Job Submission If one or two tape drives are available neither job is submitted When three tape drives become available job EBDBKP is submitted Job EBDBKP s priority level is 8A Critical is selected and it requires three tape drives Item Value Mem Name EBDBKP Quantitative Resources TAPE 0003 Priority 8A Critical Y Job EBDMAINT s priority level is 70 Critical is selected and it requires one tape drive Item Contents Mem Name EBDMAINT Quantitative Resources TAPE 0001 Priority 70 Critical Y BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 8 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Cyclic Indicates if the job is cyclic to be rerun at regular intervals Format Usage Optional Format Check box Selected job is cyclic e Cleared job is not cyclic Invalid Non English characters Characters Related Parameters Do Stop Do Stop Cyclic overrides the Cyclic specification Cyclic Maximum Determines the number of runs that are performed As of version 6 1 0x this parameter can be specified for cyclic jobs Max Wait Determines the maximum number of days a cyclic job can wait for su
2. Length Platforms other than OS 390 1 through 96 characters OS 390 1 through 9999 characters Case Yes Sensitive Invalid Platforms other than 0S 390 Blanks single Characters quotation marks OS 390 Blanks non English characters AutoEdit Yes An AutoEdit variable or expression can be Support specified as all or part of the value for this parameter cc E mail addresses that should be CCed for the mail message 7 Optional Length Multiple addresses can be specified separated by semicolons Note On some Unix platforms all recipients are shown in the To field because the CC field is not supported Platforms other than OS 390 1 through 96 characters OS 390 1 through 9999 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid Characters Platforms other than OS 390 Blanks single quotation marks OS 390 Blanks non English characters AutoEdit Support No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 26 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Parameter Description Subject Subject line for the message Length Platforms other than OS 390 1 through 99 characters OS 390 1 through 70 characters Case Yes Sensitive Invalid Platforms other than OS 390 Single Characters quotation marks do not use as the f
3. Chapter 14 Microsoft Windows Parameters Describes the parameters used to run a Microsoft Windows 2000 job Chapter 15 AutoEdit Facility Describes special variables and functions that can be used to make your job processing definitions more dynamic BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information xviii CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Related Documentation The following list describes other BMC publications that are relevant to the parameters and variables described in this book e CONTROL M Enterprise Manager User Guide describes CONTROL M EM concepts features facilities and operating instructions It can be used as a learning guide as well as a reference guide e CONTROL M Desktop User Guide describes an application used to define and manage CONTROL M job processing definitions Scheduling tables and Calendars e CONTROL M Enterprise Manager Administrator Guide describes the tasks that the CONTROL M EM administrator must perform to define monitor and maintain the CONTROL M EM environment e CONTROL M Enterprise Manager Utilities Guide describes the utilities used for creating and managing objects in the job production environment and maintaining various aspects of CONTROL MO Enterprise Manager e CONTROL M Administrator Guides are supplied for Servers Agents and Control Modules for various CONTROL M platforms for example Unix Series AS 400 and Microsoft
4. N No confirmation Default Y Confirm BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 24 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Do Mail The Do Mail parameter specifies a message to be sent mailed to an e mail address when the specified On Statement Code criteria are satisfied Format Usage Optional Format e Select Mail from the Do text box in the Job editing form To and Subject text boxes are displayed Urgency option buttons are displayed To send a brief message enter the required information To send a more detailed message and or a message that is sent to more than one recipient Click Advanced The Mail dialog box is displayed This For more information see Subparameters on page 7 26 Invalid OS 390 except for Message subparameter Non English Characters characters AutoEdit Yes An AutoEdit variable or expression can be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 25 Subparameters Parameter Description To E mail addresses for recipients of the mail message Multiple Mandatory addresses can be specified separated by semicolons Note Only physical addresses or AutoEdit variables can be specified Logical addresses as specified for the Do Shout parameter are not supported for Do Mail
5. Note If an AND relationship is specified and no Scheduling Tags are defined in the job the job is not scheduled Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Relationship parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities TAG _RELATIONSHIP Reporting Facility TAG_RELATIONSHIP CONTROL M Server relationship Utilities CONTROL M for OS 390 RELATIONSHIP CONTROL M for OS 390 RELATION Utilities BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 45 Retro Indicates if the job should be scheduled for possible execution after its original scheduling date has passed retroactively Format Usage Optional Format Check box Select the Retro check box to indicate that the job should be scheduled retroactively Clear the check box to indicate that the job should not be scheduled retroactively Default Not selected Invalid Non English characters Characters AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Minimum Minimum cannot be specified together with Retro PDS PDS cannot be specified together with Retro General Information The Retro parameter is used to control situations where the computer has not been working for a day or more for example due to a weekend a holiday or a hardware failure T
6. 0S 390 Format of the parameter depends on whether the job a started task processing definition applies to ajob or warning messages or Job Valid values a valid dataset name of 1 44 characters or one of the following reserved values DUMMY for dummy jobs e USER name for user defined libraries e GENERAL specifies the library referenced by DD statement DALIB in the CONTROL M procedure Started Task Any of the following formats can be used for the value of Mem Lib e taskid where taskid is the ID of the task The started task is activated in the computer in which the CONTROL M monitor is active cpuid stcparms where cpuid is the ID of the computer in which the started task is to be activated stcparms is started task parameters cpuid where cpuid is the ID of the computer in which the started task is to be activated Valid values for cpuid are e The computer where the CONTROL M monitor is active Under JES2 Nn where nis the JES NJE node ID Mm where mis the machine ID NnMm where nis the JES NJE node ID and m is the machine ID Under JES3 Lname where name is the logical JES name of the machine that is the name as used in the JES3 command T not the SMF system ID AutoEdit Support As of version 6 1 0x the Path value can be extracted and passed to another part of the job processing definition using the MEMLIB parameter BMC
7. If a value is specified for the Scheduling Environment parameter it will not override any scheduling environment specified in the job statement unless the OVERJCLM parameter in the CTMPARM library is set to Y BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 46 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Scheduling Environment parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM SCHEDULING_ENVIRONMENT Utilities Reporting Facility SCHEDULE ENV CONTROL M for SCHENV 0S 390 CONTROL M EM API schedule_environment Example Specifying a Scheduling Environment If the scheduling environment of job ACCTO1 is to be SCHD2 specify the following DESC OVERLIB SCHENV SCHD2 SYSTEM ID NJE NODE The job statement is modified as follows ACCTO1 JOB PROD1 CLASS A MSGCLASS X MSGLEVEL 1 1 SCHENV SCHD2 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 47 System Affinity Format Indicates the identity of the system in which the job must be initiated and executed in JES2 Indicates the identity of the processor on which the job must execute in JES3 Note This field is relevant only for OS 390 jobs Usage Optional Length 1 4 characters Case No Sensitive Invalid Non English characters Chara
8. Related Parameters Parameter Description Email Text Specifies the message text for the body of the email Email With Log Indicates that SQR program log files should be included as an attachment to the email message Type Specifies the output destination type of a process or job General Information When the Type parameter in the Distribution window is set to Email use the Email Subject parameter to enter the subject line for the email message produced by the job The text must not exceed 50 characters For more information see the Type parameter on page 13 15 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information PeopleSoft Parameters 13 5 Email Text Use this parameter to enter the body of an email message that is sent by the job Format Usage Optional Available if the Type parameter is set to Email Case Sensitive No Variable Name PS8 EMAIL_TEXT Related Parameters Parameter Description Email Subject Contains the subject line of the email message Email With Indicates that SQR program log files should be included as Log an attachment to the email message Type Specifies the output destination type of a process or job General Information When the Type parameter in the Distribution window is set to Email use the Email Text parameter to enter the message text for the email message produced by the job The text must not excee
9. BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 49 Example1 Under JES2 The following values are entered to the job processing definition DESC OVERLIB SCHENV SYSTEM ID SYS3 NJE NODE The following statement is added to the JCL of the job JOBPARM SYSAFF SYS3 The job is executed on the JES2 system SYS3 Example2 Under JES3 The following values are entered to the job processing definition DESC OVERLIB SCHENV SYSTEM ID PRC3 NJE NODE The following statement is added to the JCL of the job MAIN SYSTEM PRC3 The job is executed on processor PRC3 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 50 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Time From Time Until Sets time limits from and until for submitting the job Format Usage Optional Format From and Until must contain valid times expressed in 24 hour format hh mm Valid times are from 00 00 through 23 59 Alternatively if From contains a valid time value Until can contain the gt character For more information see below The From value can be specified without an Until value The opposite is also true Note If identical values are specified for the From and Until parameters the job will be scheduled immediately regardless of the specified time value For example if From is 0900 and To is 0900 and t
10. Dummy CONTROL M internal job This is a dummy job that is not executed but that can be used to execute the post processing actions Out Conditions and Shout Its completion status is always OK External Enables CONTROL M to track jobs whose state changes are determined outside CONTROL M that is jobs run on external applications such as SAP BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 57 Platform Task Types OpenVMS Job A regular job submitted to the operating system batch queue The job results in the job log are analyzed by the CONTROL M Server post processing subsystem Note For the purposes of the following discussion the term node refers to an individual computer in an OpenVMS cluster In a OpenVMS cluster environment a job with the Job Task Type parameter can be executed on a node other than the node on which CONTROL M is running To do this assign the QUEUE variable of the job a queue name that is a regular queue on another node of the cluster To let OpenVMS select the node on which to run the job use the Generic queue mechanism 1 Define a generic batch queue on the node running CONTROL M 2 On each of the other nodes initialize create regular batch queues and associate each queue with the generic batch queue referred to above 3 Assign the generic queue name to the QUEUE variable for that job Tracking is exactly the same
11. When or is selected if either set of criteria a specified Scheduling Tag or the job s basic scheduling criteria is satisfied the job is scheduled Default When and is selected both a specified Scheduling Tag and the job s basic scheduling criteria must be satisfied for the job to be scheduled Invalid Characters Non English characters AutoEdit Support No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Scheduling Tag Identifies a set of scheduling criteria defined for a group If the Relationship parameter value is AND and no Scheduling tag is defined the job is not scheduled General Information For jobs in Group Scheduling tables two types of basic scheduling criteria can be specified e Scheduling Tags Pointers to sets of scheduling criteria defined in the Group Scheduling table BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 44 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide e Basic Scheduling Criteria Defined in each job processing definition In some cases both sets of criteria must be satisfied for the job to be scheduled In other cases it is sufficient if either set of criteria is satisfied The AND OR option enables you to specify the required combination e When either set of criteria is sufficient choose OR e When both sets of criteria are required choose AND
12. 3Nn Mm or NnMm where mis the ID of the computer in JES2 not the 4 character SMF system ID nis the 1 to 2 character JES NJE node ID Under JES3 Lname where Lname is the logical JES name of the computer that is the name as used in the JES3 command T not the SMF system ID Note A Shout to a TSO user preforms a TSO SEND command which may require authorization at the receiving end U M mail_ name_ prefix Sends a message to the recipient identified by mail_name_prefix a mail name prefix consisting of 1 through 12 characters OS 390 1 through 8 characters U ECS Sends a message that is displayed in the CONTROL M EM Alerts window BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 8 10 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Parameter Format Message Text of the Shout Message Length 1 through 255 characters OS 390 1 through 70 characters Case Yes Sensitive Invalid None Characters AutoEdit Yes The message can include AutoEdit Support variables including any combination of text CONTROL M system variables job submission variables and User variables created using the AutoEdit Assignment parameter However the length of the message after decoding cannot exceed the length specified above For more information see AutoEdit Facility on page 15 1 General Information A Shout message is a message se
13. A rerun counter is displayed on the Active panel of the Job Editing form indicating how many times the job has been rerun from the current job order Platform Specific Information for OS 390 When a job is first run the MAXRERUN field in the Active environment that is in the Zoom screen contains the same value as the MAXRERUN parameter in the job scheduling definition However in the Active environment MAXRERUN works as a reverse counter of automatic reruns Each time the job is automatically rerun the value is decreased by one until the field contains a value of zero BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 22 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Availability The automatic rerun process works as follows 1 The CONTROL M determines that automatic rerun is possible only if the job ENDS NOTOK and a specified DO RERUN statement is activated during post processing If the monitor determines that automatic rerun is possible it sets the status of the job to ENDED NOTOK RERUN NEEDED 2 The monitor then checks the value of MAXRERUN in the Active environment If the value is zero automatic rerun is not possible and the job is not submitted for rerun If the value is greater than zero rerun is possible and the monitor submits the job for rerun when all runtime criteria are satisfied 3 The JCL for the rerun job is taken from the member specified in the RERUNMEM parameter If n
14. CONTROL M internal job This is a dummy job that is not executed but that can be used to execute the post processing actions Out Conditions and Shout Its completion status is always OK BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 59 Platform Task Types Series Job A job submitted to an operating system job AS 400 queue After submission the job may start executing immediately or wait in the queue The log is analyzed by the post processing subsystem Detached A detached job is submitted to a no wait job queue and is executed immediately by the operating system The results of a detached job are analyzed by the post processing subsystem Although the job is not executed by the operating system batch queue the job is executed asynchronously Command Operating system command defined in the Command parameter sent to the operating system to be executed as a job For more information see Command on page 2 20 Dummy CONTROL M internal job This is a dummy job that is not executed but that can be used to execute the post processing actions Out Conditions and Shout Its completion status is always OK BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 60 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Platform Task Types OS 390 JOB Batch job Default STC Started task Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components
15. Form Name Specifies the type of form used for entering application data This form is displayed as a panel in the CONTROL M EM Job Editing form Note This parameter is not supported by CONTROL M versions earlier than 6 1 00 This parameter is not supported by CONTROL M for OS 390 Format Usage Mandatory for External Application jobs Length 1 30 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid Blanks single quotation marks non English characters Characters AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be Support specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Parameter Description Application Indicates external application server types communicating Type with CONTROL M Agent Application Indicates the version of the external application server Version communicating with CONTROL M Agent Control Indicates the version of Control Module CM supported by Module CM CONTROL M Agent Version General Information You must specify values for the Application Type Application Version and Control Module Version parameters before selecting a value for the Form Name parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 36 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide In CONTROL M EM this parameter can be selected only from a list box in the Skeleton Editor You cannot specify this parameter using the Job Editing form Availabilit
16. Format Format 1 8 characters Variable Name FTP TRANSTABx where x indicates an integer representing the file transfer number to which it relates BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 12 28 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Unit Optional The Unit on which the MVS data set will be allocated Format Format 1 8 characters Variable Name FTP UNITX where x indicates an integer representing the file transfer number to which it relates BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information FTP Parameters 12 29 Use Configuration Default This parameter can be selected if you want to use the specified number of retries as defined in the configuration file Format Usage Optional Default Deselected Variable Name FTP USE_DEF_NUMRETRIES General Information Checkbox format BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 12 30 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Volume Optional The Volume on which the MVS data set will be allocated Format Format 1 6 characters Variable Name FTP VOLUMEx where x indicates an integer representing the file transfer number to which it relates BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information FTP Parameters 12 31 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 1
17. OWNERSHIP OF THE PRODUCT BMC or its Affiliates or licensors retain all right title and interest to and in the BMC Product and all intellectual property informational industrial property and proprietary rights therein BMC neither grants nor otherwise transfers any rights of ownership in the BMC Product to You BMC Products are protected by applicable copyright trade secret and industrial and intellectual property laws BMC reserves any rights not expressly granted to You herein CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION The BMC Products are and contain valuable confidential information of BMC Confidential Information Confidential Information means non public technical and non technical information relating to the BMC Products and Support including without limitation trade secret and proprietary information and the structure and organization of the Software You may not disclose the Confidential Information to third parties You agree to use all reasonable efforts to prevent the unauthorized use copying publication or dissemination of the Product WARRANTY Except for a Trial License BMC warrants that the Software will perform in substantial accordance with the Documentation for a period of one year from the date of the order This warranty shall not apply to any problems caused by software or hardware not supplied by BMC or to any misuse of the Software EXCLUSIVE REMEDY BMC s entire liability and Your exclusive remedy for any defe
18. Optional The name of the template with which you intend to work Format Length Up to 64 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid Blanks Characters Default None Variable Name FTP TEMPLATEx where x indicates an integer representing the file transfer number to which it relates BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information FTP Parameters 12 25 Transfer Location Local Fields The source or destination location for files either transferring or being transferred on the local computer Format Usage Mandatory Case Sensitive Yes Invalid None Characters Default None Variable Name FTP LPATHx Note x indicates any value between 1 5 according to the sequential transfer number BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 12 26 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Transfer Location Remote Fields The source or destination location for files either transferring or being transferred on the remote computer Format Usage Mandatory Case Sensitive Yes Invalid None Characters Default None Variable Name FTP RPATHx Note x indicates any value between 1 5 according to the sequential transfer number BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information FTP Parameters 12 27 Translation Table Optional Specifies a file containing translate tables for the data connection
19. Shout on page 8 6 MSG Text of the Shout message up to 255 characters spaces allowed This parameter is required Use of AutoEdit variables is supported For more information about this field see Shout on page 8 6 Urgency Level or urgency for the Shout Message Choose the option button for the appropriate urgency level Regular Default Urgent Very urgent BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 37 Aliases for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Do Shout parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM DOSHOUT Utilities CONTROL M Server doshout CONTROL M for DO SHOUT 0S 390 CONTROL M EM API do_shout Alternate Formats for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Do Shout parameter are listed below Component CONTROL M EM Utilities Format DOSHOUT is composed of the DEST destination URGENCY and MESSAGE subparameters Example lt DOSHOUT DEST Wkstn2 URGENCY R MESSAGE Job5 completed OK gt BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 38 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Do Stop Cyclic When specified this parameter prevents subsequent iterations of the current cyclic job No values or subparameters are specified for this parameter Related Parameters Cyclic Cyclic is
20. BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 20 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide System Affinity parameter 4 48 JES2 4 48 specifying JES3 processor identity 4 48 SYSTEM ID parameter 4 49 system variables AutoEdit facility 15 10 specifying 2 14 system variables list 15 10 SYSTEM_AFFINITY parameter 4 49 system_affinity parameter 4 49 T TABLE NAME parameter 2 55 Table parameter 2 54 TABLE_DSN parameter 2 53 TABLE_NAME parameter 2 54 tag parameter 3 52 TAG_NAME parameter 3 52 TAG_RELATIONSHIP parameter 3 45 Tandem job submission variables list 15 9 TANDEM_ASSIGN_ variable 15 9 TANDEM_BYPASS_JOB variable 15 9 TANDEM_ CPU variable 15 9 TANDEM_DEFINE_ variable 15 9 TANDEM_INPUT_FILE variable 15 9 TANDEM_PARAM_ variable 15 9 Target Host parameter 10 46 Target Server parameter 10 47 Task Type parameter 2 56 cyclic jobs 2 56 iSeries AS 400 format 2 60 Microsoft Windows format 2 57 OpenVMS format 2 58 OS 390 format 2 61 Unix format 2 57 task_type parameter 2 61 TASKTYPE parameter 2 61 Template Name parameter FTP 12 25 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information terminating cyclic job 4 11 time in Shout parameter 8 8 TIME FROM parameter 4 52 Time From parameter 4 51 Time To parameter 4 51 TIME UNTIL parameter 4 52 TIME variable 15 14 Time Zone parameter 3 54 time zone support in utilities 3 56 time_due_out parameter 9 2 time_from parameter 4 52 time_until p
21. CTB STEP AT NAME TYPE DOCMEM SACALCO1 DOCLIB CTM PROD DOC DAYS 01 15 DCAL AND OR WDAYS WCAL MONTHS 1 Y 2 Y 3 Y 4 Y 5 Y 6 Y 7 Y 8 Y 9 Y 10 Y 11 Y 12 Y DATES CONFCAL SHIFT RETRO Y MAXWAIT 00 D CAT MINIMUM PDS DEFINITION ACTIVE FROM UNTIL IN CONTROL RESOURCE PIPE TIME FROM UNTIL PRIORITY DUE OUT SAC CONFIRM TIME ZONE OUT SALARY OK ODAT COMMANDS EDIT DOC PLAN JOBSTAT 11 17 00 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 6 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Do AutoEdit The Do AutoEdit variable assigns a value to an AutoEdit variable for use in a rerun of the job when the On Statement Code criteria are satisfied Format Usage Optional Format Name and Value text boxes in the CONTROL M EM Job Editing form Enter the AutoEdit variable name in the Name text box and the expression in the Value text box Application specific job parameters may not be specified in AutoEdit variable values The names of application specific job parameters are prefixed by two percent signs the application s abbreviation and a hyphen SAPR3 for SAP OAP for Oracle and so on Length Platforms other than OS 390 The AutoEdit variable name Name can be up to 40 characters long including the prefix The AutoEdit expression Value can be up to 214 characters long OS 390 The total length of Do AutoEdit including the prefix variab
22. For a list of supported versions see the Administrator Guide for the appropriate CONTROL M Control Module Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Application Version parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities APPL_VER e Trigger Application Version CONTROL M Server applver Utilities CONTROL M EM API application_version BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 11 Author Indicates the CONTROL M EM user who defined the job Note This parameter is not relevant in OS 390 Format Usage Mandatory Default Name of the CONTROL M EM user that created the job Length 1 30 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid Blanks single quotation marks Characters AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be Support specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Note Depending on the value of the AuthorSecurity system variable this parameter may be disabled General Information The CONTROL M EM user specified by this parameter must possess a valid user ID registered in the CONTROL M installation Authority to perform actions is verified by CONTROL M Server security exits BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 12 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide This parameter is used by the CONTROL M Server
23. Radio button format BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information FTP Parameters 12 7 Block Size Optional The block size of the MVS data set to be allocated Format Format Integer between 0 32760 Variable Name FTP BLKSIZEx where x indicates an integer representing the file transfer number to which it relates BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 12 8 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide File Transfer Direction Indicator of whether the local or remote machine is the source or destination for the file transfer Format Format Arrow button Variable Name FTP UPLOADx where x indicates an integer representing the file transfer number to which it relates Valid values 0 Download 1 Upload BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information FTP Parameters 12 9 Local Home Directory The default directory to and from which files will be transferred on the local computer Format Format Read only Variable Name FTP LHOMEDIR BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 12 10 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Local Hostname The name of the local computer Format Format Read only Variable Name FTP LHOST BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information FTP Parameters 12 11 Local OS Ty
24. cece eee eee 15 27 Expressions for LDA iSeries AS 400 only 15 29 Index BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Contents xi BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information xii CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Figures Figure 2 1 PIPE Parameter Example Job CTLIVPWR 2 51 Figure 2 2 PIPE Parameter Example Job CTLIVPRD 2 52 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Figures xiii BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information xiv CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide LELA Tables Table 1 1 Table 2 1 Table 3 1 Table 4 1 Table 4 2 Table 4 3 Table 4 4 Table 5 1 Table 6 1 Table 7 1 Table 7 2 Table 7 3 Table 7 4 Table 7 5 Table 7 6 Table 7 7 Table 8 1 Table 8 2 Table 9 1 Table 10 1 Table 10 2 Table 10 3 Table 10 4 Table 11 1 Table 11 2 Table 11 3 Table 12 1 Table 12 2 Access to Job Parameters and Variables 1 4 General Parameters Summary 00000 o 2 1 Scheduling Parameters Summary 3 1 Execution Parameters Summary 005 4 1 Max Wait Parameter Valid Values oo o oo oooo 4 18 Node ID and Node Group Parameter Descriptions 4 29 Format Rerun From Parameter 0 004 4 41 Conditions Parameters 0 2 0 0 cee eee ee
25. e Each week schedule the job on the first day of period A and on all days except the 2nd day of period B in that week Week Days D1PA D2PB Weeks Calendar PERIDAYS Periodic calendar PERIDAYS contains the following definitions BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 64 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Weeks Calendar Indicates the name of a calendar to be used to validate specified weekdays on which to order the job Format Usage Optional Length 1 10 characters OS 390 1 8 characters Case Yes sensitive Invalid e Platforms other than OS 390 Blanks single quotation marks Characters OS 390 Blanks AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Parameter Description Active From Date Active To Date Indicates the beginning of a period of time during which the job or Group Scheduling table can be ordered This parameter is paired with the Active To Date parameter Indicates the end of a period of time during which the job or Group Scheduling table can be ordered This parameter is paired with the Active From Date parameter Days Calendar And Or Indicates the name of a CONTROL M calendar that is used to validate specified days This parameter may be mandatory for certain Days value formats Indicates the relationship betw
26. Confidential and Proprietary Information The value of this parameter is supplied by the Oracle Application and cannot be modified This parameter is displayed only in the Job Editing form active environment in the CONTROL M EM GUI 11 14 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Print Determines print settings Format Usage Optional Format Composed of the Printer Load No of Copies and Style subparameters For more information see Subparameters Located on the Advanced Options panel accessed from the OAP panel Subparameters Printer Load Causes the Oracle Applications server to generate a list in real time of all available printers Select required printer for job output Usage Optional Length 1 100 characters Case sensitive Yes Invalid None Characters Variable Name OAP PRINTERNAME No of copies Required number of copies Usage Optional Format Variable Name Integer 1 4 digits OAP PRINTCOPIES Style Format in which job output is printed Usage Optional Mandatory if a value is supplied for the Printer Load parameter Length 1 20 characters Case sensitive Yes Invalid None Characters Variable Name OAP PRINTSTYLE BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Oracle Applications Parameters 11 15 Priority Priority of the job or process
27. Facility subparameters below RESOURCE Name of the resource String TYPE Type of Control resource E Exclusively owned by a job S Shared by any number of jobs Example 1 Scheduling a Job using an Exclusive Resource Job R1 which reorganizes a disk cannot run in parallel with job B1 which backs up the same disk or job B2 which reads data from the disk Jobs B1 and B2 do not interfere with each other and can be executed in parallel Job R1 is defined as follows Mem Name R1 Control Resources VS01 E BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Resource Parameters 6 3 Job B1 is defined as follows Mem Name B1 Control Resources VS01 S Job B2 is defined as follows Mem Name B2 Control Resources VS01l S Jobs B1 and B2 can run simultaneously since they both use resource VSO1 in shared mode Job R1 requests VSO1 for exclusive use and therefore cannot run in parallel with either job B1 or B2 e If either job B1 or B2 is running CONTROL M does not submit job R1 e Ifjob R1 is running CONTROL M does not submit job B1 or B2 CONTROL M submits job B1 if job B2 is running and vice versa BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 6 4 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Quantitative Resources Indicates the name and quantity of Quantitative resources required by the job Format Usage Optional F
28. Maximum number of characters on an output line Usage Mandatory Not available when other job Mode values are specified Default 80 Format Number between 1 255 or 1 where 1 is a special value indicating that the number of columns will be obtained from the ABAP program code Variable Name Y SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt PRINT_NUMCOLUMNS 10 14 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Copy Spool To Name and path of the file to which the spool should be copied Format Usage Optional Length 1 214 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid Blanks Characters Variable Name SAPR3 SPOOL General Information The Copy Spool To parameter can be specified for both regular SAP jobs and SAP data archiving jobs Note If SYSOUT is specified the spool is copied to the same location as the job output For more information see Sysout Handling on page 8 16 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 15 Delete After Print Indicates if report is deleted after printing Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Format Valid values are e Y Yes N No Default Variable Name BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt PRINT_RELEASE 10 16 CONTROL M Job Parameter an
29. N utilize prerequisite conditions normally set by predecessor jobs default eTrigger Blank do not consider the parameter Default N ignore the relevant prerequisite conditions Y utilize prerequisite conditions normally set by predecessor jobs CONTROL M for Y ignore the relevant prerequisite conditions OS 390 N utilize prerequisite conditions normally set by predecessor jobs default BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 15 And Or Indicates the relationship between specified Days parameter values and Weekdays parameter values Format Usage Optional Format Valid values are and or default Invalid Characters Non English characters AutoEdit Support Related Parameters No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Parameter Description Confcal Indicates the name of a CONTROL M calendar that is used to validate scheduling dates A specified shift value can be used to indicate how to handle jobs that are scheduled for a non working day in the calendar Dates Indicates specific dates month and day on which the job should be scheduled Days Calendar Indicates the name of a calendar containing a list of working days on which the job can be scheduled for execution Week Days Indicates the days of
30. OAP APPDESP variable 11 6 OAP APPNAME variable 11 7 OAP DESCRIPTION variable 11 8 OAP DISPLAY_OUTPUT variable 11 10 OAP INSTANCE variable 11 5 OAP NOTIFICATIONS N NAME variable 11 11 OAP PARAM_VALIDATION variable 11 12 OAP PARMS P NAME variable 11 22 OAP PARMS P VALUE variable 11 22 OAP PRINTCOPIES variable 11 15 OAP PRINTERNAME variable 11 15 OAP PRINTSTYLE parameter 11 15 OAP PROFILES P NAME variable 11 17 OAP PROFILES P VALUE variable 11 17 OAP PROGDESP variable 11 21 OAP PROGNAME variable 11 21 OAP RESPAPP variable 11 4 OAP RESPNAME variable 11 23 OAP SECURITY_GROUPNAME variable 11 24 OAP SETDESP variable 11 19 OAP SETNAME variable 11 20 OAP SETPROG P PARMS PARM 11 20 OAP SUBSTATUS variable 11 9 OAP TASKTYPE variable 11 19 OAP USERNAME variable 11 26 Index 13 ob submission variables list 15 5 Object Type parameter 10 31 ODAT date reference Do Cond parameter 7 11 In conditions 5 4 5 13 ODATE variable 15 12 time zone support 3 55 Odate Do Forcejob statement 7 18 in Max Wait parameter 4 18 ODATE variable 15 12 ODAY variable 15 12 OK code value 7 52 parameter 7 33 status for Group Scheduling tables 7 1 status for On statements 7 60 status for Shout parameter 8 8 OMONTH variable 15 12 On blocks 7 46 code qualifiers 7 55 code relationships 7 55 Do Shout message use 8 11 parameter 7 44 On Codes statements no need to define 7 70 On Statement Code criteria 7 7 parameter 7 58 On statements completion codes 7 61
31. Specifying either And or Or opens a new On statement in the On block described later and links the new statement to the statement containing the And Or specification as follows And Indicates AND logic between the two On statements On block criteria are satisfied only if both On statements are satisfied Or Indicates OR logic between the two On statements On block criteria are satisfied if either or both On statements are satisfied General Information On statements define event criteria that identify specific CONTROL M job steps and possible codes that result from the execution of those job steps On statements are usually but not necessarily followed by user specified Do actions The implied relationship between On statements and associated Do statements is e IF Codes event criteria specified in an On Statement Code statement are satisfied e THEN Perform the actions specified in the Do statements The combination of On statements and Do statements enables you to specify post processing actions whose performance depends on the execution results of job steps executed under CONTROL M Multiple On Statements and On Blocks In a new job scheduling definition an empty On statement is followed by an empty DO statement Additional On statements can be opened in the job scheduling definition as follows BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 46 CONTROL M Job Parameter and
32. Start Time parameter 9 2 RUNCOUNT variable 15 13 RUNTIME variable UNISYS 15 8 RWDAY variable 15 13 RYEAR variable 15 14 S SAP ABAP Program parameter 10 5 Add Abap parameters list 10 2 Cover Page parameter 10 40 Data Archiving parameters list 10 4 deleting reports 10 16 External Step parameters list 10 4 SAP Panel parameters 10 1 SAPR3 ACCOUNT variable 10 6 SAPR3 DA_ARC_OBJ variable 10 9 SAPR3 DA_CHECK_VARIANT variable 10 13 SAPR3 JOB_MODE variable 10 24 SAPR3 JOBCLASS variable 10 22 SAPR3 JOBCOUNT variable 10 23 SAPR3 JOBNAME variable 10 25 SAPR3 QID variable 10 37 SAPR3 SPOOL variable 10 15 SAPR3 STEP Snn ARCH_ID variable 10 7 SAPR3 STEP Snn ARCH_TEXT variable 10 10 SAPR3 STEP Snn ARCHIVE_INFO variable 10 21 SAPR3 STEP Snn ARCHIVE_OBJECT variable 10 19 SAPR3 STEP Snn ARCHIVE_SAPOBJEC T variable 10 31 SAPR3 STEP Snn DEPT variable 10 17 SAPR3 STEP Snn LANGU variable 10 26 SAPR3 STEP Snn LIST_NAME variable 10 28 SAPR3 STEP Snn LIST_TEXT variable 10 48 SAPR3 STEP Snn NEW_LIST_ID variable 10 29 SAPR3 STEP Snn OWNER variable 10 33 SAPR3 STEP Snn PRINT_ARCHMODE variable 10 8 SAPR3 STEP Snn PRINT_AUTH variable 10 11 SAPR3 STEP Snn PRINT_BANNER variable 10 40 SAPR3 STEP Snn PRINT_BANNER_ PAG E variable 10 42 SAPR3 STEP Snn PRINT_COPIES variable 10 30 SAPR3 STEP Snn PRINT_DEST variable 10 32 SAPR3 STEP Snn PRINT_EXPIRATION variable 10 35 SAPR3 STEP Snn PRINT_IMMED variable 10 36 SAPR3 STEP Snn PRINT_LAYOUT variable 1
33. Yes None AutoEdit Support Yes An AutoEdit variable or expression can be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter General Information Use this parameter to specify an operating system command to be executed by CONTROL M The command should be specified exactly as it would be specified in a terminal for the specific platform CONTROL M creates a temporary file containing the command This file is submitted for execution and is monitored and analyzed in the same manner as a regular job The command can include any combination of text and AutoEdit variables However the length of the command after resolution of AutoEdit variables must not exceed 999 characters For more information about AutoEdit variables see Chapter 15 AutoEdit Facility BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 20 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Platform Specific Information e Commands submitted to a Unix platform are executed using the Bourne shell e For CONTROL M for iSeries AS 400 version 2 1 3 commands must not include single quotes If quotes are necessary use double quotes only Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Command parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM CMDLINE Utilities Reporting Facility CMD LINE CONTROL M Server cmdline Utilities eTrigger Command Line C
34. b collectively referred to as the Americas Region c in Singapore if you acquired the License in Japan South Korea Peoples Republic of China Special Administrative Region of Hong Kong Republic of China Philippines Indonesia Malaysia Singapore India Australia New Zealand or Thailand collectively Asia Pacific Region or d in the Netherlands if you acquired the License in any other country not described above The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is specifically disclaimed in its entirety ARBITRATION ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN YOU AND BMC ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE BREACH OR ALLEGED BREACH SHALL BE DETERMINED BY BINDING ARBITRATION CONDUCTED IN ENGLISH IF THE DISPUTE IS INITIATED IN THE AMERICAS REGION THE ARBITRATION SHALL BE HELD IN NEW YORK U S A UNDER THE CURRENT COMMERCIAL OR INTERNATIONAL AS APPLICABLE RULES OF THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION IF THE DISPUTE IS INITIATED IN A COUNTRY IN THE ASIA PACIFIC REGION THE ARBITRATION SHALL BE HELD IN SINGAPORE SINGAPORE UNDER THE CURRENT UNCITRAL ARBITRATION RULES IF THE DISPUTE IS INITIATED IN A COUNTRY OUTSIDE OF THE AMERICAS REGION OR ASIA PACIFIC REGION THE ARBITRATION SHALL BE HELD IN AMSTERDAM NETHERLANDS UNDER THE CURRENT UNCITRAL ARBITRATION RULES THE COSTS OF THE ARBITRATION SHALL BE BORNE EQUALLY PENDING THE ARBITRATOR S AWARD THE AWARD RENDERED SHALL BE FINAL AND BINDING UPON THE PARTIES AND SHALL NOT BE SUB
35. example Users and Groups gt Groups gt Add means that you first select Users and Groups from the menu bar Select the Groups option from the submenu Finally select the Add option from the Groups submenu Option A Option B The vertical bar is used to separate choices For example AND OR means that you specify either AND or OR Option Square brackets are used to enclose parameters that are optional BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information About This Book xxi Code Samples Format syntax operating system terms examples and JCL scripts are presented in this typeface Boldface In instructions boldface type highlights information that you enter File names directory names and paths dialog box and window names and Web addresses also appear in boldface type One Step Procedures The symbol gt gt denotes one step instructions Option Symbol A vertical bar separating items indicates that you must choose one item In the following example you would choose a b or c a lb c BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information xxii CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Introduction In the CONTROL M job scheduling environment jobs are tasks that can be performed by a computer These tasks are handled according to parameters The parameters specified for a particular job are collectively referred
36. from the drop down list Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the CONTROL M parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM DATACENTER Utilities Reporting Facility DATA CENTER CONTROL M Server Not supported Jobs created with a Utilities CONTROL M Server utility are submitted to the local CONTROL M Server installation BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 25 Component Parameter Name CONTROL M for When a job is created it is submitted to the local 0S 390 CONTROL M for OS 390 installation CONTROL M EM API control m BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 26 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Description Provides a description of the job in free text Format Usage Optional Length 1 50 characters Case Yes sensitive Invalid None Characters AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter General Information The Description parameter is used to describe the job A well written description can help you determine why the job was defined and how it fits into your business environment Note Special characters such as single quotes double quotes left right brackets left right parentheses and asterisks should not be used in the description
37. the parameters described above would cause CONTROL M to invoke the script using the following Unix command SHOME 3jobs mtjob sh 021201 TRacct124 Example 3 Series AS 400 For an Series AS 400 job with the following job processing parameters Parameter Value Job Name EODJOB File Name EODJOB Mem Name Path Mem Lib ACCOUNTING AutoEdit PARM1 ODATE Assignment PARM2 TIME LDA_1_6 ODATE LDA_7_2 ODAY SWS 00000001 LIBL QTEMP ACCLIB BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 18 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide If ODATE is 020127 for Jan 27 2002 the parameters described above would cause CONTROL M to submit the job using the following Series AS 400 commands CHGDTAARA LDA 1 6 VALUE 020127 CHGDTAARA LDA 7 2 VALUE 27 SBMJOB JOB EODJOB RQSDATA CALL PGM ACCOUNTING EODJOB PARM 020127 110312 SWS 00000001 INLLIBL QTEMP ACCLIB BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 19 Command Indicates an operating system command line to be submitted as a job Note This parameter is not relevant in OS 390 Format Usage This parameter can be used only if the Task Type parameter is Command In this case the Command parameter is required Length 1 through 512 characters Case Sensitive Invalid Characters Microsoft Windows No e Unix
38. this parameter is disabled for both Detect Delete and Detect Store job mode values The Job Class parameter can be specified for both regular SAP jobs and SAP data archiving jobs BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 10 22 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Job Count Unique SAP job ID number Format Usage Mandatory when Job Mode value is Copy Original or External Variable Names SAPR3 JOBCOUNT Valid values 8 digit number specific job or special values string Special Values FIRST FIRST_SCHEDULED LAST LAST_SCHEDULED Related Variable SAPR3 JOB_COUNT Valid values are e Specific_Job f SAPR3 JOBCOUNT has an 8 digit number value or e The same special value as SAPR3 JOBCOUNT as detailed in the table above Related Parameters Job Mode Job Count cannot be specified when the job mode value is Create or Batch_Input When the job mode value is Copy the parameter can contain digits or any of the special values When the job mode value is Original the parameter can contain digits FIRST_SCHEDULED or LAST_SCHEDULED When the job mode value is External the Special Values described above are not applicable BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 23 Job Mode Determines the task that the job performs Format Usage Mandatory Format V
39. value For more information see the CONTROL M for OS 390 User Manual BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 23 Dates Indicates specific dates month and day on which the job should be scheduled Format Usage Optional Note The Dates parameter cannot be used together with the Days parameter Format e The Dates parameter is specified in either mmdd or ddmm format depending on the site standard e Multiple values can be expressed separated by commas in any order for example 1211 1212 Invalid Blanks single quotation marks Characters AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter General Information The job is scheduled for execution only on the dates specified in the dates list In OS 390 only 12 days can be specified for the Dates parameter To specify more than twelve dates for one job the dates should be defined in a calendar and the calendar specified in the Days Calendar parameter You can use the CTMRPLN utility to generate a report describing when the job will run based on its currently specified scheduling dates For more information see the description of this utility in the CONTROL M Administrator Guide for your platform The Dates parameter cannot be specified together with the Weeks Calendar parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary In
40. 13 1 PeopleSoft Panel Parameters Summary Part 2 of 2 Parameter Description Process Name Il Name of a job collection of PeopleSoft processes Process Type Type of process for the process or job definition Rerun From Step Process number from which a job that failed previously should be rerun generally the process where the job previously failed Run Control ID Identifies a set of run control attributes to be associated with a job or process Server Name Name of the PeopleSoft Server Type Specifies the output destination type of a process or job User ID Specifies the PeopleSoft user ID name to be used for the job Userdef1 2 3 User defined parameters that are made available to the PeopleSoft process or job by CONTROL M CM for PeopleSoft For more information about PeopleSoft parameters see your PeopleSoft Process Scheduler manual BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 13 2 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Connection Profile Name for a set of attributes that define a connection between CONTROL M CM for PeopleSoft and a PeopleSoft application server Format Usage Mandatory Length 1 30 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid Blanks Characters Default None Variable Name PS8 CON_PROFILE General Information A connection profile defines the connection attributes between
41. 4 36 Availability Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components e Critical cannot be specified for OS 390 jobs e Critical is available for jobs whose statuses are not Executing when editing details in the active environment Alternate names for the Critical parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities CRITICAL Reporting Facility CRITICAL CONTROL M Server critical Utilities CONTROL M EM API critical BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 6 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Formats in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Critical parameter are listed below Component CONTROL M EM Utilities Format Valid values 1 Job is critical 0 Job is not critical Default Example lt CRITICAL 1 gt CONTROL M Server Utilities Valid values Y Job is critical N Job is not critical Default Example 1 Resource Availability Overrides Critical Status If one tape drive is available neither job is submitted When two tape drives become available job EBDUPDT is submitted Job EBDUPDT s priority level is 50 Critical is selected and it requires two tape drives Item Value Mem Name EBDUPDT Quantitative Resources TAPE 0002 Priority 50 Critical Y Job EBDEXEC s priority level is 04 and it requires one tape drive It is not a Critical job
42. 49 mem_name parameter 2 35 member job script location 2 46 MEMLIB parameter 2 49 variable 15 12 Memlib AutoEdit support 15 2 MemName parameter 2 35 Memname AutoEdit support 15 2 MEMSYM variable OS 390 15 20 message destinations 8 12 message subparameter of the Do Mail parameter 7 27 Message subparameter of the Shout parameter 8 11 messages Do Mail parameter 7 27 Do Shout parameter 7 37 iSeries AS 400 message queue 15 7 sending 7 25 Microsoft Windows parameters list 14 1 MINUS operator AutoEdit Expressions 15 23 modifying job completion status 7 30 7 32 7 34 7 39 job script file 2 43 Months OS 390 format 3 62 parameter 3 40 relationship to Days parameter 3 40 relationship with Days Calendar parameter 3 35 months MONTH variable 15 12 OMONTH variable 15 12 RMONTH variable 15 13 Mountain Standard Time 3 54 MSG subparameter of the Do Shout parameter 7 37 MSGQ variable for iSeries AS 400 15 7 MST time zone 3 54 Multi Agent parameter 4 25 multiagent parameter 4 26 multiple On statements 7 46 MULTY_AGENT parameter 4 26 N Name subparameter of the CTB Step parameter 7 5 subparameter of the Do CTBRule parameter 7 13 subparameter of the Step Range parameter 7 69 Name parameter 10 28 New Day procedure 3 46 cyclic jobs 4 11 retroactive job scheduling 3 46 time zone support 3 56 New Spool Request parameter 10 29 NEXT date reference in the Do Cond parameter 7 11 Next Time parameter 9 2 NEXT variable 15 12
43. COMMAND gt SCROLL gt CRSR AO TIME FROM UNTIL PRIORITY DUE OUT SAC CONFIRM TIME ZONE OUT FINANCE GOVTREPT OK ODAT AUTO ARCHIVE Y SYSDB Y MAXDAYS MAXRUNS RETENTION OF DAYS TO KEEP 030 OF GENERATIONS TO KEEP SYSOUT OP C D F N R FROM MAXRERUN RERUNMEM INTERVAL FROM STEP RANGE FR PGM PROC TO ON PGMST ANYSTEP PROCST CODES OK A O DO CTBRULE GOVTBAL ARG DOREPORT 10 ODATE DO ON PGMST PROCST CODES A O DO BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 15 SHOUT WHEN NOTOK TO TSO M44 URGN R MS JOB GOVTREPT ENDED NOT OK SHOUT WHEN TO URGN gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt END OF SCHEDULING PARAMETERS lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt COMMANDS EDIT DOC PLAN JOBSTAT 11 17 00 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 16 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Do Forcejob Format Subparameters The Do Forcejob parameter forces an individual job or all jobs in a scheduling table to be placed in the Active Jobs file regardless of each job s Scheduling criteria when the On Statement Code criteria are satisfied Usage Optional Format In the CONTROL M EM Job Editing form Select Force job from the Do text box The SCD Table Job Name and Date text boxes are displayed Enter the s
44. CONTROL M Server timezone Utilities BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 56 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Component Parameter Name eTrigger Time CONTROL M for TIMEZONE 0S 390 Example 1 Use the following parameters to schedule a job that will run at 5 P M Tokyo time Tasktype job time from 17 00 Time Zone TOK BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 57 Week Days Indicates the days of the week on which the job should be scheduled for processing Format Usage Optional Format Length In the Job Editing form this parameter can be specified using either a series of check boxes or a text box immediately below these check boxes The information below is relevant for entry of Week Days information in the text box The number used to represent each weekday depends upon a CONTROL M system parameter that specifies whether 1 Sunday or 1 Monday Consult your CONTROL M administrator to determine which standard is used at your site Note All examples shown below assume that 1 Sunday 2 Monday etc at your site Note The term working days in the following format descriptions refers to days marked in the calendar specified for the Weeks Calendar parameter Valid formats for the Week Days parameter vary depending on whether a periodic calendar is specified as the Weeks Calendar
45. Case Sensitive No Related Parameters Invalid Blanks single quotation marks Characters AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be Support specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Parameter Description Application Indicates the version of the application that is specified Version with the Application Type parameter Control Module CM Version Indicates the version of the Control Module CM that will be used to run the job Form Name The Application Type parameter is used together with Application Version and Control Module Version to determine which type of form can be specified using the Form Name parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 8 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide General Information The application specified by the Application Type parameter must be defined in the specified CONTROL M A gent Note Specify the CONTROL M A gent by clicking Load in the Skeleton Editor Availability e This parameter is not supported by CONTROL M versions earlier than 6 1 00 e This parameter is not supported by CONTROL M for OS 390 Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Application Type parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities APPL_TYPE e Trigger Application Type CONTROL M Server appltype Utilities CONT
46. Conditions FIRST_OK Do Mail o Thomas_werner workmail com The FIRST_JOB finished OK BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 29 Do NOTOK The Do NOTOK parameter assigns a completion status of NOTOK to a job when the On Statement Code criteria are satisfied regardless of the job s actual completion status Table 7 3 Format Do NOTOK Parameter Usage Optional Format Select NOTOK from the Do list box No additional information is required AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be Support specified as all or part of the value for this parameter General Information For most jobs If DO OK and DO NOTOK are both specified and are implemented the last statement to be implemented will determine the status assigned to the job For information about the Do OK parameter see Do OK on page 7 32 For OS 390 jobs Do NOTOK overrides the completion status of a job and changes it to NOTOK Do NOTOK cannot be specified together with Do Rerun or Do OK for the same codes event When Do OK Do NOTOK and or Do Rerun are specified for different codes events in a job processing definition and BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 30 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide More than one of the codes events is executed including the codes event specifying Do OK Then Do OK
47. General Information When a Quantitative resource is specified for a job CONTROL M determines whether or not a sufficient quantity of the specified resource is available before submitting the job When the job is submitted the specified quantity of resource is assigned to that job and is not available to other jobs When the job finishes executing the resource is made available to other jobs Note A maximum of 99 Quantitative resources can be specified for a job The Quantitative Resources parameter is used to control the use of Quantitative resources in the installation for example tape drives CPU utilization BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 6 6 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide For load balancing Quantitative resources are used to specify the resources that must be available on the Agent platform selected by CONTROL M to execute the job Note Load balancing is available for certain platforms with CONTROL M version 2 2x or later Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Quantitative Resource parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities QUANTITATIVE Reporting Facility RESOURCE CONTROL M Server quantitative eTrigger Quantitative Resource CONTROL M for OS 390 RESOURCE CONTROL M EM API quantitative_resource Example 1 Specifying 2 Tape Drives A CONTROL M installation has t
48. Home Directory 0 0 cece cee ee eee 12 10 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Contents ix Chapter 13 Chapter 14 Focal Hostname ceca later 12 11 Local OS Typer cias sattedves rs is Ee ee ARAL Ras 12 12 Local User Nader as as 12 13 Logical Record Length 0 0 0 0 cece eee eee eee 12 14 Number of File Transfers oce eco atene ccc cece nes 12 15 Number of Retri s gt cuasi a ganda dana 12 16 Primary Allocation 0 0 0 cece cece eee eee 12 17 Record Eddie bbe a ii 12 18 RECUESIVE Mi A SA ia 12 19 Remote Home Directory 0 0 0c ee eee eee o 12 20 Remote Hostname 0 ccc ccc eens 12 21 Remote OS Types 0 kW ee i ee e 12 22 Remote User Name cenere uree fea aaa E EAEE ETE EEA 12 23 Secondary Allocation 0 0 eee eee eee eee 12 24 Template Name rora nete rs tA das ees 12 25 Transfer Location Local Fields oo ooooooooooo 12 26 Transfer Location Remote Fields oo o ooooooo 12 27 Translation Table iia th eee eee ee 12 28 UM en ch a a east aa a tages e a Manele Mew te 12 29 Use Configuration Default 0 0 0 0 0c eee eee 12 30 VOIUIME id eb rote a eA tek 12 31 PeopleSoft Parameters Connection Profile sinovial a VA waa hw aka 13 3 Email Subject 3 osuv ceed o Da ss 13 5 Emal Tert 10 ended adie A wad ha nada Sees 13 6 Emal With LOS meca sae a 13 7 ENTE ex rrenen A A ee dike eee eae 13 8 Process NamedD ai ol da 13
49. If CONTROL M adds a CONTROLR step to a job for example a job is restarted by CONTROL M Restart or PREVENT NCT2 is specified in the job scheduling definition the CONTROLR step is processed like all other job steps Example In the Step Range statement the name DF2 is assigned to the range of program steps STEP20 through STEP29A If DF2 is specified in On PGMST the On step and code criteria is satisfied if any of the codes result from any of the steps in the range STEP20 through STEP29A BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 49 Table 7 4 PGMST Step Values Step Value Description ANYSTEP The ANYSTEP value can be specified in the PGMST field In general it indicates that the DO statements must be performed if the specified codes are found in any steps However if ANYSTEP is specified with codes OK NOTOK EXERR JLOST JNRUN JSECU JNSUB or UKNW the On criteria are satisfied only if the entire job ends with the specified code criteria If ANYSTEP is specified with the FORCE code no other codes can be specified in the same On block and the PROCST field must be left blank EVERY The EVERY value is used without being accompanied by limiting step values when the code criteria must be satisfied for every step The following examples all have the same impact the code criteria must be satisfied for every step in the job without exception The PROCS
50. Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Owner parameter identification mechanism 2 45 Security Group parameter 11 24 sending messages 7 25 Server Name parameter 13 14 SET VAR parameter 2 16 Setvar parameter 2 16 Shift Num parameter 3 19 Shift parameter 3 19 SHOUT parameter 8 13 Shout parameter 8 6 AutoEdit support 15 3 shout parameter 8 13 Sign subparameter of the Do Cond parameter 7 11 SNRUN code value 7 53 SPCYC parameter 7 39 special characters Over Lib prohibited characters 2 42 Over Lib prohibited strings 2 42 prohibited in Job Name parameter 2 40 prohibited in Path parameter 2 46 specifying AutoEdit variable values 7 7 AutoEdit variables 2 14 AutoEdit variables and expressions 2 40 Calendars 3 18 CONTROL M Analyzer rules 7 13 CONTROL M Analyzer steps 7 5 CPU in Tandem jobs 15 9 cyclic job 4 9 cyclic jobs 2 56 data center 2 25 JES network 4 38 JES2 scheduling environment 4 46 JES2 system 4 48 JES3 processor identity 4 48 job description 2 27 job execution priority 4 5 Index 19 multiple CONTROL M A gent nodes 4 25 multiple Scheduling tags 3 51 new Job Name using ctmorder 2 41 operating system commands 2 20 Over Lib parameter as variable 2 43 scheduled work days 3 19 specifying blanks with the BLANKn variable 15 11 Start Time parameter 9 2 Started Task Path parameter 2 48 task type OS 390 2 61 started tasks archiving SYSDATA 8 3 Minimum parameter 3 39 STAT date reference Do Cond parameter 7 11 I
51. Invalid Blanks Characters Variable Name SAPR3 TARGET_SERVER General Information If left unspecified SAP will determine a value for this parameter during runtime The Target Server parameter can be specified for both regular SAP jobs and SAP data archiving jobs BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 47 Titles Spool list titles Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Length 1 68 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid None Characters Variable Name SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt LIST_TEXT General Information Only enabled if CONTROL M Function Modules are installed BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 10 48 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Variant Name Variant name Format Usage Variant name Mandatory Only enabled once the Archiving Object parameter has been specified Only available for Write jobs Format For SAP data archiving jobs only Specify a variant for the specified Archiving Object Length 1 14 characters Case Sensitive Uppercase only Invalid Characters Variable Name None Y SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt VAR NAME When a variant has been specified for an Archiving Object the following buttons are enabled e Copy Enables the creation of a new variant
52. Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Format e X Yes N No Default Variable Name SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt PRINT_IMMED BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 10 36 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide QID Batch input ID number Format Usage Optional Default Empty Length 1 20 characters Variable Name SAPR3 QID General Information Batch Input jobs that are deleted after they run are not monitored The status of jobs marked for deletion is not displayed If left unspecified the oldest defined session is scheduled BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 37 Recipient Name of recipient of job output Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Length 1 12 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid None Characters Variable Name SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt PRINT_RECIPIENT BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 10 38 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Rows Maximum number of rows per page Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Default 65 Format Number between 1 90 or 1 where 1 is a special value indicating
53. Month Days or the Week Days parameter CONTROL M EM assumes that ALL has been specified for the empty parameter For example if Monday is selected and no days of the month are selected the job will be scheduled on all Mondays of the month Use with the CONTROL M Server CTMRPLN Utility You can use the CTMRPLN utility to generate a report describing when the job will run based on its currently specified scheduling dates For more information see the description of this utility in the CONTROL M Administrator Guide for your platform Platform Specific Information for OS 390 The Months parameter is ignored when periodic values are specified for the Days parameter Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Days parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities DAYS Reporting Facility DAY_STR CONTROL M Server days Utilities CONTROL M for OS 390 DAYS BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 30 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Example 1 Schedule a job on the 1st of March and the 1st of September Days 01 Months Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Now Dec OOWMWOOOOOHUOD Example 2 Schedule a job on both the 1st and 15th day of each month Days 01 15 Jan Mar Apr May Jun ul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Months lan Feb ar pr Y g Example 3 Schedule a job on every day in December Days ALL J
54. NOTICE BY OPENING THE PACKAGE INSTALLING PRESSING AGREE OR YES OR USING THE PRODUCT THE ENTITY OR INDIVIDUAL ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE FOLLOWING TERMS IF YOU DO NOT AGREE WITH ANY OF THESE TERMS DO NOT INSTALL OR USE THE PRODUCT PROMPTLY RETURN THE PRODUCT TO BMC OR YOUR BMC RESELLER AND IF YOU ACQUIRED THE LICENSE WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE OF YOUR ORDER CONTACT BMC OR YOUR BMC RESELLER FOR A REFUND OF LICENSE FEES PAID IF YOU REJECT THIS AGREEMENT YOU WILL NOT ACQUIRE ANY LICENSE TO USE THE PRODUCT This Agreement Agreement is between the entity or individual entering into this Agreement You and BMC Software Distribution Inc a Delaware corporation located at 2101 CityWest Blvd Houston Texas 77042 USA or its affiliated local licensing entity BMC You includes you and your Affiliates Affiliate is defined as an entity which controls is controlled by or shares common control with a party THIS AGREEMENT WILL APPLY TO THE PRODUCT UNLESS 1 YOU AGREED TO A WEB BASED LICENSE AGREEMENT WITH BMC WHEN ORDERING THE PRODUCT IN WHICH CASE THAT WEB BASED LICENSE AGREEMENT GOVERNS THE USE OF THE PRODUCT OR 2 IF YOU DID NOT AGREE TO A WEB BASED LICENSE AGREEMENT WITH BMC WHEN ORDERING THE PRODUCT AND YOU HAVE A WRITTEN LICENSE AGREEMENT WITH BMC THEN THAT WRITTEN AGREEMENT GOVERNS THE USE OF THE PRODUCT THE ELECTRONIC AGREEMENT PROVIDED WITH THE PRODUCT AS PART OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE PRODUCT
55. No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be Support specified as all or part of the value for this parameter General Information Note PIPE can be modified only by using CONTROL M for OS 390 directly This parameter is not available from the CONTROL M EM GUI or utilities Pipes are storage buffers that are used to replace data sets Pipes are defined in and used by CONTROL M WorkLoad to replace sequential processing with parallel processing BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 50 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide For example normally without pipes if JOB1 writes to data set DS1 and then JOB2 reads data set DS1 JOB2 waits until JOB 1 is terminated before reading the data set However if a pipe is used to replace data set DS1 then as JOB1 writes data to pipe DS1 JOB2 can use the data without waiting for termination of JOB1 Each pipe and its relevant parameters are defined in a CONTROL M WorkLoad rule Each pipe must be defined with the same name as the data set it is replacing When a job is to use a pipe instead of a data set the name of the data set or pipe must be specified in the Pipe parameter of the CONTROL M job processing definition for the job For more information about Pipe processing see the CONTROL M for OS 390 amp z OS User Guide Example Two Job Processing Definitions This example consists of two job scheduling definitions In job CT
56. PREVENT NCT2 is composed of two parameters 95 390 PREVENT NCT2 Valid values N No Y Yes e L List e F Flush These values are described in Format on page 4 31 DFLT Protected field indicating the PREVENT NCT2 default value for the CONTROL M for OS 390 site The default is set in parameter NCAT2 in the CTRPARM member in the IOA PARM library A value specified in the PREVENT NCT2 parameter overrides the site default Example Prevent NOT CATLGD 2 errors for job PRDKPLO1 JOB PRDKPLO1 LIB CTM PROD SCHEDULE TABLE PRODKPL COMMAND gt SCROLL gt CRSR MEMNAME PRDKPLO1 MEMLIB CTM PROD JCL OWNER SYS1 TASKTYPE JOB PREVENT NCT2 Y DFLT N APPL KPL GROUP PROD KPL DESC DAILY PRODUCTION START OF APPL PROD KPL OVERLIB SET VAR CTB STEP AT NAME TYPE DOCMEM PRDKPLO1 DOCLIB CTM PROD DOC DAYS 01 DCAL AND OR WDAYS WCAL MONTES 1 Y 2 Y 3 Y 4 5 Y 6 Y 7 Y 8 Y 9 Y 10 Y 11 Y 12 Y DATES CONFCAL SHIFT RETRO Y MAXWAIT 00 D CAT MINIMUM PDS BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 34 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide IN START DAILY PROD KPL ODAT CONTROL DB2 MAIN FILE E RESOURCE INIT 0001 CARTRIDGE 0001 COMMANDS EDIT DOC PLAN JOBSTAT 11 17 00 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 35 Priority Indicates CONTROL M job priority Usage Optional
57. Panel 9 1 Add ABAP window 10 2 Conditions Panel 5 1 Execution panel 4 1 FTP Panel 12 1 General panel 2 1 OAP Panel 11 1 OS Panel 14 1 PeopleSoft Panel 13 1 PostProc Panel 8 1 PS8 Panel 13 1 Resources Panel 6 1 SAP Panel 10 1 Scheduling Panel 3 1 Steps Panel 7 1 Parent parameter 11 13 PARM subparameter 8 22 PARMn variable 15 5 partitioning data sets 3 38 Path iSeries AS 400 format 2 47 Microsoft Windows format 2 47 OpenVMS format 2 47 Over Lib as alternative directory 2 42 parameter 2 46 Unix format 2 47 Path parameter prohibited characters 2 46 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information PDS Name parameter 3 43 PDS parameter 3 42 relationship to Minimum parameter 3 42 relationship with Minimum parameter 3 38 PDSE libraries 3 43 PDSNAME parameter 3 43 PeopleSoft connection profile 13 4 environment file 13 4 periodic calendars Days values 3 28 Week Days parameter 3 59 permission See security PGMST subparameter of the On parameter 7 45 Phase parameter 11 14 Pipe parameter 2 50 PLUS operator AutoEdit Expressions 15 23 POSTCMD variable 15 13 PostProc Panel parameters 8 1 post processing of AutoEdit variables 15 14 post processing variables list 15 14 PRECMD variable 15 13 prefixes in AutoEdit variables 2 14 15 17 prerequisite conditions 7 10 PREV date reference Do Cond parameter 7 11 In conditions 5 4 5 13 PREV variable 15 13 Prevent NCT2 parameter 4 31 data set management 4 31 prevent_nct2 pa
58. Parameters And Or Indicates the relationship between specified Days values and Weekdays values Confcal Indicates the name of a CONTROL M calendar that is used to validate scheduling dates A specified shift value can be used to indicate how to handle jobs that are scheduled for a non working day in the calendar Days Indicates whether to ignore prerequisite conditions normally set by predecessor jobs if the relevant predecessor jobs are not scheduled This parameter is relevant only for Group Scheduling tables Months Indicates the months in which the job should be scheduled Months must be indicated when the Days Calendar parameter is used BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 33 Week Days Indicates days of the week on which the job should be scheduled Weeks Calendar Indicates the name of a CONTROL M calendar that is used to validate specified weekdays Also known as WCAL and weekscal General Information A calendar contains a list of user defined days that can be used as a basis for scheduling jobs For example the days included in the calendar can be working days accounting days or holidays e Any number of calendars can be defined where each one corresponds to a different set of dates e Calendars are usually defined for the entire installation though each user can define calendars for his her own use One calenda
59. SCLEANUP This reserved keyword instructs CONTROL M to run a CONTROL M Restart data set cleanup for the job Data set cleanup is performed from the first step of the job The job itself is not restarted EXERR Job step that ended with any error including an abend or that ended with a condition code that is redefined using the On and DO statements as ENDED NOTOK Note For both From and To steps pgmstep is the name of the step EXEC statement that executes the program from which to begin or end the restart pgmstep EXEC PGM program procstep is the name of the step EXEC statement that invokes the procedure from which the above pgmstep program is executed procstep EXEC procedure pgmstep and procstep values can each be from 1 through 8 characters and must not contain blanks When specifying a procstep when the procedures are nested the innermost procstep in which the program is included must be specified BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 21 Parameter Description To Step at which the restarted job must terminate Optional Valid values are Note Non English characters are invalid for this subparameter pgmstep Program step within the job stream pgmstep procstep Program step within the called procedure If not specified the restarted job terminates at the last job step that would normally be
60. Subparameters Subparameter Shift Description Determines when to schedule the job if the current day is not a valid working in the specified calendar Optional Shift Num Determines how many days to shift the job if the current day is not a valid working day Note For OS 390 Jobs The Confcal parameter cannot be specified together with the PDS and Minimum parameters General Information The Calendar specified for Confcal must be a regular Calendar not a periodic calendar This calendar is used for e Validating scheduling dates e Determining the scheduled work day Jobs to be scheduled on a given day are checked against the Confcal calendar e Ifthe day is a working day in the Confcal calendar the job is scheduled on that day This day is referred to as the original scheduling date e Ifthe day is not a working day in the Confcal calendar the Shift and Shiftnum parameters are checked Depending on the Shift value the job may be scheduled on an earlier day a later day on the original scheduling date or it may be cancelled BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 19 If the job s scheduling criteria also include the day to which it is shifted it will run only once on that date not once for regular scheduling and once to make up for the shifted day Note If no Confcal calendar is specified no value can be specified for the Sh
61. Tag and the definition of one of the Scheduling Tags is such that the job can be scheduled on a particular day the job will be scheduled even if it would not be scheduled under the terms of another Scheduling Tag definition Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Active From Date parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities ACTIVE_FROM_DATE BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 5 Component Parameter Name CONTROL M Server DATEFROM yyyymmdd Utilities Example DATEFROM 20030315 CONTROL M for 0S 390 DEFINITION ACTIVE FROM or SCHEDULE TAG ACTIVE FROM Formats in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Active From Date parameter are listed below Component Format CONTROL M EM Utilities String for date According to site standard ddmmyyyy mmddyyyy yyyymmdo Example lt ACTIVE_FROM 15032003 gt CONTROL M for OS 390 6 integer string for date According to site standard ddmmyy mmddyy yymmdd Example Seasonal Changes JOB_A is a job processing definition for scheduling food shipments e Inthe summer the company ships on Mondays and Wednesdays e In the fall the company ships only on Mondays e In winter the company ships on Monday Wednesday and Friday e In the spring the company ships on Mondays and Wednesdays Four copies of the JOB_A jo
62. WILL NOT APPLY In addition to the restrictions imposed under this Agreement any other usage restrictions contained in the Product installation instructions or release notes shall apply to Your use of the Product PRODUCT AND CAPACITY Software means the object code version of the computer programs provided via delivery or electronic transmission to You Software includes computer files enhancements maintenance modifications upgrades updates bug fixes and error corrections Documentation means all written or graphical material provided by BMC in any medium including any technical specifications relating to the functionality or operation of the Software Product means the Software and Documentation License Capacity means the licensed capacity for the Software with the pricing and other license defining terms including capacity restrictions such as tier limit total allowed users gigabyte limit quantity of Software and or other capacity limitations regarding the Software For licenses based on the power of a computer You agree to use BMC s current computer classification scheme which is available at http www bmc com or can be provided to You upon request ACCEPTANCE The Product is deemed accepted by You on the date that You received the Product from BMC LICENSE Subject to the terms of this Agreement as well as Your payment of applicable fees BMC grants You a non exclusive non transferable perpetual unless a term li
63. Windows These guides describe setup security and utilities e CONTROL M Installation Guide describes the installation processes for implementing CONTROL M EM and CONTROL M Server environments on Microsoft Windows and Unix platforms e CONTROL M eTrigger User Guide describes CONTROL M eTrigger a product that enables you to insert job processing definitions into the CONTROL M environment from third party applications BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information About This Book xix e CONTROL M User Manual for 0S 390 is a complete guide to the CONTROL M Production Control System in a mainframe environment CONTROL M Enterprise Manager API Developers Guide describes how to enable your applications to submit requests to CONTROL M EM Online and Printed Books The books that accompany BMC Software products are available in online format and printed format You can view online books with Acrobat Reader from Adobe Systems The reader is provided at no cost as explained in To Access Online Books You can also obtain additional printed books from BMC Software as explained in To Request Additional Printed Books To Access Online Books Online books are provided as Portable Document Format PDF files You can view them print them or copy them to your computer by using Acrobat Reader 3 0 or later You can access online books from the documentation compact disc CD that accompanies your product
64. Y DATES CONFCAL SHIFT RETRO N MAXWAIT 00 D CAT MINIMUM PDS IN CTLIVPWR OUT ODAT CONTROL RESOURCE PIPE CTL IVP FILE PIPE TIME FROM UNTIL PRIORITY DUE OUT SAC CONFIRM COMMANDS EDIT DOC PLAN JOBSTAT 13 22 07 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 52 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Scheduling Table Lib Name of the library that contains the job s Scheduling table Note This field is displayed only for OS 390 jobs Format Usage Mandatory Length 1 44 characters Case Sensitive No Invalid Blanks Characters OS 390 Non English characters AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be Support specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Scheduling Table Lib parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities TABLE _DSN CONTROL M for OS 390 Scheduling Library BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 53 Table Name of the Scheduling table to which the job belongs Note For CONTROL M for OS 390 jobs this parameter is displayed as Scheduling Table Name in the CONTROL M EM GUL Format Usage Mandatory if values are specified for the Job Name and Date parameters Length 1 20 characters Case Sensitive Invalid Characters
65. a step does not run but no error is indicated This code is assigned when BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 53 e AJCL COND or JCL IF THEN ELSE statement caused the step not to run CONTROL M detects code FLUSH steps by message IEF2721 Step was not executed e If ajob was restarted by CONTROL M Restart and CONTROL M is to consider all job runs during post processing ALLRUNS YES is specified in member CTRPARM a step is defined as FLUSH if Either the step did not previously run or CONTROL M Restart did not recapture a completion or abend code from a previous run and either one of the following is true e It was not executed during the RESTART run because of a JCL COND or JCL IF THEN ELSE statement e It was not executed due to a RESTART decision message CTR103D Because a code of FLUSH does not indicate that an error occurred during job execution assignment of this status does not cause a job status of NOTOK If a JCL statement other than the COND or IF THEN ELSE statement caused the step not to run it is not defined as a FLUSH step If the failure of a step causes subsequent steps not to be executed these subsequent steps are not defined as FLUSH steps For reasons of backward compatibility that is to ensure that the application of the code remains unchanged the code does not include FLUSH steps SNRUN A step is defined as
66. all or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Reten Gen Reten Days cannot be specified when Reten Gen is specified Note When specifying a value for RETENTION OF DAYS TO KEEP Reten Days from the CONTROL M for OS 390 interface leave RETENTION OF GENERATIONS TO KEEP blank General Information Jobs in the History Jobs file are easier to restore to the Active Jobs file for example for restart than jobs archived to CDAM Therefore it may be desirable to retain a job in the History Jobs file for a period of time Using Reten Days you can specify a fixed number of days to keep the job in the History Jobs file Once the specified number of days is reached the job is automatically deleted from the History Jobs file during the next New Day processing BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 65 Reten Days and Reten Gen are mutually exclusive A value can be specified for either but not both Note When changing job criteria from Reten Days to Reten Gen or the reverse previous job criteria are lost and are not acted upon For retention criteria to hold across job executions the jobs must be identical in all respects For example if a job is transferred to a different group it is treated as a different job for purposes of retention In this case retention values are reset and retention is calculated from the moment of transf
67. and Variable Reference Guide Step Range Specifies a range of steps in the steps of an On PGMST statement Note For OS 390 jobs only Format Usage Optional Format Consists of the Name From and To subparameters described in Subparameters on page 7 69 Related Parameters Specifies a range of steps within an On parameter statement Specific actions can be associated with the specified range of steps instead of the full range specified in the On parameter statement Subparameters Name Name for the range 1through 7 characters Only trailing blanks are allowed in this field From First pgmstep or pgmstep procstep in the range Note pgmstep is the step name in the EXEC statement that identifies the program to be executed pgmstep EXEC PGM pgmname procstep is the step name in the EXEC statement that invokes the procedure procstep EXEC procname pgmstep values and procstep values can each be from 1 through 8 characters in length and must not contain blanks Non English characters not allowed To Last pgmstep or pgmstep procstep in the range Note The To subparameter is optional If blank its value defaults to the last step in the job Non English characters not allowed For more information see the note for the From subparameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 69 Gen
68. based on its currently specified scheduling dates For more information see the description of this utility in the CONTROL M Administrator Guide for your platform Note The following examples presume that the first day of the week at your site is defined as Sunday Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Days Calendar parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM DAYSCAL Utilities Reporting Facility DAYS_CAL CONTROL M Server dayscal Utilities CONTROL M for DCAL OS 390 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 35 Example 1 Schedule the job on all workdays throughout the year Jon Feb Mar Apr May Jun ul A a Oct Nov Dec Months be a A Days WORKDAYS Calendar Example 2 Schedule the job on all workdays in July Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Months ha R y OOOOOOWOOUOOD Days WORKDAYS Calendar Example 3 Schedule the job on every Monday in July and August that is a workday Week Days 2 Jon Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec orhs Talia Ee el falo odas iaa Days WORKDAYS Calendar Example 4 Schedule a job on a regular basis Schedule the job on every Monday in July whether or not it is workday and each Tuesday in July that is a workday Week Days 2 3 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Mone Tease Ela ele ee Days WOR
69. be used Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Format Check box X Selected Use cover page N Cleared Do not use cover page Default Variable Name Y SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt PRINT_BANNER_PAGE BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 10 42 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Steps Step action to be performed as part of the SAP job Format Usage Optional Length Between 1 99 steps can be specified Add ABAP Add an ABAP program Add Ext Pgm Add an external SAP Program Case Sensitive No Invalid Blanks Characters Variable Name None General Information When the specified job mode is Create at least one step must be specified in a SAP job definition which can be one or more ABAP program steps or External program steps or both In the AutoEdit variables given for each of the Add ABAP Window parameter descriptions in this chapter S lt nn gt represents a logical number between S01 and S99 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 43 Step Type Type of step to be performed Format Usage Optional Length 1 character Valid values A ABAP program step E External Program step Case Sensitive Uppercase only Variable Name SAPR3_STEP S lt
70. code returned by the operating system or either EVEN or ODD indicating whether this field should be considered satisfied by an even return code or an odd one respectively AutoEdit No AutoEdit variables or expressions cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter General Information Each On Statement Code parameter is combined with subsequent Do parameters Their implied relationship is e IF Codes event criteria specified in an On Statement Code statement are satisfied e THEN Perform the actions specified in the Do statements Any number of sets of On Statement Code Do parameters can be specified for a job Each On Statement Code parameter can be combined with an unlimited number Do parameters BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 59 Format 1 The On Statement Code parameter functions as follows e The job s Sysout is divided into sets each consisting of a job script statement and operating system responses to the statement 1f any If no response exists for a specific script statement that is the statement executed successfully a null message is paired with the script statement e The statement set is compared to the On Statement Code parameters defined for the job If the Code parameter is specified as the mask character it can match even a null error message record successfully e If there is a match between
71. defined in the Group Scheduling table Format Usage Optional Note Only relevant to jobs in a Group Scheduling table Length 1 through 20 alphanumeric characters Format This parameter must contain either the name of a Scheduling Tag that is defined for the Group Scheduling table or an asterisk indicating all Scheduling Tags Case Yes Sensitive Invalid Blanks Characters Platforms other than OS 390 Single quotation marks 0S 390 The following characters must not be used in Scheduling Tag definitions in Group Scheduling tables asterisk question mark Non English characters AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter Subparameters Active From Date in the format mm dd yyyy A job that refers to this Date Scheduling Tag will only be ordered if the ordering date is later than the date specified Active To Date Date in the format mm dd yyyy A job that refers to this Scheduling Tag will only be ordered if the ordering date is earlier than the date specified BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 50 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Related Parameters Parameter Description Relationship Indicates the relationship AND OR between Scheduling Tag criteria and basic scheduling criteria in the job processing definition that is whether eit
72. dependencies A job containing an In Condition definition is not submitted for execution unless the specified In conditions exist This permits job to job dependencies or job dependencies based on successful completion of a manual task such as a file creation or a restore operation BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 5 14 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide When created each prerequisite condition is associated with a specific date A date is also specified when testing for the existence of a prerequisite condition Thus the submission of a job can be made contingent upon the existence of a prerequisite condition created on a specific date This enables you to specify jobs for example that depend on conditions created on the same day and that ignore conditions created on previous days A prerequisite condition can represent any user specified situation The following represent the kind of self explanatory conditions for which a job may need to test JOB EJGH12 FINISHED SALARY INPUT READY CHECKS PUNCHED WEEKEND COMM ACTIVE Time Stamp Inserting the HHMMSS code into an In condition name includes a time stamp in hours minutes and seconds that is resolved to the time that the job is entered inserted in the Active Jobs file Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Out Condition parameter are listed below Component Paramet
73. executed Note For both From and To steps pgmstep is the name of the step EXEC statement that executes the program from which to begin or end the restart pgmstep EXEC PGM program procstep is the name of the step EXEC statement that invokes the procedure from which the above pgmstep program is executed procstep EXEC procedure pgmstep and procstep values can each be from 1 through 8 characters and must not contain blanks When specifying a procstep when the procedures are nested the innermost procstep in which the program is included must be specified Confirm Specifies whether a manual confirmation is required before the job is restarted When the check box in the Job Editing form is clear no confirmation is required The job restart can be automatically submitted by the Do Rerun parameter without a manual confirmation Default When the check box in the Job Editing form is selected confirmation is required The job restart is not submitted unless the job is confirmed manually from the CONTROL M EM flow diagram Non English characters are invalid for this subparameter General Information When a Do If Rerun statement is specified the rerun is performed by the CONTROL M Restart facility using the specified restart subparameters When Do If Rerun is specified with a Confirm parameter value of No Confirm check box is clear If a Do If Rerun statement follows the job
74. for verifying 1f the owner of the job has authorization to submit the job processing definition during the submission of jobs by the New Day Procedure If system parameter AuthorSecurity is set to author security mode 2 or 3 restricted you will not be able to edit the Author field unless you are a CONTROL M EM administrator and are online that is connected to a GUI server For more information see the Security chapter and the description of the AuthorSecurity system parameter in the CONTROL M Enterprise Manager Administrator Guide Platform Specific Information For more information see the Security chapter of the CONTROL M Server Administrator Guide for the appropriate platform Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Author parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities AUTHOR Reporting Facility AUTHOR CONTROL M Server author Utilities eTrigger Author BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 13 AutoEdit Assignment Assigns a value to an AutoEdit variable AutoEdit variables can be used to pass values to job submission parameters or to control other aspects of job submission Format Usage Optional The format for each AutoEdit Assignment is variable name value Format variable name has the following characteristics Length Up to 40 characters including the prefix
75. in the job being scheduled on that date BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 61 Identical negative and positive values for example Dn Dn cannot be specified together Note If the And option is selected Month Days and Week Days and no criteria are specified for either the Month Days or the Week Days parameter CONTROL M EM assumes that ALL has been specified for the empty parameter For example if Monday is selected and no days of the month are selected the job will be scheduled on all Mondays of the month If periodic and non periodic values are mixed when specifying Week Days processing will depend upon the type of calendar specified in the Weeks Calendar parameter e Ifanon periodic calendar is specified in the Weeks Calendar parameter only non periodic values are processed periodic values are ignored e If aperiodic calendar is specified in Weeks Calendar parameter all periodic values and all negative non periodic values e g n are processed non negative non periodic values are ignored Note You can use the CTMRPLN utility to generate a report describing when the job will run based on its currently specified scheduling dates For more information see the description of this utility in the CONTROL M Administrator Guide for your platform Platform Specific Information for OS 390 The Months parameter is ignored when periodic values va
76. is overridden by Do NOTOK and or Do Rerun regardless of the order in which the codes events are executed Aliases for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Do NOTOK parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities NOTOK Reporting Facility Parameter not included CONTROL M Server donotok CONTROL M for OS 390 DO NOTOK CONTROL M EM API do Alternate Formats for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Do NOTOK parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM NOTOK is a valid value for the DO parameter It is not Utilities a parameter itself CONTROL M for NOTOK is a valid value of the DO parameter It is not 0S 390 itself a parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 31 Do OK The Do OK parameter assigns the completion status of OK to a job regardless of its actual completion status Optional Select OK from the Do list box No additional information is required No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Format Usage Format AutoEdit Support Related Parameters Do NOTOK Do NOTOK overrides or can be overridden by the Do OK parameter When both are specified the one specified last takes effect General Information For most jobs If DO OK and DO NOTOK a
77. job ODAT 1 e or Any condition date For deleting a prerequisite condition only When specified all prerequisite conditions with the specified condition name are deleted regardless of their dates STAT Condition is not date dependent Note that this value is valid only for CONTROL M Server version 6 0 01 and later Note PREV and NEXT cannot be specified when modifying details of a job in the Active Jobs file A date reference is required for each condition However beginning with version 6 1 03 of CONTROL M Server ODAT can be specified when modifying details of a job in the Active Jobs file Sign A pair of option buttons that indicate if the condition should be added created or deleted Adds creates the condition e Deletes the condition If the value of ODAT is or cannot be selected General Information The Do Cond parameter is optional However each Condition parameter specified must have a Date reference and a Sign specification When the criteria specified in the On Statement Condition parameter are satisfied the designated prerequisite condition s are added or deleted from the CONTROL M Conditions List BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 11 If parameters Do Cond and Out Conditions perform opposing actions on the same prerequisite condition and date the Do Cond parameter overrides the Out Conditions pa
78. job is submitted or until the Max Wait period expires Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Time From and Time Until parameters are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities TIMEFROM TIMETO Reporting Facility FROM TIME TO TIME CONTROL M Server timefrom timeuntil Utilities eTrigger From Time Until Time CONTROL M for OS 390 TIME FROM TIME UNTIL Utilities CONTROL M EM API time_from time_until Example 1 Submit a Job During a Fixed Range of Hours Submit the job between 9 p m and 6 a m BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 52 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Time From 21 00 Until 06 00 Example 2 Submit a Job Before the Specified Hour Submit the job no later than 7 00 a m Mem Name OPGENBKN Time From Until 07 00 Note In this example if the start time of the new workday is 6 00 a m this job can only be submitted between the hours of 6 00 a m And 7 00 a m Example 3 Submit a Job After the Specified Hour Submit the job after midnight Time From 00 00 Until Note In this example if the start time of the new workday is 6 00 a m this job can only be submitted between the hours of midnight and 6 00 a m BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 53 Units Specifies a unit of time for the numerical value indicated b
79. located Over Lib Provides the name of an alternate library or directory CONTROL M searches for the file specified in the File Name parameter in the Over Lib directory before searching for it in the Path library Task Type Specifies the type of task of the job performs Determines the value of the Mem Name MEMNAME parameter for OS 390 jobs General Information The File Name parameter should contain only the name of the file not the full path The Path parameter is used to specify the remainder of the path BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 33 The File Name can be the same as or different from the job name Each member contains only one job The File Name may appear in the job node displayed in the CONTROL M EM window depending on options specified in the CONTROL M EM Options dialog box Note Character masks are not supported for example a job with the File Name value FR EXE is not executed Platform Specific Information The command must conform to the following conventions Platform Information Microsoft Windows Name and file type of a REXX command file suffix cmd or DOS command file suffix bat Unix Name of a Unix shell script file OpenVMS Name of the command file lt can be specified using one of the following formats e Without file extension for example JOBFILE CONTROL M adds the appropriate ex
80. one of the following in relation to the job to be executed the JCL of the job the started task procedure warning messages Form Name Specifies a predefined set of external application parameters that will be displayed in the External Application panel of the CONTROL M EM Job Editing form Group Name of the group to which the job belongs Job Name Name of the job processing definition Over Lib Name of an alternate library directory CONTROL M searches for the file specified in the File Name parameter in the Over Lib library before searching for it in the Path library Owner Owner user ID associated with the job This parameter is used by the CONTROL M security mechanism Path Mem Lib Name of the directory in which the job script resides or for OS 390 jobs only name of the library in which the member described in the Mem Name parameter is located PIPE Indicates a data set to be replaced by a pipe with the same name Displayed only if CONTROL M WorkLoad is installed For OS 390 jobs only Scheduling Name of the library that contains the scheduling table For Table Lib OS 390 jobs only BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Table 2 1 General Parameters Summary Part 3 of 3 Parameter Description Table Name of the Scheduling table to which the job belongs Task Type Type of the jo
81. sent if the elapsed runtime of the job is at least n less than its average execution time nis a number from 1 through 99 Note A job processing definition can contain more than one Shout parameter with a When of EXECTIME For more information see examples of the use of EXECTIME below Late Sub Send the message if the job is still not submitted and cannot be submitted at the specified time specify the time in hhmm format in the Time field The message is sent only if the job is actually not submittable That is if a runtime criterion in condition quantitative resource etc is not met at the given time However if a job is ordered after the specified time but starts running immediately because it meets all runtime criteria the Late Sub parameter doesn t apply Late Time Send the message if the job does not finish executing by the specified time specify the time in hhmm format in the Time field This parameter appears as LATE on mainframe terminals Note No message is sent if the job is being rerun BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Job Output Parameters 8 7 Parameter Format When NOTOK continued Send the message if the job terminates with a completion status of NOTOK OK Send the message if the job terminates with a completion status of OK RERUN Send the message if the job s completion status was set to Rerun Time Used to specify additional parameter
82. submitted for execution as soon as all its Submission criteria are satisfied Note When Do Forcejob forces a job that belongs to a group it treats it as a regular job and forces it alone that is without a Group Entity Aliases for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Do Forcejob parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities DOFORCEJOB CONTROL M Server doforcejob CONTROL M for OS 390 DO FORCEJOB CONTROL M EM API do_forcejob BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 18 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Alternate Formats for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Do Forcejob parameter are listed below Component Format CONTROL M EM DOFORCEJOB consists of the DSN TABLE_NAME Utilities NAME and ODATE subparameters The value of DSN is the Scheduling Table Library name which must be specified for OS 390 jobs Example lt DOFORCEJOB DSN MVS TBL TABLE_NAME Tbl1 JOB Job3 ODATE DATE gt CONTROL M for DO FORCEJOB consists of the TABLE NAME and OS 390 LIBRARY subparameters The value of DSN is the Scheduling Table Library name which must be specified for OS 390 jobs BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 19 Do If Rerun Job steps to be executed during restart of a job Note This parame
83. that time period b Fees The annual fee for Support is 20 of the Software s list price less the applicable discount or a flat capacity based annual fee BMC may change its prices for the Software and or Support upon at least 30 days notice prior to Your support anniversary date VERIFICATION If requested by BMC You agree to deliver to BMC periodic written reports whether generated manually or electronically detailing Your use of the Software in accordance with this Agreement including without limitation the License Capacity BMC may at its expense audit Your use of the Software to confirm Your compliance with the Agreement If an audit reveals that You have underpaid fees You agree to pay such underpaid fees If the underpaid fees exceed 5 of the fees paid then You agree to also pay BMC s reasonable costs of conducting the audit EXPORT CONTROLS You agree not to import export re export or transfer directly or indirectly any part of the Product or any underlying information or technology except in full compliance with all United States foreign and other applicable laws and regulations GOVERNING LAW This Agreement is governed by the substantive laws in force without regard to conflict of laws principles a in the State of New York if you acquired the License in the United States Puerto Rico or any country in Central or South America b in the Province of Ontario if you acquired the License in Canada subsections a and
84. that was collected during job runtime The values for these parameters are supplied by CONTROL M The Active panel is displayed only in the CONTROL M EM Job Editing form because the data displayed in it is based on previous runs of the job For more information see Chapter 9 Status Parameters BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Introduction 1 5 Language Support Western European language special characters can be specified for most parameters in which free text can be entered A list of all parameters that can contain these characters is provided in the Language Configuration appendix in the CONTROL M Installation Guide In this guide the term non English characters in the Invalid Characters section of each parameter description indicates if the parameter does not support Western European language special characters The following characters are not supported for any parameter under any circumstances Conventions for Parameter Descriptions The following terms are used to describe the format of job processing parameters in this Guide e Usage Indicates whether a parameter is mandatory or optional Some parameters are mandatory only when CONTROL M is installed on a certain platform Some parameters are mandatory only when a related parameter is specified for example PDS and Minimum must be specified together e Case sensitive Indicates that CONTROL M differentiates between val
85. the On Statement Code parameters and a statement set from the job s log the corresponding Do action statements are executed Otherwise CONTROL M proceeds to the next statement set Format 2 The On Statement Code parameter is used to test for an operating system completion code or CONTROL M completion status as follows e Completion status Specifying OK or NOTOK in the Status parameter indicates that dependent Do action parameters will be executed based on the OK NOTOK termination status of the job e Specifying JLOST in the Status parameter indicates that dependent Do action parameters will be executed if the job s Sysout cannot be found BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 60 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide e Completion code Upon termination of a job the reserved word COMPSTAT contains the job s completion code The user can compare the completion code to a fixed value or test for an even odd completion code using one of the listed logical operators For example COMPSTAT gt 4 indicates that dependent Do action parameters will be executed if the job terminates with a completion code of 5 or above Aliases for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the On Statement Code parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities ON CONTROL M Server on Utilities e Trigger on_do_ statement CONTROL M EM API on_statement
86. then be tested within the CONTROL M Analyzer rule definition to determine if CONTROL M invoked the CONTROL M Analyzer Runtime environment When the CONTROL M Analyzer Runtime environment is invoked by CONTROL M that is CONTROL M Analyzer System variable SYSOPT is set to CIMWORK CONTROL M Analyzer can analyze and balance SYSDATA For more information about invoking CONTROL M Analyzer rules from CONTROL M job scheduling definitions see the discussion of the interface to CONTROL M in the CONTROL M Analyzer FOR OS 390 and z OS User Guide BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 14 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Aliases for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Do CTBRule parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities DOCTBRULE Reporting Facility Parameter not included CONTROL M for OS 390 DO CTBRULE CONTROL M EM API do_ctbrule Alternate Formats for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Do CTBRule parameter are listed below Component Format CONTROL M EM DOCTBRULE contains the following subparameters Quos NAME Name of the CONTROL M Analyzer rule that is to be executed PAR Arguments Example Execute a CONTROL M Analyzer rule when a Job Ends OK If the job ends OK execute CONTROL M Analyzer balancing rule GOVTBAL JOB GOVTREPT LIB CTM PROD SCHEDULE TABLE BACKUP
87. type Output Device Designated printer logical name Owner Step owner Parameter Parameter for an external program Print Expiration The number of days after which print job expires Print Indicates whether to print job output immediately Immediately Recipient Name of recipient of job output Rows Maximum number of rows per page SAP Cover Page Type of cover page for output Titles Spool list titles Selection Cover Page Indicates whether a cover page should be used Variant Name Variant name BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 3 Table 10 3 External Step Panel Parameters Parameter Description External Program External program name Parameter Parameter for an external program Owner Step owner Target Host Host computer where the external program runs Wait For Termination Indicates whether SAP waits for the external program to end Table 10 4 SAP Panel for Data Archiving Parameters Parameter Description Account Account name Archiving Object Archiving object in SAP Check Sessions Check Variant Enables the user to check if an incomplete archiving session exists for a specific archiving object Enables the user to check if a Write job already exists with the specific variant for the archiving object defined for this job Copy Spool To Name an
88. 0 Up to 44 characters as follows File Name Copy up to 44 characters New Class Name Change job class 1 character New Destination Move up to 8 characters Case Yes sensitive Invalid Blanks Characters AutoEdit Yes An AutoEdit variable or expression can be Support specified as all or part of the value for this parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 8 16 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Note Some Sysout Handling options that are selected from the Sysout Handling list box require you to supply additional input When such an option is selected from the PostProc panel an additional text box is be displayed The label for this text box is different for each Sysout Handling option that is selected When an additional text box is displayed enter the appropriate information in it BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Job Output Parameters 8 17 Table 8 2 Sysout Handling Formatting Part 1 of 4 Value Description Delete Deletes the log file Copy Copies the log file The File Name text box is displayed for the location to which the log file should be copied e If a directory is not specified the log file is copied to the job owner s home directory e Ifa file name is not specified the log file is copied to a default file name as follows For Microsoft Windows lt Mem_Name gt lt Job_Name gt _ lt order_num gt _ lt r
89. 0 27 SAPR3 STEP Snn PRINT_NUMCOLUMN S variable 10 14 SAPR3 STEP Snn PRINT_NUMLINES variable 10 39 SAPR3 STEP Snn PRINT_RECIPIENT variable 10 38 SAPR3 STEP Snn PRINT_RELEASE variable 10 16 SAPR3 STEP Snn PROGRAM variable 10 5 10 20 SAPR3 STEP snn TARGET_HOST variable 10 46 SAPR3 STEP Snn VAR NAME variable 10 34 10 49 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 18 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide SAPR3 STEP snn WAIT_FOR_TERM variable 10 50 SAPR3 SUBMIT_ASAP variable 10 45 SAPR3 TARGET_SERVER variable 10 47 SCD Table subparameter Do Forcejob parameter 7 17 SchedTab parameter 2 55 SCHEDTAB variable 15 14 SCHEDULE ENV parameter 4 47 SCHEDULE TAG parameter 3 52 schedule_environment parameter 4 47 scheduled work days specifying 3 19 scheduling Time Zone parameter 3 55 Scheduling Class parameter 14 9 scheduling dates PREV variable 15 13 validating 3 19 Scheduling Environment parameter 4 46 Scheduling Panel parameters 3 1 Scheduling table Job Name parameter 2 40 Job Name requirements for OS 390 2 41 Scheduling Table Lib parameter 2 53 Scheduling Table name 2 54 Scheduling Tag criteria 3 44 Scheduling Tag parameters 3 50 Scheduling tag parameters 7 2 Scheduling Tags 3 50 SCHEDULING_ENVIRONMENT parameter 4 47 SCHENV parameter 4 47 scope of AutoEdit variables 15 18 Search Count parameter 9 2 Secondary Allocation parameter FTP 12 24 security Author parameter 2 13 BMC Software
90. 15 1 Parameters that Accept AutoEdit Variables and Expressions Shout AutoEdit variables can be used in a Shout or Do Shout or Do Shout message to pass job parameters or other data to a user Sysout AutoEdit variables can be used in the field which provides Handling or supplementary information about the handling of the job s Do Sysout Sysout for example a filename when the job ends OK The AutoEdit Assignment and Do AutoEdit parameters can also use the LIBMEMSYM variable to reference a list of AutoEdit expressions in a separate text file For more information see Variable Lists on page 15 20 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information AutoEdit Facility 15 3 AutoEdit Variables All AutoEdit variables are identified by a prefix of If is included in the value for a job processing parameter CONTROL M assumes that it is referring to an AutoEdit variable or function Note A special prefix can be used to indicate that an AutoEdit variable or function should not be resolved In these cases the actual name of the AutoEdit variable or function minus the sign is output For example Do Shout Variable PARM1 is greater than 100 outputs the following message Variable PARM1 is greater than 100 For more information about AutoEdit variable prefixes see Table 15 9 Variable Prefixes on page 15 17 AutoEdit variables are divided into the following types e
91. 2 32 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide PeopleSoft Parameters This chapter describes the parameters in the PS8 panel for PeopleSoft jobs This panel is displayed in the Job Editing form when CONTROL M Control Module for PeopleSoft CONTROL M CM for PeopleSoft is installed on your data center All CONTROL M parameters for PeopleSoft jobs are summarized in Table 13 1 Each of these parameters is described in detail in the remainder of this chapter Note Many other CONTROL M job parameters and variables can be used to apply more sophisticated processing to your PeopleSoft jobs For more information about these parameters see the other chapters in this book Table 13 1 PeopleSoft Panel Parameters Summary Part 1 of 2 Parameter Connection Profile Description Name for a set of attributes that define a connection between CONTROL M CM for PeopleSoft and a PeopleSoft application server Email Subject Indicates the subject line for an email message that is sent by the job Email Text Specifies the message text to be displayed in the body of an email message Email With Log Indicates that Structured Query Report SQR program log files are attached to an email message Format Output type for the process or job Process Name l Name of a PeopleSoft process BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information PeopleSoft Parameters 13 1 Table
92. 3 00 A M on the morning of the 6th which is still part of the working day of the 5th BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 55 e In addition to time zones you can also order a job that is intended for execution on a future date For more information see the odate and odate_option parameters in any of the following CONTROL M Server utilities ctmudly ctmudchk ctmorder ctmcreate For more information about these utilities see the appropriate CONTROL M Server Administrator Guide e Itis recommended not to combine jobs that have time zone specifications with jobs that do not specify a time zone in the same Scheduling table or Group Scheduling table e When a job is considered for ordering by the New Day procedure it is ordered if its scheduling date occurs within the next 48 hours When a job is ordered by a User Daily job it will be ordered only if it s scheduling criteria are satisfied for the current working date For this reason it is recommended that you arrange the jobs for each time zone in a separate table For more information see the recommended method described in Time Zone Support in Chapter 3 of the CONTROL M EM Administrator Guide or the CONTROL M Server Administrator Guide Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Time Zone parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM TIMEZONE Utilities
93. 3 12 PS8 JOBNAME variable for PeopleSoft jobs 13 10 PS8 OUTDESTFORMAT variable for PeopleSoft jobs 13 8 PS8 OUTDESTTYPE variable for PeopleSoft jobs 13 15 PS8 PRCSNAME variable for PeopleSoft jobs 13 9 PS8 PRCSTYPE variable for PeopleSoft jobs 13 11 PS8 RUNCONTROLID variable for PeopleSoft jobs 13 13 PS8 SERVERNAME variable for PeopleSoft jobs 13 14 PS8 USERDEF1 2 3 variable for PeopleSoft jobs 13 18 PS8 USERID variable for PeopleSoft jobs 13 17 psftem utility 13 4 PST time zone 3 54 Q QID parameter 10 37 Quantitative Resources parameter 6 5 quantitative_resource parameter 6 7 QUEUE parameter OpenVMS 15 5 QUEUE variable iSeries AS 400 jobs 15 6 OpenVMS batch queue 15 5 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 16 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide R RDATE variable 15 13 RDAY variable 15 13 RECO code value 7 53 Recipient parameter 10 38 Record Format parameter FTP 12 18 Recursive parameter FTP 12 19 regular calendars Days values 3 27 RELATION parameter 3 45 Relationship parameter 3 44 relationship parameter 3 45 Remote Home Directory parameter FTP 12 20 Remote Hostname parameter FTP 12 21 Remote OS Type parameter FTP 12 2 12 22 removing from Active Jobs file 4 17 replacing data sets 2 50 Request ID parameter 11 18 Request NJE Node parameter 4 38 4 39 Request Type parameter 11 19 request types request set 11 19 single request 11 20 request_
94. 5 2 General Job Submission Variables Name PARMn Description Job submission parameter where n represents the parameter number This variable can be used to pass parameters to all types of jobs e On OpenVMS platforms PARMn is used to represent the P1 through P8 parameters For other platforms n can be a number between 1 and 32 Note that for CONTROL M version 2 1x on an iSeries AS 400 platform the value for variable PARMn must not include single quotes If quotes are necessary use double quotes only OVERLIB string Over Lib name of an alternate library directory in which job script is stored of the job Table 15 3 OpenVMS Job Submission Parameters Name QUEUE Description Name of the batch queue to which the job is submitted For VMS cluster configurations Specify only those queues that are defined in the system s queue manager where CONTROL M runs BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information AutoEdit Facility 15 5 The variables described in Table 15 4 correspond to parameters of the Series AS 400 Submit Job command For more information about the valid values for these parameters see your Series AS 400 SBMJOB command documentation Table 15 4 Series AS 400 Job Submission Parameters Name Description ACGCDE Accounting code for the job Valid values are in the following format lt accounting_code gt Or one of the
95. 9 Process Name TDi oi li la di Ve eia 13 10 Process Type iia ie ee 13 11 Rerun FroM SteD es senora ameoa ey e eee ee 13 12 Run Control ID Luci as a ta o EE 13 13 ServerName dit Actes ned teenie ke dilo te tdo te iia 13 14 IY PO Be int eae ae E A SERA 13 15 UserID iv ao ato dad arcos 13 17 Userdef Bici ri ti ee a de aoe ae 13 18 Microsoft Windows Parameters Job Execution Time o o 14 2 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information x CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Job Memory comia tea doe eae 14 3 Max Work Set Size ccc caries dat tra do aa 14 4 Min Work Set Size 200 aoa a Pe e 14 5 Priority Class uta eee Mena aang eee 14 6 Process Execution Time 0 0 2c cece eee eee 14 7 Process Memory recreos wees sear ies une aban Gog 4 anes 14 8 Scheduling Class 2 2 eee cee eee 14 9 Chapter 15 AutoEdit Facility AutoEdit Variables coin oe ae 15 4 Job Submission Variables o oo ooooocoooooom oo o 15 5 CONTROL M System Variables o o o oooooooo 15 10 User Defined Variables 0 0 0 0 cece eee ee eee 15 15 Variable Lists ui rr o ea dagen cae Paes 15 20 AutoEdit Expressions 0 0 eee eee 15 22 Elementary Expressions 00 e cee eee eee eens 15 23 Numeric Expressions 0 00 0 e cece eee eee eee 15 23 String Expressions 0 0 0 0c eee eee eee eens 15 25 AutoEdit Functions sessi o 0 0 0
96. 90 Blanks single quotation marks and parentheses pipe OS 390 Blanks BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 5 12 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Parameter Description Date A four character date reference associated with the condition date mmdd or ddmm dependent on the site standard ODAT Variable that is automatically replaced by the job s original scheduling date that is the date on which the job was ordered NOTE Beginning with version 6 1 03 of CONTROL M EM and CONTROL M Server ODAT can also be specified when modifying details of a job in the Active Jobs file PREV Variable that is automatically replaced by the job s previous scheduling date Note PREV cannot be specified when modifying details of a job in the Active Jobs file NEXT Variable that is automatically replaced by the job s next scheduling date Note NEXT cannot be specified when modifying details of a job in the Active Jobs file io Or Any scheduling date The Condition parameter is satisfied if any prerequisite condition with the same name exists regardless of its associated date STAT Condition is not date dependent Note This value is valid only for CONTROL M Server version 6 0 01 and later or for CONTROL M for OS 390 Sign Indicates whether the specified condition is to be added created or deleted Adds create
97. 90 jobs Relevant only for CONTROL M Server version 6 0 01 or later or without sysout for any job submitted by CONTROL M Agent for Microsoft Windows 2000 version 6 0 01 or later This variable is not used with Group Scheduling tables PRECMD command Specifies a command to run immediately before running the job defined by MEMNAME The return code is ignored Note Not relevant for OS 390 jobs Relevant only for CONTROL M Server version 6 0 01 or later or without sysout for any job submitted by CONTROL M Agent for Microsoft Windows 2000 version 6 0 01 or later This variable is not used with Group Scheduling tables PREV yymmdd Previous scheduling date for the job RDATE yymmdd Installation current working date RDAY dd Installation current working day RJULDAY nnn Installation current working day of the year Julian format For example 36 for February 5th RMONTH mm Installation current working month RUNCOUNT annn Number of times the job order has been submitted for execution i e the first time the job is being submitted this vari able returns a value of 1 RWDAY Installation current working day of the week 1 Sun 2 Mon and 0 Sat BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information AutoEdit Facility 15 13 Table 15 7 CONTROL M System Variables Part 5 of 5 Name Format Descrip
98. 99 Regular jobs an integer from 0 through 255 0 AutoEdit Support No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Do Rerun Specifies when a job is to be rerun Cyclic Indicates that the job is rerun on a regular basis General Information When the job s completion status is set to Rerun using the Do Rerun parameter CONTROL M checks the number of reruns specified in the Maximum parameter If the number in the Maximum parameter is greater than the number of reruns that have already been performed for the job a rerun automatic rerun process is performed for the job Note This parameter cannot be specified for a cyclic job running on a version of CONTROL M earlier than 6 1 00 This parameter can be specified for acyclic job running on CONTROL M version 6 1 00 or later BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 21 When a job is assigned Rerun status the job is not rerun if either e Maximum 0 Or e The number of reruns specified in this parameter has already been performed CONTROL M waits at least the number of minutes specified by the Interval parameter before it attempts the next rerun of the job The job is re submitted after e The specified number of minutes has elapsed from the last rerun and e All Submission criteria are satisfied
99. A maximum of two CTB STEP statements that is one START statement and one END statement can be specified Multiple arguments must be separated by a comma without a space because they are automatically passed to the CONTROL M Analyzer step as a PARM lt arguments gt parameter in the step s JCL CONTROL M uses the status returned by CONTROL M Analyzer as it would use the return status of any job step e If CONTROL M Analyzer returns a status of OK or TOLER within accepted tolerances CONTROL M considers the step as having ended OK BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 5 e If CONTROL M Analyzer returns a status of NOTOK or ABEND CONTROL M considers the job step as having ended NOTOK Aliases for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the CTB Step parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM API ctb_step Example Check results and Set a Condition After successfully performing salary calculations job SACALCO1 invokes rule CHKCALC to ensure that the results are reasonable and then sets OUT condition SALARY OK JOB SACALCO1 LIB CIM PROD SCHEDULE TABLE SALARY COMMAND gt SCROLL gt CRSR MEMNAME SACALCO1 MEMLIB GENERAL OWNER SYS1 TASKTYPE JOB PREVENT NCT2 DFLT N APPL SAL GROUP SALARY DESC SALARY CALCULATIONS OVERLIB SCHENV SYSTEM ID NJE NODE SET VAR CTB STEP AT END NAME CHKCALC TYPE RULE ARGUMENTS SSODATE
100. ARY OK for the 1st created This is because the prerequisite condition is always associated with a scheduling date and not with the actual running date Therefore a date reference should be added to the condition Mem Name EBDRPTIA Days 01 15 In Conditions SALARY OK Date ODAT Example 4 Job Scheduling Dependent on Previous Job Runs and a Generic Date Reference Consider a similar example a monthly total report must be produced based on data from the last two runs Also the job must run when communication channels to a remote site are active Days 01 15 Retro Y Max Wait 06 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 5 8 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide In Conditions SALARY OK Date ODAT And Or A SALARY OK Date PREV And Or A COMM ACTIVE Date And Or A The job is submitted only 1f the jobs for the 1st and the 15th have finished Prerequisite condition COMM ACTIVE is based on a generic date reference that exists only when communication is active The communication process itself can be monitored by CONTROL M When communication is not active CONTROL M deletes prerequisite condition COMM ACTIVE preventing abends of jobs that depend on active communication Example 5 Maintain Order of Job Runs Assume a group of jobs runs every day of the week except Saturday and Sunday It is very important that some of the jobs scheduled for the various days of the week do not
101. Alternate Formats for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the On Statement Code parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM ON is composed of the STMT CODE PGMS PROCS Utilities and AND_OR subparameters Note In these utilities the ON parameter is used for both the On parameter and the On Statement Code parameter PGMS and PROCS are used only when you are specifying an ON parameter Example 1 End job NOTOK In the following example any completion code other than 2 causes the job to end with a status of NOTOK On Statement Code BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 61 Statement Code COMPSTAT 2 Do NOTOK Example 2 End job OK In the following example any even completion code causes the job to end with a status of OK On Statement Code Statement Code COMPSTAT EQ EVEN Do OK Example 3 Create a condition on NOTOK In the following example a completion status of NOTOK causes CONTROL M to create a condition On Statement Code Statement Code NOTOK Do Cond PRKZ_NOTOK ODAT Example 4 Output from an OpenVMS job If the following messages are issued from an OpenVMS job S SET NOON MOU SYS OVER ID MUAO COPY JWINFO_2507 DAT mua0 ACCOUNT DAT SCOPY E OPENIN error opening JSDSK USR1 JWINFO2507 DAT as input RMS E FNF file not found SSH SDCL W INSFPRM missing command param
102. Alternate names for the Task Type parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities TASKTYPE Reporting Facility TASK_TYPE CONTROL M Server tasktype Utilities CONTROL M for OS 390 TASKTYPE CONTROL M EM API task_type Alternate formats for the Task Type parameter are listed below Component Format CONTROL M EM Example Utilities lt TASKTYPE Detached gt Valid values are For non OS 390 platforms Job Detached Command Dummy External For OS 390 as of version 6 1 03 e Job Started_Task These values are used in conjunction with the values specified in the Cyclic and Critical parameters Reporting Facility String BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 61 Component Format CONTROL M Valid values Server Utilities JOB DETACHED COMMAND DUMMY DETACHED EXTERNAL GROUP for Group Scheduling tables only eTrigger Valid values e JOB DETACHED COMMAND DUMMY DETACHED GROUP for Group Scheduling tables only Example 1 Creating a SAP Job with the CONTROL M Server cimcreate Utility ctmcreate tasktype external application SAP nodegrp chefl appltype SAP memlib ddd memname fff autoedit SS SAPR3 ACCOUNT DV1 autoedit SAPR3 JOBNAME SAPCM autoedit SAPR3 JOBCOUNT 09495501 autoedit SSAPR3 JOB_MODE EXTERNAL applver 46C 46D applform SA
103. AutoEdit Expressions on page 15 22 Table 15 1 Parameters that Accept AutoEdit Variables and Expressions AutoEdit e Modifies working parameters for a job and or passes Assignment parameters to a job when the job is submitted Defines variables that can be displayed in a Shout message or Do Mail message when a job completes Note This parameter is called Setvar in certain CONTROL M Server utilities and in CONTROL M Desktop Command AutoEdit variables can be used as part of the command string Do AutoEdit Allows the user to specify AutoEdit statements to be resolved in addition to those specified for AutoEdit Assignment depending on how a job ended These can be local variables to be used if the job is rerun or they can be global variables to be used by other jobs Path AutoEdit variables can be used in this parameter to indicate Mem Lib the name of the library or directory in which the file described in the Path parameter is located File Name AutoEdit variables can be used in this parameter to indicate Mem Name the name of the file containing the job commands or job script Over Lib AutoEdit variables can be used in this parameter to provide the name of an alternate library or directory in which to search for the file that was specified using the MEMNAME parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 15 2 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Table
104. CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Version 6 1 03 March 31 2004 lt lt hmcsoftware Copyright 2004 BMC Software Inc as an unpublished work All rights reserved BMC Software the BMC Software logos and all other BMC Software product or service names are registered trademarks or trademarks of BMC Software Inc IBM is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corp Oracle is a registered trademark and the Oracle product names are registered trademarks or trademarks of Oracle Corp All other registered trademarks or trademarks belong to their respective companies THE USE AND CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENTATION ARE GOVERNED BY THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT ENCLOSED AT THE BACK OF THIS DOCUMENTATION Restricted Rights Legend U S GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTS UNPUBLISHED RIGHTS RESERVED UNDER THE COPYRIGHT LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES Use duplication or disclosure by the U S Government is subject to restrictions set forth in FAR Section 52 227 14 Alt IN g 3 FAR Section 52 227 19 DFARS 252 227 7014 b or DFARS 227 7202 as amended from time to time Contractor Manufacturer is BMC Software Inc 2101 CityWest Blvd Houston TX 77042 2827 USA Any contract notices should be sent to this address Contacting BMC Software You can access the BMC Software Web site at http www bmc com From this Web site you can obtain information about the company its products corporate offices special event
105. CONTROL M CM for PeopleSoft and a PeopleSoft environment The connection profile must exist before it is specified in a job Click Select next to the Connection Profile text box to display a list of profiles that have been defined The connection profile contains the following parameters e Connection profile name e PeopleSoft user name e PeopleSoft password e PeopleSoft server name e PeopleSoft server port e PeopleTools version The PeopleSoft user name specified in the profile must have authorization to handle all PeopleSoft jobs and processes in the PeopleSoft environment BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information PeopleSoft Parameters 13 3 To manage connection profiles specify the psftem profcfg CONTROL M CM for PeopleSoft command For more information about this command see the CONTROL M Control Module for PeopleSoft Administrator Guide Tip During the CONTROL M CM for PeopleSoft installation an existing CONTROL M Option for PeopleSoft environment file can be converted to a connection profile BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 13 4 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Email Subject Indicates the subject line for an email message that is sent by the job Format Usage Optional Available if the Type parameter is set to Email Length 1 50 characters Case Sensitive No Variable Name PS8 EMAIL_SUBJECT
106. CONTROL M for OS 390 7 48 processing in blocks 7 70 on_do_statement parameter 7 61 on_statement parameter 7 57 7 61 On Do statements 7 46 OpenVMS archiving job output 8 2 job documentation 2 30 logical names in a DCL file 2 17 P1 P8 parameters 15 5 QUEUE variable 15 5 variables list 15 5 operating system commands 2 20 operators in AutoEdit Expressions 15 23 OPTION variable UNISYS jobs 15 8 Order ID groups 15 11 ORDERID variable 15 12 ordering jobs 3 46 ordering job using Job Name parameter 2 40 OS application type 2 8 OS Panel parameters 14 1 OS 390 DO NOTOK parameter 7 30 Do OK parameter 7 32 Out Condition parameter 5 12 out_condition parameter 5 15 OUTPTY variable for iSeries AS 400 jobs 15 7 Output Device parameter 10 32 OUTQ variable for iSeries AS 400 jobs 15 7 Over Lib alternative to Path parameter 2 42 AutoEdit support 15 2 deleting specification 2 43 OVERLIB variable 2 43 15 5 parameter 2 42 prohibited characters 2 42 prohibited strings 2 42 used to supply temporary job script file 2 43 over_lib parameter 2 44 overriding cyclic job specification 4 10 Owner parameter 2 45 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 14 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide parameter SAP 10 33 variable 15 12 P Pacific Standard Time 3 54 Page Width parameter 10 14 PARAM variables Tandem jobs 15 9 Parameter parameter 10 34 Parameter Validation parameter 11 12 parameters Active
107. Case Yes Sensitive Invalid Blanks and the following characters Characters lt gt 3 1 7 amp 4 AutoEdit Yes An AutoEdit variable or expression can be Support specified as all or part of the value for this parameter value has the fol lowing characteristics Length Up to 214 characters Case Yes Sensitive Invalid Embedded blanks leading blanks are valid Characters AutoEdit Yes An AutoEdit variable or expression can be Support specified as all or part of the value for this parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 14 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide 0S 390 AutoEdit Assignment and both variable name and value have the following characteristics Length The total length of AutoEdit Assignment must not exceed 55 characters including the prefix variable name value and the sign Case Yes Sensitive Invalid Blanks Characters AutoEdit Yes An AutoEdit variable or expression can be Support specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Do Indicates an AutoEdit expression that is dependent on how the AutoEdit job ended OK or NOTOK and can be used to influence other jobs or subsequent runs of the current job General Information AutoEdit variables are special variables that have a prefix of They can be used to e Pass para
108. Click Load to generate and display a complete list of SAP archiving objects Free text string Length 1 10 characters Case Sensitive Yes Upper case only Invalid Blanks Characters Variable Name SAPR3 DA_ARC_OBJ General Information The Archiving Object parameter is only relevant for SAP data archiving jobs BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 9 Archive Text Free text description of the archive location Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Length 1 40 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid None Characters Variable Name SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt ARCH_TEXT General Information Only enabled if CONTROL M Function Modules are installed BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 10 10 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Authorization User with print authorization Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Length 1 12 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid None Characters Variable Name SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt PRINT_AUTH BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 11 Check Sessions Enables the user to check if an incomplete archiving session exists for a specific
109. Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 47 Inserting Additional On statements from CONTROL M for OS 390 When using the OS 390 interface to add an empty On statement between two existing On statements type the gt character over the first letter in the On PGMST value of the previous On line and press Enter Example 3 Insert an On Statement If the program step name is STEP1 On PGMST gt STEP1 adds an empty On line after the current On statement Step name STEP is restored to its original value when Enter is pressed that is the gt character disappears To delete unwanted On statements specify appropriate Line Editing commands in the Edit environment For more information about Line Editing commands see the CONTROL M for OS 390 User Guide Using All Runs of a Job Including Restarts When processing On blocks CONTROL M can incorporate the results of all previous runs and restarts filtering them for jobs restarted with the RESTART RECAPTURE CONDITION and or ABEND CODES parameters CONTROL M Restart searches previous runs to determine which steps must be considered part of the restarted job For example if one step finished successfully during its original run and another step finished successfully after a restart the On block check for the successful finish for both steps produces a TRUE result and the On statement is satisfied Activation of this facility in CONTROL M Rest
110. Dale iia a dd data dots tala OOK 3 8 Adjust Condition emita 3 12 AME Das E air 3 16 Conta ii Ad e do 3 18 Date a a nda 3 24 DIS ts AR A A Wee ale 3 26 Days Calendar unitat pa aa aa 3 33 MIO ts ls A A Ata 3 38 MOnths a a 3 40 PDS oc usa a rs a We a 3 42 Relationship ooo as been ca bees e eee es 3 44 ROO ir A ia E 3 46 Scheduling Tag ooooooococccooocr eee ee 3 50 TIME ZONE A ee aba dt te bts dla Sobek ok 3 54 Week Days AR AA A 3 58 Weeks Calendar ridad id hing ias hue 3 65 Execution Parameters CONTI dr aces ance A amas Mates GE 4 3 Critical carr dde Mae Gaga bess 4 5 CV CMC sheet beara conhea AN 4 9 Intervalo o oe he oA OER SO Ee Fee eee 4 13 Max Walt it dt A E da de a a iia 4 17 Maxam 55 025 aed oii A AA 4 21 Multi Agent amar eee neatly ap 4 25 Node ID Group 0 0 cee ccc ee eee eens 4 28 Prevents NETZ e ioe okt corm EE TE dle en Ailes dalek oo al Solace 4 31 POC LARA A A AAA 4 36 Request NJE Node 0 0 eee eee eee 4 38 Rerun From sched ae o whe Ee dels 4 4 Rer nMemberci 8 eae ae AS 4 43 Scheduling Environment 0 0 0 cece cece eee eee 4 46 System AMity espai rara aad bags apes 4 48 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information vi CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Time From Time Until oooooooooonnn 4 51 INIESTA A eae 4 54 Chapter 5 Condition Parameters In CONditOM cocos adas dub aba law bat lid 5 2 Out Cond t
111. Determining which Variable to AutoEdit Use CONTROL M uses the following logic to determine which value to use when a variable is specified in a job processing definition 1 CONTROL M checks if a local variable for the job has been defined with the specified name If a local variable exists the value specified for that variable is used 2 Ifno local variable exists with the specified name and the job is in a Group Scheduling table CONTROL M checks for a variable with the specified name in the Group definition If the variable is defined in the Group definition that value is used 3 If the job is not in a Group Scheduling table or the variable is not defined in the Group definition CONTROL M searches for a Global variable with the specified name 4 If no definition is found for a specified variable the variable is resolved to the reserved word CTMERR BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information AutoEdit Facility 15 19 Variable Lists AutoEdit variable LIBMEMSYM can be used in the AutoEdit Assignment or Do AutoEdit parameters to indicate a text file containing a list of AutoEdit assignments This variable enables you to create a central file containing AutoEdit assignment statements that can be read by many job processing definitions Note Multiple LIBMEMSYM statements can be included in a single job processing definition In this way you can maintain groups of local or global variables that a
112. EM Table 11 1 OAP Parameters Summary Part 1 of 2 Parameter Description Advanced Options Enables various advanced options to be modified Application The application short name associated with the responsibility name Application Instance Oracle Application instance connection information Application Name The application long name associated with the concurrent program Application Short Name The application short name associated with the concurrent program Description Description of a request Include Child Status When specified child jobs are monitored Include Output If specified the output of the Oracle job is appended to SYSOUT BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Oracle Applications Parameters 11 1 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Table 11 1 OAP Parameters Summary Part 2 of 2 Parameter Description Notifications Generates a selection list containing all Oracle workflow roles Parameter All specified parameter values are validated If no value is Validation specified the default value will be retrieved Parent Parent of the job or process Phase Phase of the job or process Print Determines print settings Priority Priority of the job or process Profiles Specify or modify the print profile name and value Request ID Oracle Applications
113. ESUB Shout parameter value 8 7 LATETIME Shout parameter value 8 7 Layout parameter 10 27 LDA variable 15 29 LIBL variable for Series AS 400 jobs 15 6 LIBMEMSYM variable 15 20 libraries Series AS 400 jobs 15 6 Series AS 400 library list 15 6 LIBS YM variable OS 390 15 20 Lines parameter 10 39 load balancing resources for a job 6 7 specifying node groups 4 28 local AutoEdit variables 15 18 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Local Home Directory parameter FTP 12 10 Local Hostname parameter FTP 12 11 Local OS Type parameter FTP 12 2 12 12 Local User Name parameter FTP 12 13 Local User parameter FTP 12 23 LOG variable for Series AS 400 15 7 LOGCLPGM variable for Series AS 400 15 7 logical names in the DCL file OpenVMS 2 17 Logical Record Length parameter FTP 12 14 MAINVIEW Batch Organizer 2 50 managing SYSDATA 8 2 Max Days subparameter 8 3 MAX RERUN parameter 4 24 Max Runs subparameter 8 3 Max Wait archiving SYSDATA 8 4 behavior with cyclic jobs 4 18 behavior with non cyclic jobs 4 17 effects 4 18 OS 390 behavior 4 18 parameter 4 17 Max Work Set Size parameter 14 4 max_wait parameter 4 19 Maximum OS 390 behavior 4 22 parameter 4 21 Rerun completion status 4 21 MAXRERUN parameter 4 23 4 24 4 44 maxrerun parameter 4 24 MEL time zone 3 55 Melbourne time zone 3 55 Mem Lib parameter 2 46 Index 11 Mem Name parameter 2 33 mem_lib parameter 2
114. FTP 12 3 12 31 W W_DAY_STR parameter 3 63 Wait Child parameter 11 27 Wait For Termination parameter 10 50 WAIT USER status 4 3 WCAL parameter 3 67 WDAY variable 15 12 15 14 WDAYS parameter 3 63 Week Days parameter 3 58 non periodic regular calendar formats 3 60 periodic calendar formats 3 59 weekdays OWDAY variable 15 12 RWDAY variable 15 13 WDAY variable 15 14 Weeks Calendar parameter 3 65 WEEKS _CAL parameter 3 67 WEEKSCAL parameter 3 67 Western European Time 3 54 WET time zone 3 54 When subparameter of the Shout Parameter 8 7 WIN2K JOB_MEMORY_LIMIT variable 14 3 WIN2K MAXIMUM_WORKING_SET_SI ZE variable 14 4 WIN2K MINIMUM_WORKING_SET_SIZ E variable 14 5 WIN2K PER_JOB_USER_TIME_LIMIT variable 14 2 WIN2K PER_PROCESS_USER_TIME_LI MIT variable 14 7 WIN2K PRIORITY_CLASS variable 14 6 WIN2K PROCESS_MEMORY_LIMIT variable 14 8 WIN2K SCHEDULING_CLASS variable 14 9 Windows BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 22 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide AutoEdit variables 2 22 15 17 working days 3 26 3 58 Y YEAR variable 15 12 15 14 years four digit Odate 15 10 four digit working year 15 10 RYEAR variable 15 14 YEAR variable 15 14 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Index 23 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 24 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
115. Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec OOOOOOHWOOOOD Days WORKDAYS Calendar BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 67 Example 2 Schedule the job on every Monday in July whether or not it is workday and each Tuesday in July that is a workday Week Days 2 3 Months Jon Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec OOOOOOHMOOUOUOO Days WORKDAYS Calendar Example 3 Schedule the job on every Friday in June July and August that is a half day Week Days 6 Months Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec DODODBREooaododoO Days HALFDAYS Calendar BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 68 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Execution Parameters The parameters in this chapter are related to the execution of the job and the processes that accompany execution Table 4 1 Execution Parameters Summary Parameter Description Confirm A job in which the Confirm parameter is checked is not considered for submission until manually confirmed by the CONTROL M EM user Critical When selected indicates that the job is a critical path job in CONTROL M Cyclic Indicates if the job is cyclic to be rerun at regular intervals Interval Specifies the length of time in minutes to wait between reruns of a job or between cyclic runs of a job Max Wait Spec
116. Format Usage Optional Format Number 0 100 Displayed only in the Job Editing form active environment in the CONTROL M EM GUI Variable Name OAP ACTIVE_ATTR lt n gt PRIORITY Related Parameters Priority CONTROL M priority described on page 4 36 determines submission the priority of the job in CONTROL M whereas Priority under Oracle Applications determines the priority of the job in Oracle Applications General Information There are two Priority settings for an Oracle Applications job that is scheduled in the CONTROL M data center First the Priority of a job in CONTROL M determines when CONTROL M EM schedules the job After the job is submitted for execution in the Oracle Application it s Oracle Application Priority determines when the job is run in the Oracle Application BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 11 16 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Profiles Specify or modify the print profile name and value Optional Profile Name and Value text boxes For more information see Subparameters Located on the Advanced Options panel accessed from the OAP panel Profile internal name Usage Optional Length 1 214 characters Case sensitive Yes Invalid None Characters Variable Name OAP PROFILES P lt n gt NAME Format Usage Format Subparameters Profile Name Value Usage Opt
117. Format Platforms other than OS 390 2 alphanumeric characters OS 390 Asterisk can also be used provided that the Critical parameter is set to Y Default Blank which is the lowest priority Case Sensitive No Invalid Single quotation marks non English characters Characters AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be Support specified as all or part of the value for this parameter General Information Priority determines the order of job processing by CONTROL M in the Active Jobs file Priority order is such that 9 gt 0 gt Z gt A The characters are not case sensitive The value for the priority parameter is a 2 character string AA is the lowest priority 99 is the highest If a single character is specified the uppercase letter A is automatically inserted as the first character For example priority 1 is treated as priority A1 In OS 390 if the value of Priority is set to Asterisk and the value of Critical is set to Y the job has the highest priority gt 9 gt 0 gt Z gt A The next line shows priority values from the lowest on the left to the highest on the right AA A9 ZA Z9 OA 0Z 01 09 1A 19 94 99 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 36 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide If a job that is waiting to be submitted because Quantitative resources are not available has a higher priority than a job that has all th
118. Formats for each type of calendar are specified separately as described in Periodic Calendar Formats on page 3 59 and Non Periodic Regular Calendar Formats on page 3 60 1 50 characters Case sensitive Yes Invalid Characters Blanks single quotation marks non English characters AutoEdit Support No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 58 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Periodic Calendar Formats Format Description Rules In the following periodic scheduling formats nis any integer from 0 through 6 e iis any valid period identifier Valid values are any integer from 1 through 9 any uppercase letter except N and Y asterisk all periods e Week Days periodic identifiers are counted on a week by week basis Calculations do not cross week boundaries unlike Days periodic boundaries which can cross month boundaries The name of a periodic calendar must be specified in the Weeks Calendar A maximum of eight periodic values can be designated in any desired order Values DnPi Order the job on the nth day of period in each week from the beginning of the week An can be specified as the n value to represent all days the value to represent all periods DnPi Order the job o
119. From date is earlier than the To date the job can be scheduled on or between those dates e If the specified From date is later than the To date the job can be scheduled on those dates or on any date that is not between those dates e If only a From date is specified the job can be scheduled on or after that date BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 4 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide e If only a To date is specified the job can be scheduled on or before that date In relation to Scheduling Tags these parameters work as follows e If the specified From date is earlier than the To date jobs in the Group Scheduling table that contain the Scheduling Tag can be scheduled on or between those dates e Ifthe specified From date is later than the To date jobs in the Group Scheduling table that contain the Scheduling Tag can be scheduled on those dates or on any date that is not between those dates e If only a From date is specified jobs in the Group Scheduling table that contain the Scheduling Tag can be scheduled on or after that date e If only a To date is specified jobs in the Group Scheduling table that contain the Scheduling Tag can be scheduled on or before that date e If no dates are specified for the From date or the To date jobs in the Group Scheduling table that contain the Scheduling Tag can be scheduled on any date e Ifa job specifies more than one Scheduling
120. Information 3 54 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide TYO Tokyo GMT 09 00 TOK Tokyo GMT 09 00 Note TOK is maintained for backward compatibility purposes SYD Sydney GMT 10 00 MEL Melbourne GMT 10 00 NOU Noumea GMT 11 00 AKL Auckland GMT 12 00 If necessary these default values can be modified and new values can be defined For more information see Time Zone Support in the maintenance chapter of the CONTROL M EM Administrator Guide or the CONTROL M Server Administrator Guide Default If no value is specified for this parameter the job will run with the time zone of the CONTROL M Server that ordered the job Invalid Characters Non English characters AutoEdit Support No AutoEdit variables or expressions cannot be specified as values for this parameter General Information e Newly defined jobs with specified time zones must be saved at least 48 hours before their intended execution dates in order to ensure that they are ordered automatically by the appropriate New Day Procedure or User Daily If they must run today they should be ordered manually for example using the ctmorder utility e Specified Odates are calculated according to the working date not the actual date This means that if a job is defined as working on the Sth of the month at 3 00 A M and the working day begins at 5 00 A M then the job will actually be run at
121. JECT TO APPEAL TO ANY COURT AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED AS PREVENTING EITHER PARTY FROM SEEKING INJUNCTIVE RELIEF FROM ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE PARTIES AND THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THE DISPUTE AS NECESSARY TO PROTECT EITHER PARTY S CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OWNERSHIP OR ANY OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHTS ALL ARBITRATION PROCEEDINGS SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN CONFIDENCE AND THE PARTY PREVAILING IN ARBITRATION SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECOVER ITS REASONABLE ATTORNEYS FEES AND NECESSARY COSTS INCURRED RELATED THERETO FROM THE OTHER PARTY U S GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTS The Software under this Agreement is commercial computer software as that term is described in 48 C F R 252 227 7014 a 1 If acquired by or on behalf of a civilian agency the U S Government acquires this commercial computer software and or commercial computer software documentation subject to the terms of this Agreement as specified in 48 C F R 12 212 Computer Software and 12 211 Technical Data of the Federal Acquisition Regulations FAR and its successors If acquired by or on behalf of any agency within the Department of Defense DOD the U S Government acquires this commercial computer software and or commercial computer software documentation subject to the terms of this Agreement as specified in 48 C F R 227 7202 of the DOD FAR Supplement and its successors MISCELLANEOUS TERMS You agree t
122. Job Submission Variables pass parameters to a job or to set the job s working parameters For more information see Job Submission Variables on page 15 5 e System Variables are automatically assigned values using system information available at the time of job submission for example DATE contains the current system date For more information see CONTROL M System Variables on page 15 10 e User defined Variables can be defined in a number of different ways for inclusion in various job processing parameters For more information see User Defined Variables on page 15 15 e Variable lists Special variable LIBMEMSYM can be used to point to a file containing a list of AutoEdit assignments statements to be applied to a job This variable allows you to create one or more lists of AutoEdit assignment statements that can be applied to many job processing definitions For more information see Variable Lists on page 15 20 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 15 4 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Job Submission Variables Job submission variables pass parameters to a job or set the job s working parameters Certain job submission variables are available only for certain platforms Table 15 3 through Table 15 6 describe variables that are platform specific Note All job submission variable names must be specified using uppercase letters Table 1
123. KDAYS Calendar BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 36 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Example 5 Complex Scheduling e Schedule the job on the Ist of June July and August whether or not it is a banking day and on every banking day in June July and August Days 1 Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec we J 0g0o000000000 Days BANKDAYS Calendar Example 6 Schedule the job on every Friday in June July and August that is a half day Week Days 6 Jon Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec meee Teele lel El Days HALFDAYS Calendar BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 37 Minimum Minimum number of free partitioned data set tracks required by the library specified for the PDS parameter Note This parameter is available for OS 390 jobs only Format Usage Mandatory if a value is specified for the PDS parameter Format A positive 3 digit number leading zeros are required AutoEdit Support No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Confcal Confcal and Minimum cannot be specified together Dates Dates and Minimum cannot be specified together Days Days and Minimum cannot be specified together Months Months and Minimum cann
124. LIVPWR and job CTLIVPRD the CTL IVP FILE data set is replaced by a pipe of the same name Jobs of this type are called a Collection because they are participants in the same pipe Figure 2 1 PIPE Parameter Example Job CTLIVPWR JOB CTLIVPWR LIB CTMT PROD SCHEDULE TABLE CTLIVP COMMAND gt SCROLL gt CRSR MEMNAME CTLIVPWR MEMLIB CTM IVP JCL OWNER E02A TASKTYPE JOB PREVENT NCT2 DFLT N APPL GROUP DESC CONTROL M WORKLOAD VERIFICATION WRITER JOB OVERLIB SET VAR CTB STEP AT NAME TYPE DOCMEM CTLIVPWR DOCLIB CTMT PROD DOC DAYS DCAL AND OR WDAYS WCAL MONTHS 1 Y 2 Y 3 Y 4 Y 5 Y 6 Y 7 Y 8 Y 9 Y 10 Y 11 Y 12 Y DATES CONFCAL SHIFT RETRO N MAXWAIT 00 D CAT MINIMUM PDS BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 51 IN CTLIVPWR IN ODAT CONTROL RESOURCE PIPE CTL IVP FILE ESOURCE PIPE TIME FROM UNTIL PRIORITY DUE OUT SAC CONFIRM COMMANDS EDIT DOC PLAN JOBSTAT 13 18 25 Figure 2 2 PIPE Parameter Example Job CTLIVPRD JOB CTLIVPRD LIB CIMT PROD SCHEDULE TABLE CTLIVP COMMAND gt SCROLL gt CRSR MEMNAME CTLIVPRD MEMLIB CTM IVP JCL OWNER E02A TASKTYPE JOB PREVENT NCT2 DFLT N APPL GROUP DESC CONTROL M WORKLOAD VERIFICATION READER JOB OVERLIB SET VAR CTB STEP AT NAME TYPE DOCMEM CTLIVPRD DOCLIB CTMT PROD DOC DAYS DCAL AND OR WDAYS WCAL MONTHS 1 Y 2 Y 3 Y 4 Y 5 Y 6 Y 7 Y 8 Y 9 Y 10 Y 11 Y 12
125. M Whether or not the commands that are run in a control language program are logged to the job log via the CL program s message queue Y MSGQ Name of the message queue to which a completion message is sent when the submitted job has completed execution Valid values are in the following format lt library gt lt message_queue gt or one of the following special values USRPRF WRKSTN or NONE Note CONTROL M Agent for iSeries AS 400 version 2 25 or later uses a specific message queue as an event mechanism for job completion If the message queue for a job is changed using the MSGQ variable the event driven mechanism for this job will be disabled OUTPTY Output priority for spooled output files produced by the job Y OUTQ Qualified name of the output queue used for spooled files that specify OUTQ JOB Valid values are in the following format lt library gt lt output_queue gt or one of the following special values CURRENT USRPRF DEV or JOBD PRTIDEV PRITXT Qualified name of the default printer device for this job Up to 30 characters of text that is printed at the bottom of each page of printed output and on separator pages RTGDTA Routing data used to start the first routing step in the job W SWS Job switches SYSLIBL System portion of the initial library list that is used by the submitted job BMC Software Inc Confidential and Propr
126. M1 based on the day of the month This example illustrates building the name of a variable in the expression SBackupTape_01 301 SBackupTape_02 302 SBackupTape_03 303 SPARM1 S BackupTape_ sDAY AJP JP AP ye The expression BackupTape_ DAY is resolved in two steps from right to left 1 Given that the system date is Dec 3 DAY resolves to 03 The resulting expression is A SPARM1 BackupTape_03 2 Next CONTROL M resolves the variable 4 BackupTape_03 Since the value of this variable is 303 the resulting expression is SPARM1 303 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 15 26 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide AutoEdit Functions An AutoEdit function performs an action or process on the specified user variable or job submission variable AutoEdit functions are used instead of another expression The following functions are available Table 15 10 AutoEdit Functions Function Description CALCDATE Adds or subtracts a specified number of days from a specified date CALCDAT Same as CALCDATE but handles 4 digit years E SUBSTR Extracts a substring from a specified string CALCDATE and CALCDATE CALCDATE is a numeric function that adds or subtracts a quantity of days from a given date This function has the following format lt result gt CALCDATE lt date gt lt quantity gt The components of this expressi
127. N2K MAXIMUM_WORKING_SET_SIZE BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 14 4 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Min Work Set Size Minimum RAM in megabytes for all processes of the job Format Usage Optional Format Integer No minimum or maximum Variable Name Y WIN2K MINIMUM_WORKING_SET_SIZE BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Microsoft Windows Parameters 14 5 Priority Class Highest priority class the job and its children can receive Format Usage Optional Format List box Valid values IDLE_PRIORITY_CLASS BELOW_NORMAL_PRIORITY_CLASS NORMAL_PRIORITY_CLASS ABOVE_NORMAL_PRIORITY_CLASS HIGH_PRIORITY_CLASS REALTIME_PRIORITY_CLASS Variable Name Y WIN2K PRIORITY_CLASS General Information The calling process must enable the SE_INC_BASE_PRIORITY_NAME privilege so that the calling process is allowed to boost the scheduling priority of a process BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 14 6 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Process Execution Time Maximum amount of elapsed execution time in seconds for each process in a job Format Usage Optional Format Integer No upper limit Variable Name WIN2K PER_PROCESS_USER_TIME_LIMIT General Information If the user mode time for any process exceeds the specified amount that process i
128. NJE Node parameter 9 2 NJE parameter 9 2 No of Copies subparameter of the Print parameter 11 15 Node Group parameter 4 29 node groups 4 28 Node ID AutoEdit variable 15 15 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 12 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide parameter 4 29 UNISYS AutoEdit variable 15 8 Node ID Group broadcasting 4 26 in the active environment 4 29 parameter 4 28 node_group parameter 4 29 NODE_ID parameter 4 29 NODEID parameter 4 29 variable 15 15 variable for UNISYS jobs 15 8 non periodic regular calendas Week Days parameter 3 60 NOT KEEP value for CYCLIC_MAXWAIT parameter 4 10 NOT_KEEP value 4 18 Notifications parameter 11 11 NOTOK code value 7 53 parameter 7 31 status for Group Scheduling tables 7 1 status for Max Wait parameter 4 17 status for On statements 7 60 status for Shout parameter 8 8 NOU time zone 3 55 Noumea time zone 3 55 Number of Copies parameter 10 30 Number of File Transfers parameter FTP 12 15 Number of Retries parameter FTP 12 16 12 29 numbers AutoEdit expressions 15 23 O OAP Panel parameters 11 1 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information OAP workflow roles selection list 11 11 OAP_WAITCHILD variable 11 27 OAP ACTIVE_ATTR PARENT variable 11 13 OAP ACTIVE_ATTR PHASE variable 11 14 OAP ACTIVE_ATTR PRIORITY variable 11 16 OAP ACTIVE_ATTR REQUEST_ID variable 11 18 OAP ACTIVE_ATTR STATUS variable 11 25
129. NTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Post Processing Parameters Post Processing parameters are used to describe e Actions to be performed if the job is not submitted e Actions to be performed after the job has finished executing e Handling of the job s log sysout e Notification messages to various users e Rerun conditions Based on the job s execution status codes CONTROL M automatically assigns a completion status Table 7 1 Job Statuses Status Description OK Job ended OK The job finished executing with a successful operating system completion status This status can be overridden with the Do NOTOK parameter as a result of an On Statement Code evaluation NOTOK Job did not end OK The job finished executing with an unsuccessful operating system completion status or due to a submission failure for example queue does not exist This status can be overridden with the Do OK parameter as a result of an On Statement Code evaluation For Group Scheduling tables Steps parameters can also be defined for Group Scheduling tables BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 1 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information e Actions to be performed if a group finished OK are performed only 1f all the jobs in the group finished OK e Actions to be performed if a group finished NOTOK are performed only if on
130. NTROL M Server sysout Utilities eTrigger Sysout CONTROL M for SYSOUT 0S 390 CONTROL M EM API Sysout handling is composed of three subparameters sysout_from_ Equivalent to From Class class sysout_option Equivalent to Option sysout_ Equivalent to Parameter parameter Formats in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Auto Archive parameter are listed below Component Format Reporting Facility The values for SYSOPT and PARM are strings BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 8 22 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Component Format CONTROL M Server Two values are supplied for sysout Utilities lt option gt RELEASE DELETE e COPY e MOVE lt parameter gt The appropriate value depending on the lt option gt value specified String eTrigger Sysout is composed of two subparameters Handling Type of sysout handling to perform Values blank Do not consider this parameter RELEASE DELETE COPY MOVE Destination Value that must be specified depending on the OPT value that is chosen For example when F is specified for Handling specify a file name for Destination String BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Job Output Parameters 8 23 Component Format CONTROL M for SYSOUT is composed of the following 0S 390 subpara
131. Name can also be displayed in the job node displayed in the CONTROL M EM window depending upon options specified in the Display Net window This parameter is used when ordering or forcing a job either using the Do Forcejob parameter or when using the Order Force windows The Job Name parameter does not have to be unique in the Scheduling table Accessing Modifying the Job Name in AutoEdit Expressions The value of the Job Name parameter can be accessed using the JOBNAME AutoEdit variable For example this name can be included in a messages that is sent using the Do Shout or Do Mail parameters BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 40 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide The job name parameter can also be overridden when the job is ordered for example using the following statement in the command line of the ctmorder utility for CONTROL M Server autoedit JOBNAME lt newjobname gt Platform Specific Information Parameter OS 390 Information The Job Name parameter must be unique in the Scheduling table iSeries AS 400 The value specified for this parameter is the actual job name to be used by iSeries AS 400 It is part of the job submission command Note For jobs on an iSeries AS 400 platform the value specified for parameter Job Name must conform to iSeries AS 400 conventions for job names Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alterna
132. OL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Max Wait parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities MAXWAIT Reporting Facility MAX WAIT CONTROL M Server maxwait Utilities CONTROL M for OS 390 MAXWAIT CONTROL M EM API max_wait Example 1 Retain Job Until Resources Available Retain a scheduled job indefinitely until the runtime resources required for the job are available Max Wait 99 Example 2 Retain Job Beyond Original Scheduling Date Retain a job for an extra three days beyond its original scheduling date Days 02 04 06 Max Wait 03 Assume that the job does not run due to the absence of the required runtime resources The job that is scheduled for day 2 of the month waits from the second through the fifth to be executed On the sixth of the month CONTROL M gives up and the job that was originally scheduled for day 2 is deleted The jobs scheduled for days 4 and 6 wait until as late as days 7 and 9 respectively to be executed BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 19 Example 3 Schedule a Job for Periods When the Computer is Inactive Schedule the job for every working day whether or not the computer is active Allow each scheduled job three extra days to execute Days Calendar WORKDAYS Retro Y Max Wait 03 Given the following circums
133. ONTROL M EM API command Example 1 OpenVMS BACKUP DUAO 000000 MUAO MONBKP SAVE Example 2 Unix tar cvf dev rmt0 c home Example 3 Series AS 400 SAVLIB LIB LIB_1 LIB_2 DEV TAP02 Example 4 Using AutoEdit Variables in a Command The command in this job uses the CONTROL M ctmcontb utility to delete all prerequisite conditions that are more than five days old BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 21 AutoEdit A CALCDATE Y DATE 365 Assignment B CALCDATE DATE 5 Command ctmcontb deletefrom A B Note For Windows agents When specifying AutoEdit variables in the CMDLINE or COMMAND parameters on CONTROL M Agent for Windows the AutoEdit prefix must be specified as instead of BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 22 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Control Module CM Version Indicates the version number of the Control Module CM that will be used to run the job Note This parameter is not supported by CONTROL M versions earlier than 6 1 00 This parameter is not supported by CONTROL M for 0S 390 Format Usage Optional Length 1 10 characters Default None Case No Sensitive Invalid Blanks single quotation marks non English characters Characters AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be speci
134. ONTROL M EM network ViewPoint displayed in the CONTROL M EM flow diagram This window is described in the CONTROL M Enterprise Manager User Guide BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 38 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Group parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM GROUP Utilities Reporting Facility GROUP NAME CONTROL M Server group Utilities eTrigger Group CONTROL M for GROUP OS 390 Example 1 Accounting Department Groups ACCOUNTING Example 2 Group of Jobs Run at the End of the Day END_OF_DAY Example 3 Group name for associated jobs that create sales reports SALES_REPORT BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 39 Job Name Name of the job Format Usage Mandatory Length 1 64 characters OS 390 1 8 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid Blanks Characters Single quotation marks If the job will run on any version of Microsoft Windows 2000 prohibited filename characters such as or AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be Support specified as all or part of the value for this parameter General Information The Job Name parameter appears along with the File Name parameter in various job definition and job tracking windows The Job
135. P R3 cmver 610 jobname xxxx BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 62 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Scheduling Parameters The parameters in this chapter determine when and or how often a job should be scheduled for submission Table 3 1 Scheduling Parameters Summary Part 1 of 2 Parameter Description Active From Indicates the start of a period of time during which the job or Date Group Scheduling table can be ordered or the Scheduling Tag can be used Active To Date Indicates the end of a period of time during which the job or Group Scheduling table can be ordered or the Scheduling Tag can be used Adjust Indicates whether or not to ignore prerequisite conditions Condition normally set by predecessor jobs if the relevant predecessor jobs are not scheduled This parameter is relevant only for jobs in a Group Scheduling table And Or Indicates the relationship between specified Days values and Weekdays values Conical Use to specify a calendar that will be used to validate all specified days and dates on which to schedule the job Dates Specific dates on which to order the job Days Days of the month on which to order the job Days Name of a user defined calendar used to specify a set of Calendar days for example working days Minimum Minimum number of free partitioned data set tracks required by the l
136. RIPTION General Information Displayed only when the Request Type is Single Request BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 11 8 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Include Child Status If selected child jobs are monitored If one ends in error the CONTROL M job status is also error If unspecified CONTROL M job status is determined only by parent job ending status Format Usage Optional Format Check box Default Selected Child jobs monitored Located on the Advanced Options panel accessed from the OAP panel Variable Name OAP SUBSTATUS BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Oracle Applications Parameters 11 9 Include Output When specified the output of the Oracle job is appended to SYSOUT Format Usage Optional Format Check box Default Not selected Output not appended Located on the Advanced Options panel accessed from the OAP panel Variable Name OAP DISPLAY_OUTPUT BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 11 10 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Notifications Generates a selection list containing all Oracle workflow roles Note For Oracle Applications 11 and 111 only Format Usage Optional Format List generated by CONTROL M EM Located on the Advanced Options panel accessed from the OAP panel Lengt
137. ROL M EM API application_type Example Submit a Job to Oracle Application Specify the following information in the CONTROL M Server ctmcreate utility to schedule CONTROL M A gent everest to submit a job to Oracle Application OAP ctmcreate tasktype external application ORACLE nodegrp everest appltype OAP BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 9 Application Version Format Indicates the version of the application for example SAP or Oracle Applications on which the job will run Note This parameter is not supported by CONTROL M versions earlier than 6 1 00 This parameter is not supported by CONTROL M for OS 390 Usage Optional Length 1 10 characters Default None Case Sensitive Yes Related Parameters Invalid Blanks single quotation marks non English characters Characters AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be Support specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Parameter Description Application The type of application whose version is specified by the Type Application Version parameter Control Control Module for the application that will run the job Module CM Version Form Name Name of the form BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 10 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide General Information
138. RT OR CONTRACT LAW LIMITS ON LIABILITY BMC S AGGREGATE LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES IS LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT PAID BY YOU FOR THE LICENSE TO THE PRODUCT SUPPORT If Your order includes support for the Software then BMC agrees to provide support 24 hours a day 7 days a week Support You will be automatically re enrolled in Support on an annual basis unless BMC receives notice of termination from You as provided below There is a free support period during the one year warranty period a Support Terms BMC agrees to make commercially reasonable efforts to provide the following Support i For malfunctions of supported versions of the Software BMC provides bug fixes patches or workarounds in order to cause that copy of the Software to operate in substantial conformity with its then current operating specifications and ii BMC provides new releases or versions so long as such new releases or versions are furnished by BMC to all other enrolled Support customers without additional charge BMC may refuse to provide Support for any versions or releases of the Software other than the most recent version or release of such Software made available by BMC Either party may terminate Your enrollment in Support upon providing notice to the other at least 30 days prior to the next applicable Support anniversary date If You re enroll in Support BMC may charge You a reinstatement fee of 1 5 times what You would have paid if You were enrolled in Support during
139. Rerun From parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities IND CYCLIC Reporting Facility IND CYCLIC BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 41 Component CONTROL M Server Utilities Parameter Name intervalfrom Default value START CONTROL M EM API count_cyclic_from Formats in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Rerun From parameter are listed below Component CONTROL M EM Utilities Format Valid values START END Example lt IND_CYCLIC START gt Example 1 Calculate the Interval Between Cyclic Jobs when Rerun From is Start Job_A is acyclic job The value specified for Interval is 60 seconds The Rerun From value is Start If Job_A job run takes 15 seconds the next run of Job_A will begin 45 seconds after the first run is complete Example 2 Calculate the Interval Between Cyclic Jobs when Rerun From is End Job_B is a cyclic job The value specified for Interval is 60 seconds The Rerun From value is End When the Job_B job run is complete the next run of Job_B will begin 60 seconds after the first run is complete The length of time that it takes to run Job_B does not affect the period of time between job runs BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 42 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Rerun Member Name
140. Scheduling Tag in the Group Scheduling table is satisfied BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 51 If a Group Scheduling table is eligible for scheduling on a particular day a job in the table is scheduled in either of the following cases e The value of the Relationship parameter is OR The basic scheduling criteria of the job or a specified Scheduling Tag or both are satisfied e The value of the Relationship parameter is AND Both the basic scheduling criteria of the job and a specified Scheduling Tag are satisfied Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Scheduling Tag parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM TAG_NAME Utilities CONTROL M Server tag Utilities CONTROL M for SCHEDULE TAG 0S 390 Formats in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Scheduling Tag parameter are listed below Component CONTROL M EM Utilities Format TAG_NAME parameters are contained in the TAG_NAMES parameter The TAG_NAME value is a string TAG_NAMES cannot have a value Example lt TAG_NAMES TAG_NAME T1 TAG_NAME T2 gt Example 1 Two Sets of Scheduling tags Group Scheduling table ACCOUNTS for group ACCOUNTS_GROUP contains two sets of scheduling criteria Scheduling Tags BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 52 CONTROL M Job Parameter an
141. See your CONTROL M administrator for more information Special notes for iSeries AS 400 platforms e If an output queue is not specified the job s output is sent to the queue specified by CONTROL M system parameter Default Output Queue The name of the output queue must be specified in one of the following formats library outq LIBL outq outq If outq without library or LIBL outq is specified the specified outq is taken from the LIBL Library list of CONTROL M If the specified outq is not found in the Library list the Release option is not executed If library outq is specified the output queue is taken from the specified library If the specified outq is not found in the specified library the Release option is not executed BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Job Output Parameters 8 19 Table 8 2 Sysout Handling Formatting Part 3 of 4 Value Description Move Moves the log file and deletes it from the CONTROL M Sysout directory The New Destination text box is displayed for the location to which the log file should be moved For Windows OpenVMS and Unix platforms The second field indicates a directory And Or file name to which the log file should be moved e If a directory is not specified the log file is moved to the job owner s home directory e Ifa file name is not specified the log file is moved to a default file name as follows For Microsoft
142. Selected job is critical e Cleared job is not critical Related Parameters Invalid Non English characters Characters Priority The Critical parameter takes precedence over the Priority parameter when both are specified General Information Defining a job as critical ensures that a job that requires resources is submitted as soon as possible after all its In Conditions parameters are satisfied As a result of a job being defined as critical any Quantitative resources or Control resources that the job requires exclusively are reserved for the job as they become available The preferential treatment given to a critical job is applied only after all the job s In Conditions parameters are satisfied The Critical parameter takes precedence over the Priority parameter a low priority job defined as critical is given preferential treatment over a non critical high priority job However if two critical jobs are awaiting execution at the same time the higher priority job receives resources before the lower priority job BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 5 Critical path priority applies to contention between Quantitative resources and between Control resources with Exclusive status The critical path priority does not apply to contention with Control resources with Shared status For more information about the Priority parameter see Priority on page
143. Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 48 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Path parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities MEMLIB Reporting Facility MEM LIB CONTROL M Server memlib Utilities eTrigger MemLib CONTROL M for OS 390 MEMLIB CONTROL M EM API mem_lib Alternate formats for the Path parameter are listed in Platform Specific Information on page 2 47 Example 1 Microsoft Windows D ACCOUNT SALARY Example 2 Unix SHOME ctm salary Example 3 OpenVMS DUAO SALARY JAN ARCH SALARYSDIR Example 4 iSeries AS 400 MYLIB Example 5 OS 390 GENERAL BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 49 PIPE Format Indicates a data set to be replaced by a pipe with the same name Displayed only if CONTROL M WorkLoad is installed Note The PIPE parameter is used only with jobs run in CONTROL M for OS 390 installations in which MAINVIEW Batch Optomizer MVBO is installed Usage Optional Format Each time a data set or pipe name is specified and Enter is pressed a new empty line is displayed to enable specification of an additional data set or pipe name Length 1 44 characters Case Sensitive No Invalid Blanks Characters Non English characters AutoEdit
144. T Step Range values are described in Table 7 5 Table 7 5 PROCST Step Values Step Value Description blank When left blank matching program step names PGMST are checked regardless of whether they are directly from the job or from a called procedure Default The On statement is satisfied if the PGMST criteria are satisfied from any procedure directly from the job procstep Name of a specific procedure step procstep EXEC procedure If a specific procedure step is specified only program steps from the invoked procedure are checked to see if they satisfy the code criteria Program steps directly from the job are not checked EVERY The EVERY value is used without being accompanied by limiting step values when the code criteria must be satisfied for every step The following examples all have the same impact the code criteria must be satisfied for every step in the job without exception BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 50 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Code Values Codes can be condition codes user abend codes system abend codes various end codes and statuses and certain keywords They can also be prefaced by certain qualifiers All of these are described below A maximum of 245 codes can be specified for any On step statement as follows e Each line of an On statement contains fields for specification of up to four codes
145. The original copy of the file is kept in the directory specified in Path BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 46 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide General Information The library or directory specified in the Path parameter and the accompanying File Name file do not have to exist when the job processing parameters are defined CONTROL M searches for them only before actual submission of the job Platform Specific Information Platform Microsoft Windows Information The Path parameter indicates the drive ID and name of the directory and subdirectories if any Unix OpenVMS The Path parameter indicates the name of the directory and subdirectories if any One of the following symbols can be used in place of or as part of the directory sub directory name these symbols are resolved at the time the job is ordered or forced HOME resolves to the home directory of the job owner lt username gt resolves to the home directory of the specified Unix user The Path parameter contains the device directory that can be specified as the physical path or as an OpenVMS logical name Series AS 400 Specify one of the following Name of an iSeries AS 400 library e LIBL library list CURLIB current library BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 47 Platform Information
146. Type CTBRULE in the DO field and press Enter AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter Parameter Description name Text box Name of the CONTROL M Analyzer rule that is to be executed The CONTROL M Analyzer rule contains all balancing specifications to be performed Mandatory Length 1 through 8 characters Case Yes Sensitive Invalid Blanks non English characters Characters BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 13 Parameter Description ARG Text box Arguments that are passed to the CONTROL M Analyzer rule Separate multiple arguments by commas Optional Length 1 through 45 characters Case Yes Sensitive Invalid Blanks non English characters Characters General Information When Do CTBRule is specified balancing is performed by the CONTROL M Analyzer Runtime environment according to the specified rule definition and using the specified arguments The CONTROL M Analyzer Runtime environment is invoked once for each Do CTBRule statement in the job scheduling definition Note If DO CTBRUL E is specified under ON PGMST ANYSTEP the CONTROL M Analyzer Runtime environment is invoked only once When CONTROL M calls a CONTROL M Analyzer rule CONTROL M Analyzer System variable SY SOPT contains the value CTMWORK This variable can
147. VERY PGMST value On parameter 7 50 symbol in a variable prefix 15 17 Quantitative resources 6 6 START command for UNISYS jobs 15 8 A ABAP Program parameter 10 5 absolute job dependency 3 12 Abu Dhabi time zone 3 54 Account parameter 10 6 variable for UNISYS jobs 15 8 accounting codes Index 1 Series AS 400 jobs 15 6 ACGCDE variable Series AS 400 jobs 15 6 Active From Date parameter 3 3 Active Jobs file prioritizing job processing 4 36 removing jobs 4 17 retroactive job scheduling 3 46 Active Panel parameters 9 1 Active To Date parameter 3 8 ACTIVE_FROM parameter 3 5 ACTIVE_TILL parameter 3 11 Add ABAP parameters list SAP 10 2 adding prerequisite conditions 7 10 addition AutoEdit expressions 15 23 dates 15 27 Additional Options parameter FTP 12 5 ADDRUN variable Unisys jobs 15 8 Adjust Condition parameter 3 12 adjust_cond parameter 3 14 adjust_condition parameter 3 14 Advanced Options parameter 11 3 AKL time zone 3 55 alerts defining urgency 8 8 Allocation Units parameter FTP 12 6 analyzing job output 7 4 7 14 ANC time zone 3 54 Anchorage Standard Time 3 54 And Or parameter 3 16 3 17 subparameter of the On parameter 7 46 and_or subparameter 7 57 ANYSTEP PGMST value On parameter 7 50 APPL parameter 2 4 2 5 variable OS 390 jobs 15 11 APPL_FORM parameter 2 37 APPL_TYPE parameter 2 9 APPL_VER parameter 2 11 applform parameter 2 37 APPLGROUP variable 15 11 APPLIC parame
148. Variable Reference Guide e Each On and DO statement is independent Multiple On and DO statements are not logically connected to the preceding On and DO statements Multiple On blocks are normally interpreted sequentially If the conditions of an On block are satisfied the accompanying DO actions are performed The conditions of more than one On block can be satisfied therefore more than one set of DO statements can be performed Example 1 Multiple On Do Blocks One On block specifies STEP1 as the program step and gt C0004 as the code A second On block specifies ANYSTEP as the program step and gt C0008 as the code If STEP1 results in a condition code of C0016 the On step and code event criteria for both On statements are satisfied and the DO actions accompanying both On blocks are performed e When you fill in the And Or subparameter of an On statement an empty On statement is opened immediately that is before the accompanying DO statement The specified And Or value logically connects the new On statement to the preceding On statement These two On statements constitute a single On block Example 2 Related On Statements For the DO SHOUT action to be performed Step1 must end with a condition code of C0004 and Step5 must end with system abend SO0C4 ON Pgmst Step1 Procst Codes C0004 And ON Pomst Step5 Procst Codes S0C4 lt E DO Shout To emuser Urgn Regular Msg Backup operation s ON BMC Software Inc
149. Windows lt Mem_Name gt lt Job_Name gt _ lt order_num gt _ lt rerun_num gt DAT For OpenVMS lt Mem Name gt LOG For Unix lt Mem Name gt lt Job_Name gt LOG lt order_num gt lt rerun_num gt For OS 2 the full path name must be specified For Series AS 400 and UNISYS The second field indicates the outq output queue to which the job log spool file should be moved e If an output queue is not specified the job log spool file is moved to the queue specified by the CONTROL M system parameter Default Output Queue The name of the output queue must be specified in one of the following formats library outq LIBL outq outq If outq without library or LIBL outq is specified the specified outq is taken from the LIBL Library list of CONTROL M If the specified outq is not found in the Library list the Move option is not executed If library outq is specified the output queue is taken from the specified library If the specified outq is not found in the specified library the Move option is not executed BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 8 20 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Table 8 2 Sysout Handling Formatting Part 4 of 4 Value Description Change Changes the class of job output OS 390 only Jobs The New Class Name text box and From Class text box are Class displayed Enter the new class name 1 character in the text bo
150. Windows Parameters 0 00008 14 1 Parameters that Accept AutoEdit Variables and Expressions 15 2 General Job Submission VariableS o oo 15 5 OpenVMS Job Submission Parameters 15 5 iSeries AS 400 Job Submission Parameters 15 6 UNISYS Job Submission Parameters 15 8 Tandem Job Submission Parameters 4 15 9 CONTROL M System Variables o oooooooomo o 15 10 Post processing System Variables o oooo o oooo 15 14 Variable Prefixes aa c coil o ha OR Save 15 17 AutoEdit Functions 0 0 0 e eee eee eee 15 27 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Xvi CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide About This Book This book contains detailed information about parameters and variables that can be used in CONTROL M job processing definitions Use this book to determine usage and syntax of job parameters and variables for the latest version of all CONTROL M products How This Book Is Organized This book is organized as follows In addition a glossary of terms and an index appear at the end of the book Chapter Chapter 1 Description Introduction Introduces the various types of job parameters and AutoEdit variables described in the rest of the book Chapter 2 General Parameters Parameters that identify the job and describe its function Chapter 3 Sched
151. Yes Blanks Single quotation marks OS 390 Non English characters AutoEdit Support No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter General Information Together with the CONTROL M parameter the Table parameter determines the position of the job in the CONTROL M Scheduling Table hierarchy Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Table parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities TABLE_NAME Reporting Facility TABLE_ID CONTROL M Server schedtab Utilities BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 54 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Component Parameter Name eTrigger SchedTab CONTROL M for OS 390 TABLE NAME Example 1 Scheduling Table Name Including a User Assigned Serial Number SehTbl03 Example 2 Scheduling Table Name Including a Time Period SeptOctTbl2 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 55 Task Type Specifies the type of task of the job performs Format Usage Usage is platform dependent For more information see Platform Specific Information on page 2 57 Format Specific terms are valid for each CONTROL M platform For more information see Platform Specific Information on page 2 57 Invalid Blanks Single quotat
152. acility CONDITION CONTROL M Server incond Utilities CONTROL M EM API in_condition Alternate formats for the In Condition parameter are listed below Component Format CONTROL M EM INCOND is composed of the NAME ODATE Utilities AND_OR and OP subparameters The OP value is a right or left parenthesis Used to isolate portions of the In condition expression Example lt INCOND NAME Cond1 ODATE ODAT AND_OR AND OP gt Reporting Facility Condition name BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 5 6 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Example 1 Schedule a Job Dependent on the Successful Completion of Another Job Schedule JOB_B to execute after the successful completion of JOB_A regardless on what day JOB_A was run Job Name JOB_A Out Conditions JOB_A_OK Date ODAT Job Name JOB_B In Conditions JOB A OK Date Ao If JOB_A completes with a termination status of OK prerequisite condition JOB_A_OK is created with JOB_A s original scheduling date JOB_B that is waiting for prerequisite condition JOB_A_OK is submitted for execution as soon as the prerequisite condition is created Example 2 Daily Jobs JOB_A and JOB_B are daily jobs JOB_B should be submitted only after the successful completion of JOB_A JOB_B must not be mistakenly submitted based on the successful completion of JOB_A from a previous day Job Name JOB_A OJob Nam
153. acters Case Sensitive Upper case only Invalid Blanks Characters Variable Name OAP RESPAPP 11 4 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Application Instance Oracle Application instance connection information Format Usage Mandatory Length 1 214 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid Blanks Characters Variable Name OAP INSTANCE BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Oracle Applications Parameters 11 5 Application Name Format BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information The application long name associated with the concurrent program Usage Optional Default None Length 1 214 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid Blanks Characters Variable Name OAP APPDESP 11 6 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Application Short Name The application short name associated with the concurrent program Format Usage Mandatory Length 1 30 characters Case Sensitive Yes Upper case only Invalid Characters Blanks Variable Name OAP APPNAME BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Oracle Applications Parameters 11 7 Description Text description of a request Format Usage Optional Length 1 214 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid None Characters Variable Name OAP DESC
154. al parameter 4 54 parameter 4 9 Task Type value in OS 390 4 12 Units parameter 4 54 variable 4 10 15 11 cyclic job archiving SYSDATA 8 3 CYCLIC_MAXWAIT 4 18 Interval parameter 4 13 making non cyclic 4 10 specifed with Task Type parameter 2 56 stopping 7 39 terminating 4 11 CYCLIC_MAXWAIT parameter 4 10 4 18 D DAC time zone 3 54 Dacca time zone 3 54 Data Archiving parameters list SAP 10 4 DATA CENTER parameter 2 25 data centers variable DATACENTER 15 11 data set management Auto Archive parameter 8 2 cleanup 4 31 number of free tracks for partitioning 3 38 partitioning 3 38 3 43 PDS parameter 3 43 Prevent NCT2 parameter 4 31 Index 5 replacing 2 50 DATACENTER parameter 2 25 variable 15 11 Date subparameter Do Cond parameter 7 11 Do Forcejob parameter 7 18 Dates DATE variable 15 11 parameter 3 24 variable 15 11 variable for iSeries AS 400 jobs 15 6 dates adding 15 27 Julian date variables 15 12 RDATE variable 15 13 subtracting 15 27 DATES_STR parameter 3 25 DAY variable 15 11 DAY_STR parameter 3 30 Days CONTROL M for OS 390 format 3 30 parameter 3 26 parameter rules 3 29 RDAY variable 15 13 relationship with Days Calendar parameter 3 34 Days Calendar parameter 3 33 DAYS_AND_OR parameter 3 17 DAYS_CAL parameter 3 35 DAYSCAL parameter 3 35 DCAL parameter 3 35 Ddays DAY variable 15 11 ODAY variable 15 12 DEADLINE variable UNISYS 15 8 DEC function for iSeries AS 400 15 8 decimal val
155. alid values for regular SAP jobs Create Create a brand new job Copy Copy an existing job Original Run a previously defined job External Monitors the status of a job that runs in the SAP Server Batch Input Run a Batch Input job Valid values for SAP data archiving jobs Write Creates and runs a data archiving write job Detect Delete Detects a data archiving delete job created in SAP Detect Store Detects a data archiving store job created in SAP e e e e e Variable Name SAPR3 JOB_MODE The Job Mode parameter must be specified for both regular SAP jobs and SAP data archiving jobs For Regular Jobs Only When specifying the Job Mode parameter on a command line the value names are different e Create CREATE e Copy RUN_COPY e Original RUN_ORG External EXTERNAL Batch Input BATCHINPUT BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 10 24 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Job Name Job name to be monitored or reported Format Usage Mandatory Length 1 32 characters Case Sensitive No Invalid None Characters Variable Name SAPR3 JOBNAME General Information This parameter is mapped to the CONTROL M EM Job Name parameter For regular SAP jobs only The Filter button specifies criteria for the list that can be generated by clicking Load e In Original job mode all statuses are disab
156. also determine whether conditions are to be added or deleted after the job run is successfully completed For more information see Chapter 5 Condition Parameters Resources Panel Contains Resource parameters These parameters specify information about physical and logical requirements that must be met before the job can be submitted for execution For more information see Chapter 6 Resource Parameters 1 4 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Table 1 1 Access to Job Parameters and Variables Part 2 of 2 Panel Contents Set Panel Contains facilities for defining and specifying AutoEdit variables AutoEdit variables are used to insert dynamic information into the values of job processing parameters For more information see Chapter 15 AutoEdit Facility Steps Panel Contains Post Processing parameters These parameters specify actions that should be performed by CONTROL M when the job is finished executing or has failed to run For more information see Chapter 7 Post Processing Parameters PostProc Panel Active Panel Contains Job Output parameters These parameters specify actions that CONTROL M and CONTROL M EM perform that are a direct result of the output of the job For more information see Chapter 7 Post Processing Parameters Contains Status parameters These parameters describe scheduling status and statistical information
157. ameter the job is executed Note This parameter is available for OS 390 jobs only The PDS and Minimum parameters must be specified together Format Usage Length Mandatory when a value is specified for the Minimum parameter 1 44 characters Case Sensitive No Invalid Characters Blanks non English characters AutoEdit Support No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Confcal Confcal and PDS cannot be specified together Dates Dates and PDS cannot be specified together Days Days and PDS cannot be specified together Minimum Number of available tracks When PDS is specified Minimum is mandatory Months Months and PDS cannot be specified together Retro Retro and PDS cannot be specified together Week Days Week Days and PDS cannot be specified together BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 42 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide General Information The data set must be cataloged and it must be a partitioned data set Parameters Minimum and PDS are always used together and are never used with other Scheduling parameters The PDS parameter identifies a library The Minimum parameter specifies the minimum number of free tracks required by that library These parameters are intended for u
158. ameter of CONFCAL Do not specify this parameter unless you want to shift the scheduling of a job SHIFT has up to four characters xyyy If you specify SHIFT you must specify a value for x or a value for yyy or values for both x and yyy SHIFT The first character x indicates how to shift scheduling of the job if the original scheduling day of the job is not a working day in the CONFCAL calendar Valid values are No value for x No shifting occurs unless a value is inserted for yyy Default gt Job scheduling is shifted to the next working day in the CONFCAL calendar Additional shifting may be performed depending on the yyy value described below e lt Job scheduling is shifted to the previous working day in the CONFCAL calendar Additional shifting may or may not be performed depending on the yyy value described below e Tentatively schedule the job for the current day even if the current day is nota working day in the CONFCAL calendar Additional shifting may or may not be performed depending on the yyy value described below The remaining three characters yyy shift scheduling of the job forward or backward the specified number of working days as defined in the CONFCAL calendar Valid values are e No value for yyy Only the shifting specified by the x value occurs e nn or nn shifts the job forward or backward nn working days in the CONFCAL calendar nn can be any
159. ameter values Please note the following e Start of the week depends upon user preferences specifying whether 1 Sunday or 1 Monday Descriptions in Table 15 7 that refer to day of the week presume that 1 Sun Consult your CONTROL M Administrator to determine which standard is used at your site e All System variable names must be specified using uppercase letters e Certain system variables can be referenced only after job completion in postprocessing parameters These variables are listed separately in Table 15 8 Post processing System Variables on page 15 14 Table 15 7 CONTROL M System Variables Part 1 of 5 Name Format Description DATE yyyymmdd Current system date 4 digit year SNEXT yyyymmdd Next scheduling date for the job 4 digit year ODATE yyyymmdd Original scheduling date of the job 4 digit year OYEAR yyyy Original scheduling year of the job 4 digit year PREV yyyymmdd Previous scheduling date for the job 4 digit year RDATE yyyymmdd Installation current working date 4 digit year RYEAR yyyy Installation current working year 4 digit year Y YEAR yyy y Current system year 4 digit year BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 15 10 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Table 15 7 CONTROL M System Variables Part 2 of 5 Name Format Description APPLGROUP st
160. an Aor May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Months lan Feb Mar pr lay g OOOOOOOOOUCE Example 4 Complex Scheduling Using a Periodic Calendar Schedule the job on the 1st day of period A and on all days except the 2nd day of period B Do not schedule the job on the 5th day of the month Days 5 DIPA D2PB Days Calendar PERIDAYS Periodic calendar PERIDAYS contains the following definitions The job is scheduled on the days indicated by an asterisk BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 31 SADO IO 9 LS GB Oe ADs 3 456 8 Oe 1 Note The periodic calendar shown above is in OS 390 format BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 32 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Days Calendar Indicates the name of a calendar containing a list of working days on which the job can be scheduled for execution Format Usage Optional Note The Days Calendar parameter cannot be used together with the Dates parameter Length 1through 10 characters OS 390 1through 8 characters or the asterisk character Case Sensitive Yes Invalid Characters Platforms other than OS 390 Blanks single quotation marks OS 390 Blanks AutoEdit Support No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Related
161. arameter 4 52 TIMEFROM parameter 4 52 timefrom parameter 4 52 TIMETO parameter 4 52 timeuntil parameter 4 52 TIMEZONE parameter 3 56 Titles parameter 10 48 To subparameter Do If rerun parameter 7 22 Do Mail parameter 7 26 Step Range parameter 7 69 TO TIME parameter 4 52 TOK time zone 3 55 Tokyo time zone 3 55 Transfer Location Local parameter FTP 12 26 Transfer Location Remote parameter FTP 12 27 Translation Table parameter FTP 12 28 TYO time zone 3 55 Type parameter 13 15 TYPE subparameter of the CTB Step parameter 7 5 U UNISYS job submission variables list 15 8 Units parameter 4 54 Index 21 Cyclic Parameter 4 54 Unix Bourne shell commands 2 21 job documentation 2 30 nnnn code value 7 51 ntil Time parameter 4 52 reency subparameter of the Do Mail parameter 7 27 rgency subparameter of the Do Shout parameter 7 37 rgency subparameter of the Shout parameter 8 8 Use Configuration Default parameter FTP 12 30 User Cover Page parameter 10 42 User Daily jobs 3 46 user ID Author parameter 2 12 User ID parameter 13 17 User Name parameter 11 26 user variables 2 14 userdef x 13 18 Userdef1 2 3 parameter 13 18 user defined variables 15 15 asc E E V validating scheduling dates 3 19 Value Name subparameter of the Profiles parameter 11 17 values See specific parameter or variable variables in job parameters 15 2 specifying 7 7 Variant Name parameter 10 49 version 2 10 Volume parameter
162. arameter determines the maximum number of times the restart or rerun can be performed For more information see Maximum on page 4 21 e This parameter is available only if CONTROL M Restart is installed on a CONTROL M for OS 390 site e The Do If Rerun and Rerun Member parameters cannot be specified together BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 23 Aliases for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Do If Rerun parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities DOIFRERUN CONTROL M for OS 390 DO IFRERUN CONTROL M EM API do_ifrerun Alternate Formats for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Do If Rerun parameter are listed below Component Format CONTROL M EM DOIFRERUN is composed of the following Utilities subparameters CONFIRM Valid values 0 No confirmation Default 1 Confirm FPGMS First program step in the range 1 8 character string FPROCS First process step in the range 1 8 character string TPGMS Last program step in the range 1 8 character string TPROCS Last process step in the range 1 8 character string CONTROL M for Do IFRERUN is composed of the following OS 390 subparameters FROM First program or process step in the range 1 8 character string TO Last program or process step in the range 1 8 character string CONFIRM Valid values
163. archiving object Note An incomplete archiving session is one for which not all Delete jobs ended successfully Format Usage Optional when the Data Archiving Job Mode parameter is Write Format Check box Valid values are Selected Perform a check Cleared Do not perform a check Default Variable Name SAPR3 DA_CHECK_SESSIONS General Information If an incomplete archiving session is found a message is displayed and a data archiving write job is not created The Checking Sessions parameter is only relevant for SAP data archiving jobs BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 10 12 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Check Variant Enables the user to check if a Write job already exists with the specific variant for the archiving object defined for this job Format Usage Optional when the Data Archiving Job Mode parameter is Write Format Check box Valid values are Selected Perform a check Cleared Do not perform a check Default Variable Name SAPR3 DA_CHECK_VARIANT General Information If such a Write job is found a message is displayed and a new Write job is not created The Check Variant parameter is only relevant for SAP data archiving jobs BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 13 Columns Format BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information
164. are prefixed by two percent signs the application s abbreviation and a hyphen SAPR3 for SAP OAP for Oracle and so on Names and values for User variables are case Case Sensitive For example TEST and Test are regarded as two separate variables Note Names of AutoEdit variables in CONTROL M for OS 390 must always be in uppercase BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 15 16 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide All AutoEdit variables are prefixed by In addition to the prefix certain characters can be added to determine special characteristics These special prefixes are described in Table 15 9 Table 15 9 Variable Prefixes ON Indicates that a variable is global for the data center CONTROL M Server and all its connected agents This prefix is used only when creating or modifying the variable When the variable is referenced for example in a Do Shout message it is referenced without the 1 For more information about global variables see Scope on page 15 18 tt Indicates that the variable should not be resolved This prefix enables inclusion of a variable name as text in job output The symbol is stripped from the output and the remaining AutoEdit variable name is included as text in the appropriate location For example a Do Shout message of Job Daily returned a value for variable PARM1 is output as Job Daily
165. art requires that the ALLRUNS parameter in the CTRPARM member be set to YES When activated this facility can apply to any specified step step range or to step value E VERY BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 48 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Step Values The PGMST Step Range values are described in Table 7 4 Table 7 4 PGMST Step Values Step Value Description PGMST In an On statement the specified step is generally a program step specified in field PGMST It may be a program executed directly within the job stream in which case no PROCST value is specified or it may be a program executed by a called procedure in which case the called procedure is specified in PROCST If the JCL contains nested procedures the name of the EXEC procedure statement that invokes the most deeply nested procedure that is the procedure that immediately invokes the PGM step must be specified in PROCST The same step name can appear in different On statements in the same On block or different On blocks rangename To check codes in a range of steps first define the step range and assign it a name in the Step Range statement Then specify the name preceded by an asterisk in the PGMST field The indicates that the specified name is a range name not a step name The range of steps is displayed and you can check the codes that are displayed within the defined range
166. as if the job were executing on a local queue The job s log file can be found in the same location as if the job executed on the local node BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 58 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide A detached process that is executed directly by the operating system without passing through the operating system batch queue The results of the Detached task are not analyzed by the post processing subsystem the detached task has the following properties e Although the process is not executed by the operating system batch queue the process is executed asynchronously as a OpenVMS detached process It can only be executed on the LOCAL node where it is also tracked A detached process is always assumed to have terminated successfully If a program to be executed as a detached process requires input or parameters supplied through the CONTROL M Server SYSS INPUT default You can supply these as regular parameters If the program requires parameters as part of the execution command statement such as the RUN interactive command it cannot be run as a detached process Instead use Task Type Command Operating system command defined in the Command parameter sent to the operating system to be executed as a job For more information see Command on page 2 20 Platform Task Types OpenVMS Detached continued Command Dummy
167. as run By specifying Yes Multi Agent the job checks the available disk space on every Agent computer in the specified Node Group Platform Specific Issues This parameter does not work with OS 390 jobs Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Multi Agent parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM MULTY_AGENT Utilities Reporting Facility MULTY AGENT CONTROL M Server multiagent Utilities eTrigger Multi Agent CONTROL M EM API multiagent BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 26 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Example Submit a Job to All Agents in a Node Group Specify the following parameter in CONTROL M Server ctmcreate utility to submit a job for processing by all Agents in the Group PRODUCTION ctmcreate tasktype job multiagent y nodegrp PRODUCTION BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 27 Node ID Group Host name of an Agent platform or name of a node group to which the job should be submitted This parameter is used only for installations in which CONTROL M Agent technology is implemented for certain platforms with CONTROL M version 2 2 0 or later It is not relevant in OS 390 Format Usage Optional Note If this parameter is left blank the job is submitted for execution on the CONTROL M Server platform Length 1 thro
168. ases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Owner parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities OWNER Reporting Facility OWNER CONTROL M Server owner Utilities eTrigger Owner CONTROL M for OS 390 OWNER BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 45 Path Mem Lib Indicates the name of the directory or library in which the file described in the Path parameter is located Format Usage This parameter is mandatory if the specified Task Type is Job or Detached or External Note The format for this parameter depends on the job platform For more information see Platform Specific Information on page 2 47 Length e Microsoft Windows Unix OpenVMS 1 255 characters e iSeries AS 400 1 10 characters e OS 390 1 44 characters Case Yes Sensitive Invalid Blanks Characters OS 390 Non English characters e If the job will run on any version of Microsoft Windows 2000 prohibited filename characters such as or AutoEdit Yes An AutoEdit variable or expression can be specified as all Support or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Parameter Description File Name of the job script file kept in the directory or library Name Mem specified in Path Mem Lib Name Over Lib Name of an alternate library for the file specified in the File Name parameter
169. at executes the job Initial value 0 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 15 14 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Table 15 8 Post processing System Variables Part 2 of 2 Name Format Description JOBID string Identification assigned to the job by the operating system of the platform that executes the job Note Do not use this variable in a Group Scheduling table definition NODEID string Node ID of Agent platform that submitted the job Note This variable is available for certain platforms as of CONTROL M version 2 2x SD_CPU numeric Standard deviation of the CPU time in seconds from the average CPU time for previous runs of the current job Note Do not use this variable in a Group Scheduling table definition SD_TIME numeric Standard deviation of the elapsed run time in seconds from the average elapsed run time for previous runs of the current job or Group Scheduling table User Defined Variables A user defined variable is created when it is assigned a value using the AutoEdit Assignment parameter or the Do AutoEdit parameter User variables can also be defined for all jobs in a Group Scheduling table using the Set panel of the Group Editing form For more information about assigning a value to a variable see AutoEdit Expressions on page 15 22 User defined variables can be used to e Store inte
170. at is selected BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 44 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Subparameters PGMST Job step The execution results the job step are checked against the specified codes criteria Mandatory Valid values are pgmstep rangename ANYSTEP EVERY These values are described in Table 7 4 PGMST Step Values on page 7 49 Length 1 through 8 characters Invalid Blanks Characters Note If the first character of PGMST is asterisk it must be followed by the range name of a defined Step Range consisting of up to 7 characters PROCST Procedure step EXEC statement that invokes a procedure from which the specified PGMST program is executed Optional Valid values are blank e procstep EVERY These values are described in Table 7 5 PROCST Step Values on page 7 50 Length 1 through 8 characters Invalid Blanks Characters BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 45 CODES Return codes or statuses that can satisfy the step or code event criteria if returned upon termination of the specified job steps At least one code must be specified Codes can be condition codes user abend codes system abend codes various end codes and statuses and certain keywords Codes are described in Code Values on page 7 51 And Or Optional
171. ault is Minutes No Invalid Characters Blanks single quotation marks AutoEdit Support Related Parameters Cyclic No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Indicates if the job is cyclic to be rerun at regular intervals Units Indicates units of measurement minutes hours and days the amount of which is determined by the Interval parameter General Information A From field can be included in the Interval specification This field indicates if the time for the next run of the job should be calculated from the beginning or from the end of the previous run of the job BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 13 Availability A job can be run more than once from a given job order when e The job s completion status was set to Rerun using a Do Rerun parameter Or e The job is defined as Cyclic CONTROL M waits at least the number of minutes specified by the Interval parameter before it attempts the next rerun of the job or before the next run of a cyclic job The Interval period can be calculated from either the start or the end of the previous job run as determined by the Rerun From parameter For more information see Rerun From on page 4 41 The job is re submitted after e The specified number of minutes have elapsed from the last rerun or from the start or end
172. auses the job to be rerun according to the parameters specified in the Rerun parameter 7 2 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Table 7 2 Post Processing Parameters Parameter Description Do Shout Specifies messages to be sent shouted to specified destinations on various occasions Do Stop Cyclic Prevents future iterations of a cyclic job Do Sysout Specifies how the job s log output should be handled On Job processing step and code event criteria that determine whether the accompanying DO statements are performed For OS 390 jobs only On Statement Code Specifies a combination of statements and error codes that determine when and if Do statements should be applied Reten Days Number of days to retain the job in the History Jobs file OS 390 only Reten Gen Step Range Maximum number of generations of the job to keep in the History Jobs file OS 390 only Specifies a range of steps in the steps of an On PGMST statement BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 3 CTB Step Adds CONTROL M Analyzer steps as the first and or last step of the job s execution Note For CONTROL M for OS 390 installations in which CONTROL M Analyzer is installed Format Usage Optional Format This parameter is accessed from the CONTROL M for OS 390 interface
173. b task to be performed by CONTROL M BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 3 Application Provides a logical name for sorting groups of jobs This parameter is used to supply a common descriptive name to a set of related groups of jobs Format Usage Mandatory OS 390 Optional Default None Length 1 20 characters Case Yes Sensitive Invalid Blanks Characters e Single quotation marks AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter However the value of Application can be specified using the APPL and APPLIC AutoEdit variables Related Parameters Parameter Description Group Group is also a logical name Both the Application and Group parameters can be used to create logical groupings of jobs Neither parameter has a direct effect on job execution General Information The Application parameter facilitates more convenient and orderly management of groups of production jobs The value assigned to the Application parameter can be used to determine the placement of jobs in the CONTROL M Enterprise Manager flow diagram It can also be used as a criterion for building a ViewPoint BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 4 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names
174. b Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Information Field Archive information Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Length 1 3 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid None Characters Variable Name SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt ARCHIVE_INFO BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 21 Job Class Job submission priority in SAP Format Usage Format For regular SAP jobs Mandatory when the value of the Job Mode parameter is Create This parameter is disabled for every other Job Mode value For SAP data archiving jobs Mandatory when the Data Archiving Job Mode parameter is Write Valid values are A most urgent B urgent C least urgent Default Variable Name Related Parameters SAPR3 JOBCLASS Job Mode For regular SAP jobs Job Class cannot be specified when the value for Job Mode is Batch_Input and is pre defined for Original Copy and External job modes General Information For regular SAP jobs e If CONTROL M Function Modules are installed all three priorities are available e If CONTROL M Function Modules are not installed only C is available The A and B values will only work if you are using XBP v2 0 functionality or the previous Extended functionality in XBP v1 0 system For SAP data archiving jobs
175. b processing definition are created The Days parameter must be changed seasonally to allow for variations in shipping frequency Different Active From Date and Active To Date parameters are used in each definition to specify the season in which the job is active Other job processing criteria remain unchanged BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 6 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Job_A Copy_1 Summer Days 1 3 Active From Date June 1 2002 Active To Date August 31 2002 Job_A Copy_2 Fall Days 1 Active From Date September 1 2002 Active To Date November 30 2002 Job_A Copy_3 Winter Days 1 3 6 Active From Date December 1 2002 Active To Date March 1 2003 Job_A Copy_4 Spring Days 1 3 Active From Date March 2 2003 Active From Date May 30 2003 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 7 Active To Date Indicates the end of a period of time during which the job or Group Scheduling table can be ordered or the Scheduling Tag can be used Format Usage Optional Format Date is selected from the Active To Date list box in the CONTROL M EM Job Editing form In the case of a Scheduling Tag date is selected from the Active To Date list box in the CONTROL M EM Scheduling form Default blank Job or Group Scheduling table creation date AutoEdit Support No An AutoEdit variab
176. based on the properties of an existing variant The new variant is created as soon as you confirm its name e Show Displays the variant values in a separate window e Change Enables you to modify the values of the various variant parameters Click Load to generate and display a complete list of variants available for the specified Archiving Object Note The changes in the values of the variant parameters are only performed during job run time Copy Show and Change will only work if you are using XBP v2 0 functionality or the previous Extended functionality in XBP v1 0 system BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 49 Wait For Termination Indicates whether SAP waits for the external program to end Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Format Check box X Selected Waits N Cleared Does not wait Default Variable Name SAPR3 STEP s lt nn gt WAIT_FOR_TERM BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 10 50 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Oracle Applications Parameters The parameters described in this chapter are for the OAP panel of the Job Editing form These parameters are only relevant if CONTROL M Control Module for Oracle Applications is installed and Oracle Applications forms are loaded in CONTROL M
177. be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter General Information The Max Wait parameter is used to handle the following types of occurrences For Non cyclic Jobs e A job that is scheduled for execution on a specific day is not always submitted that same day This may be due to any number of reasons such as a heavy production workload a problem in one of the job s predecessors causing a process to stop or a hardware failure When Max Wait is assigned a value greater than zero the job is retained in the Active Jobs file up to the specified number of days allowing the job additional opportunities to be submitted e A job that ends NOTOK during the night can be deleted from the Active Jobs file during the execution of the New Day procedure the next morning Using the Max Wait parameter the user can retain an overnight job that ends NOTOK in the Active Jobs file for a number of days allowing the operator an opportunity to correct the problem and rerun the job without the need to re order the job BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 17 For Cyclic Jobs e If CYCLIC_MAXWAIT CONTROL M parameter is set to KEEP default the Max Wait parameter is not dependent upon whether the job ended OK or NOTOK Cyclic jobs are only deleted from the Active Jobs file after the expiration of the Max Wait parameter e If CYCLIC_MAXWAIT is NOT_KEEP Cyclic jobs are re
178. be specified as the physical path or as a VMS logical name Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Doc Lib parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities DOCLIB Reporting Facility DOC LIB CONTROL M Server doclib Utilities eTrigger Doclib CONTROL M for OS 390 DOCLIB CONTROL M EM API doc_lib Example 1 OpenVMS DUAO ACCOUNT DOC ACCDOCS DIR Example 2 Unix SHOME ctm account doc BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 30 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Doc Mem Name of the file in which the job documentation is stored Format Usage Optional Length 1 30 characters OS 390 1 8 characters Case Yes Sensitive Invalid Blanks Characters OS 390 Non English characters AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter Relate Parameters Parameter Description Provide the name of the library directory in which a member described in the Doc Mem parameter is located General Information The Doc Mem parameter is normally specified together with the Doc Lib parameter Platform Specific Information e iSeries AS 400 Doc Mem indicates the name of the member in the Libl file On this platform parameter Doc Mem is optional even if a value is supplied fo
179. bmission Rerun From Determines whether the interval between runs of the cyclic job is counted from the start or the end of the previous run Task Type In OS 390 Cyclic is a value of the Task Type parameter not a unique parameter General Information A non cyclic job is a job that if its scheduling criteria are satisfied is ordered once by CONTROL M on a given day discounting reruns caused by a Do Rerun parameter or manual reruns BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 9 A cyclic job is rescheduled after execution for an additional possible execution The job executes again only when both the following circumstances occur e The runtime scheduling parameters are still satisfied e A specified number of minutes has elapsed since the last completion of the job Making a Cyclic Job Non Cyclic The CYCLIC AutoEdit variable can be used to override the Cyclic parameter for a job or for all jobs in a scheduling table This variable is normally used when ordering a cyclic job for a single run Example To indicate that all jobs ordered by the ctmorder utility in CONTROL M Server should run as non cyclic jobs include the following statement in the command line of the ctmorder utility autoedit SSCYCLIC N Maximum Number of Days to Wait for Submission The CYCLIC_MAXWAIT parameter for CONTROL M Server determines when cyclic jobs that have executed at l
180. calendar that is used to validate scheduling dates A specified shift value can be used to indicate how to handle jobs that are scheduled for a non working day in the calendar BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 3 Parameter Description Months Indicates the months in which the job should be scheduled Only days in the specified months are considered valid for scheduling the job Dates Indicates specific dates on which the job can be scheduled Note This parameter cannot be specified if a value has been specified for the Days parameter Scheduling Identifies a set of scheduling criteria defined for a group Tag This parameter is only relevant to jobs in a Group Scheduling Table General Information The Active From Date parameter is used together with the Active To Date parameter to specify a period of time during which a job or Group Scheduling table can be ordered or a Scheduling Tag is active Use this pair of parameters with multiple copies of a job or Group Scheduling table definition to create periods of time when the job or Group Scheduling table definition is run with alternate values Note Using this pair of parameters eliminates the necessity of making last minute changes to a job processing definition for a fixed period of time In relation to jobs and Group Scheduling table definitions these parameters work as follows e Ifthe specified
181. ce Guide e When F is specified If a file catalog error is detected processing is halted even if normal OS 390 processing would not handle the problems as a fatal error and an appropriate error message is generated Note If you would normally specify N that is CONTROL M Restart processing is not desired for the original run but the JCL requires GDG processing it is recommended that you specify value L instead of value N If a value of Y L or Fis specified that is if some kind of special NCT2 processing is desired a CONTROLR step is automatically added as a first step of the submitted job Parameter PREVENT NCT 2 has no impact on restarts because CONTROL M Restart automatically performs data set cleanup prior to restarts Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Prevent NCT2 parameter are listed below Component CONTROL M EM Utilities Reporting Facility Parameter Name PREVENTNCT2 PREVENT NCT2 CONTROL M for OS 390 PREVENT NCT2 CONTROL M EM API prevent_nct2 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 33 Formats in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Prevent NCT2 parameter are listed below Component Format CONTROL M EM Valid values Utilities 0 No Does not prevent data set cleanup 1 Yes Prevents data set cleanup Example lt PREVENTNCT2 1 gt CONTROL M for
182. cense is provided on an order license for each copy of the Software up to the License Capacity to do the following a install the Software on Your owned or leased hardware located at a facility owned or controlled by You in the country where You acquired the license b operate the Software solely for processing Your own data in Your business operations and c make one copy of the Software for backup and archival purposes only collectively a License If the Software is designed by BMC to permit you to modify such Software then you agree to only use such modifications or new software programs for Your internal purposes or otherwise consistent with the License BMC grants You a license to use the Documentation solely for Your internal use in Your operations LICENSE UPGRADES You may expand the scope of the License Capacity only pursuant to a separate agreement with BMC for such expanded usage and Your payment of applicable fees There is no additional warranty period or free support period for license upgrades RESTRICTIONS You agree to NOT a disassemble reverse engineer decompile or otherwise attempt to derive any Software from executable code b distribute or provide the Software to any third party including without limitation use in a service bureau outsourcing environment or processing the data of third parties or for rental lease or sublicense or c provide a third party with the results of any functional evaluat
183. ck Select to display a list of existing server names BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 13 14 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Type Output destination type specifying the file path printer destination URL or email address Format Usage Optional Default File Variable Name PS8 OUTDESTTYPE Related Parameters Parameter Description Email Subject Contains the subject line of the email message Email Text Specifies the message text for the body of the email Email With Log Indicates that SQR program log files should be included as an attachment to the email message Format Selects the output format for all processes in a job Process Type The process type selected determines what output destination types are available for the Type parameter General Information The output destination types available for the Type parameter depend on the process specified with the Process Type parameter For example if SQR is specified for the Process Type parameter you can select one of the following output destination types Email e File e Printer Web BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information PeopleSoft Parameters 13 15 Additional distribution information must be specified when the output type is either Email or Web When the output type is Web select a folder name to which the output should be distributed Use th
184. code SNRUN if it did not run This code includes e Any step with a code of FLUSH e Any step that does not appear in the job BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 54 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide e Instances where a step does not run because of a JCL error in a prior step the step with the JCL error does not have a status of SNRUN e Ifajob was restarted by CONTROL M Restart and CONTROL M is to consider all job runs during post processing parameter ALLRUNS YES is specified in member CTRPARM a step is defined as SNRUN if Either the step did not previously run or CONTROL M Restart did not recapture a completion or abend code from a previous run and It was not executed during the RESTART run SNRUN cannot be specified together with ANYSTEP Because SNRUN includes steps that do not exist in a job and ANYSTEP includes all step names even if they do not exist in a job specifying both in the same job would cause a condition that SNRUN could not process A status of SNRUN does not indicate that an error occurred during a job execution nor does it cause a job status of NOTOK It only indicates that it did not run For backward compatibility that is to ensure that the application of the EEE code remains unchanged the code does not include SNRUN steps Code Qualifiers and Relationships Any character in a condition code system abend code or user abend c
185. conditions adding and deleting 7 10 In 5 2 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Out 5 12 Conditions Panel parameters 5 1 CONF_CAL parameter 3 20 Confcal parameter 3 18 confcal parameter 3 20 Confirm parameter 4 3 Confirm subparameter of the Do If Rerun parameter 7 22 confirm_flag parameter 4 4 Connection Profile parameter 13 3 constructing On Do statements 7 46 Control Module Version parameter 2 23 CONTROL parameter 6 3 Control Resources parameter 6 2 control_resource parameter 6 3 CONTROL M AutoEdit system variables 15 10 CONTROL M for OS 390 data sets 2 50 CONTROL M parameter 2 25 control m parameter 2 26 CONTROL M Analyzer CTB Step parameter 7 4 rules 7 13 runtime environment 7 14 specifying steps 7 5 CONTROL M Restart archiving job output 8 2 archiving SYSDATA 8 2 Do If Rerun parameter 7 20 7 23 Rerun Member parameter 4 44 converting from another job scheduling product 2 27 Copy Spool To parameter 10 15 count_cyclic_from parameter 4 42 Critical parameter 4 5 CST time zone 3 54 CTB Step parameter arguments 7 4 CONTROL M Analyzer 7 4 ctb_step parameter 7 6 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information CTM_GROUP_ADJUST_DUMMY parameter 3 13 CTMERR variable resolution 15 19 CTMRPLN Utility 3 30 CTMRPLN utility 3 24 3 35 3 40 CURLIB variable iSeries AS 400 jobs 15 6 Current Status parameter 9 2 Cyclic Interv
186. ct in the Software during the warranty period or breach of the warranty above shall be limited to the following BMC shall use reasonable efforts to remedy defects covered by the warranty or replace the defective Software within a reasonable period of time or if BMC cannot remedy or replace such defective copy of the Software then BMC shall refund the amount paid by You for the License for that Software BMC s obligations in this section are conditioned upon Your providing BMC prompt access to the affected Software and full cooperation in resolving the claim DISCLAIMER EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES ABOVE THE PRODUCT IS PROVIDED AS IS BMC ITS AFFILIATES AND LICENSORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT BMC DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE OPERATION OF THE SOFTWARE WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR FREE OR THAT ALL DEFECTS CAN BE CORRECTED DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES IN NO EVENT IS BMC ITS AFFILIATES OR LICENSORS LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT INCIDENTAL PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT SUPPORT AND OR THE PRODUCT INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST PROFITS LOST COMPUTER USAGE TIME AND DAMAGE OR LOSS OF USE OF DATA EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES AND IRRESPECTIVE OF ANY NEGLIGENCE OF BMC OR WHETHER SUCH DAMAGES RESULT FROM A CLAIM ARISING UNDER TO
187. cters AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter General Information The System Affinity parameter has different effects depending on which release of JES is in use Note If a value is specified for the System Affinity parameter it will not override any system identity specified in the job statement unless the OVERJCLM parameter in the CTMPARM library is set to Y Under JES2 If CONTROL M is running under JES2 the System Affinity parameter is used to specify the JES2 system on which the job is to be initiated and executed BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 48 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide If a value is specified for the System Affinity parameter the following JCL statement is generated JOBPARM SYSAFF sys_id Under JES3 If CONTROL M is running under JES3 the System Affinity parameter is used to specify the JES3 processor which is to execute the job If a value is specified for the System Affinity parameter the following JCL statement is generated MAIN SYSTEM processor_id Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the System Affinity parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM SYSTEM_AFFINITY Utilities Reporting Facility SYS AFFINITY CONTROL M for SYSTEM ID OS 390 CONTROL M EM API system_affinity
188. d Blanks Characters e Platforms other than OS 390 Single quotation marks AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be Support specified as all or part of the value for this parameter General Information The Control resource parameter is used to control parallel execution of jobs Control resources are defined using the CONTROL M EM Control Resources window If a job requires exclusive use of a Control resource only that job can use the Control resource If another job requests the same resource in exclusive or shared state this second job is not submitted by CONTROL M until the resource is released by the first job If a job requires a Control resource in shared state that job can run in parallel with other jobs that request the same resource in shared state BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 6 2 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Control Resource parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities CONTROL Reporting Facility RESOURCE CONTROL M Server control eTrigger Control Resource CONTROL M for OS 390 CONTROL CONTROL M EM API control_resource Formats in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Control Resource parameter are listed below Component Format Reporting The Control Resource parameter is composed of the
189. d 250 characters For more information see the Type parameter on page 13 15 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 13 6 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Email With Log Use this parameter to attach log files generated by the SQR program to an email message that is sent by the job Format Usage Variable Name Related Parameters Optional Available if the Type parameter is set to Email When this option is selected the email message is sent with an SQR log file attachment When this option is not selected the email message is sent without an SQR log file attachment Default PS8 EMAIL_ATTACH_LOG Parameter Description Email Subject Email Text Contains the subject line of the email message Specifies the message text for the body of the email Process Type The process type selected determines what output destination types are available for the Type parameter Type Specifies the output destination type of a process or job General Information When the Type parameter in the Distribution window is set to Email use the Email With Log parameter to include log files as an attachment to the email message produced by the job These log files result from the Structured Query Report SQR program when SQR is selected as the Process Type for the job BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information PeopleSoft Parame
190. d Variable Reference Guide Department Spool department Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Length 1 12 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid None Characters Variable Name Y SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt DEPT General Information Only enabled if CONTROL M Function Modules are installed BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 17 Detect Spawned Jobs Indicates that spawned jobs should be detected Format Usage Used to monitor spawned jobs Variable Names SAPR3 DETECT_OPTION SAPR3 DETECT_CHILD_ JOBNAME SAPR3 DETECT_CHILD_TABLE Valid Values For SAPR3 DETECT_OPTION 1 No detection needed 2 According to parent job 3 According to a specific job For SAPR3 DETECT_CHILD_JOBNAME Name of the parent job for option 2 Name of the specific job for option 3 For SAPR3 DETECT_CHILD_TABLE Name of the scheduling table in which the parent exists General Information The following options are available e No Detection needed Do not detect spawned jobs of the current job The next option specifies certain criteria e Detect and Create According to Parent current job definition Detect spawned jobs of the current job and extract these jobs to CONTROL M with identical properties to the parent job A specific job de
191. d Variable Reference Guide One set is identified by Scheduling Tag ALL_DAYS and the other set is identified by Scheduling Tag SUNDAYS The following information is specified for Scheduling Tag ALL_DAYS Week DaysALL The following information is specified for Scheduling Tag SUNDAYS Week Days1 For jobs that should run on any day specify Schedule TagALL DAYS For jobs that should only run on Sundays specify Schedule TagSUNDAYS BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 53 Time Zone Indicates the time zone according to which the job should be scheduled Format Usage Optional Format Three character value The following values are supplied with CONTROL M HNL Honolulu GMT 10 00 HAW Hawaii GMT 10 00 Note HAW is maintained for backward compatibility purposes ANC Anchorage Standard Time GMT 09 00 PST Pacific Standard Time GMT 08 00 MST Mountain Standard Time GMT 07 00 CST Central Standard Time GMT 06 00 EST Eastern Standard Time GMT 05 00 ATL Atlantic Standard Time GMT 04 00 RIO Rio de Janeiro GMT 03 00 GMT Greenwich Mean Time GMT 00 00 WET Western European Time GMT 01 00 CET Central European Time GMT 02 00 EET Eastern European Time GMT 03 00 DXB Abu Dhabi GMT 04 00 KHI Karachi GMT 05 00 DAC Dacca GMT 06 00 BKK Bangkok GMT 07 00 HKG Hong Kong GMT 08 00 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary
192. d path of the file to which the spool should be copied Job Class Job Name Job submission priority in SAP Job name to be monitored or reported Step Type Specifies that a job should run only when there are SAP resources available Target Server Application Server on which the job will run Variant Name Variant name BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 10 4 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide ABAP Program ABAP program name Format Usage Mandatory when the Job Mode parameter value is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Length 1 40 characters Case Sensitive Upper case only Invalid Blanks Characters Variable Name SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt PROGRAM General Information It is highly recommended that you narrow the search parameters by entering at least one character in the field before clicking Load BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 5 Account Account name Format Usage Mandatory Length 1 30 characters Case Sensitive Upper case only Invalid Characters Blanks Variable Name SAPR3 ACCOUNT General Information This parameter is mapped to the CONTROL M EM Owner parameter The Account is a profile The remaining parameters are predefined according to the Account when the Accou
193. e Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 16 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Alternate formats for the AutoEdit Assignment parameter are listed below Component Format CONTROL M EM The value of the AUTOEDIT parameter is contained in Utilities the EXP subparameter Example lt AUTOEDIT EXP PARM1 TIME gt Example 1 OpenVMS For an OpenVMS job with the following job processing parameters Parameter Value File Name Mem MTJOB COM Name Path Mem Lib DUAO SALARY JAN AutoEdit Assignment PARM1 CALCDATE ODATE 2 YPARM2 TRacct124 If ODATE is 021203 for December 3 2002 the parameters described above would cause CONTROL M to invoke the command file using the following OpenVMS command SUBMIT DUAO SALARY JAN MTJOB COM PARAM 021201 TRacct124 Note To submit a DCL file that uses logical names that should be translated before submission define a job with Task Type parameter Command that performs the required ASSIGN or DEFINE command OpenVMS command BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 17 Example 2 Unix For a Unix job with the following job processing parameters Parameter Value File Name mtjob sh Mem Name Path Mem Lib HOME jobs AutoEdit PARM1 CALCDATE ODATE 2 Assignment PARM2 TRacct124 If 9 0DATE is 021203 for December 3 2002
194. e 5 1 Resource Parameters 0 0 0 0 cece ee eee 6 1 Job Statuses ico poids Se bie Sed ed see eee eae 7 1 Post Processing Parameters 0 00 e eee eee 7 2 Format Do NOTOK Parameter 004 7 30 PGMST Step Values poeten oress antiaine niaan es 7 49 PROCST Step Valles vicios odie was a Bh ile tees ea 7 50 Code Valles ii o eat 7 51 QUA a oa 7 56 Job Output Parameters Summary 4 8 1 Sysout Handling Formatting 000 8 18 Status Parameters Summary 0 000008 9 2 SAP Panel Parameters Summary 10 2 Add ABAP Window Parameters 000000 10 2 External Step Panel Parameters 00 10 4 SAP Panel for Data Archiving Parameters 10 4 OAP Parameters Summary 0 000005 11 1 Request Set Subparameters 00000005 11 19 Single Request Subparameters 0 0 0005 11 20 FTP Panel Parameters Summary 04 12 1 FTP Panel Parameters Notification Purposes only 12 2 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Tables XV Table 12 3 Table 13 1 Table 14 1 Table 15 1 Table 15 2 Table 15 3 Table 15 4 Table 15 5 Table 15 6 Table 15 7 Table 15 8 Table 15 9 Table 15 10 FTP Panel Advanced Window Parameters Summary 12 3 PeopleSoft Panel Parameters Summary 13 1 Microsoft
195. e Format parameter to select the output format for the specified Type parameter For more information see Format on page 13 8 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 13 16 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide User ID PeopleSoft user ID of the user authorized to submit the process or job Format Usage Mandatory Length 1 30 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid Blanks Characters Variable Name PS8 USERID Related Parameters Parameter Description Run Control ID Identifies a set of run control attributes to be associated with a process or job Server Name Identifies the name of the server where the application is scheduled to run General Information The PeopleSoft user with the specified User ID must be authorized to run the specified process or job CONTROL M has a security mechanism that insures that requestors cannot submit a job that they are not authorized to submit In addition when building a job processing definition the selection list of possible jobs and processes is limited by the user s privileges in PeopleSoft This parameter is mapped to the CONTROL M EM Owner parameter For more information see Owner on page 2 45 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information PeopleSoft Parameters 13 17 Userdef1 2 3 Specify CONTROL M data to be shared with PeopleSoft processes or jobs Fo
196. e JOB_B In Conditions JOB_A_ OK Date ODAT Assuming that the scheduling date is May 5 If JOB_A completes with a termination status of OK prerequisite condition JOB_A_OK is created with the date 0505 JOB_B that is waiting for prerequisite condition JOB_A_OK with date 0505 is submitted for execution as soon as the prerequisite condition is created The In Conditions parameter of JOB_B is not satisfied by the JOB_A_OK condition with a date of 0504 created the previous day BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Condition Parameters 5 7 Example 3 Schedule a Job Dependent on the Completion of Multiple Jobs Schedule the job that produces the salary statistics report for top management after the set of jobs that calculates the salaries ends OK Mem Name EBDRPTIA Days 01 15 In Conditions SALARY OK When the set of jobs that calculates the salaries ends OK it creates prerequisite condition SALARY OK The report is produced twice a month for the 1st and for the 15th The report for the 15th is produced only if its prerequisite condition SALARY OK exists signifying that the 15th s salary job ended OK The existence of the prerequisite condition for the 1st SALARY OK does not enable the submission of the report for the 15th The report for the 1st does not necessarily run on the 1st of the month Suppose the salary jobs only finish executing on the 3rd only then is the prerequisite condition SAL
197. e Quantitative resources available the lower priority job is submitted However by defining a job as critical the user can force CONTROL M to reserve resources for the job thus assuring that it is submitted as soon as possible For additional details see the Critical parameter page 4 5 Consult authorities at your installation for information about your priority usage standards Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Priority parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities PRIORITY Reporting Facility PRIORITY CONTROL M Server priority Utilities CONTROL M for OS 390 PRIORITY Utilities Example Job RNDINO01 s priority level is 08 job RNDINOO2 s priority level is 04 Each job requires 60 of the CPU Mem Name RNDINOO1 Quantitative Resources CPU 60 Priority 08 Mem Name RNDINOO2 Quantitative Resources CPU 60 Priority 04 The two jobs cannot run simultaneously Therefore job RNDINOO01 is submitted first because it has a higher priority BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 37 Request NJE Node Specifies the node in the JES network on which the job is to execute Note This field is relevant only for OS 390 jobs Format Usage Optional Length 1 8 characters Case No Sensitive Invalid Blanks non English characters Characters AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variab
198. e Whenever a fourth code on a line is specified and Enter is pressed a new line within the same On statement is opened allowing specification of up to another four codes Note If a DO OK statement is specified in the job scheduling definition it is ignored for steps for which any of the following codes apply JNRUN JNSUB RECO UKNW Code values are described in Table 7 6 Table 7 6 Code Values Value Description Cnnnn Step condition code where nnnnis a 4 digit value Sxxx Step system abend code where xxx is a 3 character hex value Unnnn Step user abend code where nnnnis a 4 digit value arene Any step that executes including steps with JCL errors and steps returned with an ABEND code For reasons of backward compatibility the code does not include steps with the FLUSH code or SNRUN described below The code does however include jobs not submitted and jobs whose sysout was lost if On PGMST ANYSTEP is specified BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 51 Table 7 6 Code Values Value Description FORCE This code applies when a Job is Forced OK from the CONTROL M Active Environment screen screen 3 To specify a code of FORCE all of the following must apply No other code can be specified in the same statement e The PGMST value must be ANYSTEP e No PROCST value can be specified No other On statemen
199. e configuration file Note Certain parameters are displayed in the FTP panel once a job has been submitted These parameters are for notification purposes only and have a read only status Table 12 2 FTP Panel Parameters Notification Purposes only Parameter Description File Transfer Indicator of whether the local or remote machine is the Direction source or destination for the file transfer Local Home The default directory to and from which files will be Directory transferred on the local computer Local Hostname The name of the local computer Local OS Type Local User Name The OS type on which CONTROL M CM for FTP is installed The user name for the local computer Number of File Transfers Represents the number of file transfers in a CONTROL M CM for FTP job Remote Home The default directory to and from which files will be Directory transferred on the remote computer Remote The name of the remote computer Hostname Remote OS Type The OS type of the remote computer on which the FTP server is installed Remote User Name The user name for the remote computer BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Note The following parameters are displayed in the Advanced Window Table 12 3 FTP Panel Advanced Window Parameters Summary Parameter De
200. e for this parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 8 2 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Subparameters Parameter Description SYS DB A check box in the CONTROL M EM Job editing form e If this check box is selected a single data set is used for archiving the SYSDATA of all jobs until it is full When the first archive data set is full another SYSDATA data set is allocated and used This is the recommended method e If this check box in not selected a separate data set is created for the SYSDATA of each job run Max Days A number from 00 through 99 Indicates the maximum number of days to retain the SYSDATA archive data set for jobs that ended NOTOK Max Runs Indicates the maximum number of job runs to retains the SYSDATA archive data set for jobs that ended NOTOK Valid values are anumber from 00 through 99 blank there is no maximum number of job runs General Information The Auto Archive parameter enables you to decide whether to archive job output SYSDATA SYSDATA refers to all information in the job log the expanded JCL job script and to the output messages of the job While archiving SYSDATA is normally desirable it might not be desirable for cyclic jobs started tasks or frequently repeated jobs that do not require restart It is recommended that you select the SYSDB check box Creating a separate data set f
201. e or more jobs in the group finished NOTOK Post processing of a group occurs when the last job in the group ends A group may become active again after the post processing has been completed if one or more jobs are rerun or if a new job is added to the group and submitted In this case when the last job in the group ends again the completion status of the group is rechecked and the appropriate post processing actions are performed For more information about Group Scheduling tables see the CONTROL M Desktop User Guide Table 7 2 Post Processing Parameters Parameter Description CTB Step Adds CONTROL M Analyzer steps as the first and or last step of the job s execution Do AutoEdit Assigns a value to an AutoEdit variable Do Cond Specifies prerequisite conditions to be added or deleted Do CTBRule Invokes a CONTROL M Analyzer rule to be executed during the processing of a specific program step Do Forcejob Forces a job or all jobs in a Scheduling table to be ordered under CONTROL M regardless of the scheduling criteria Do If Rerun Job steps to be executed during restart of a job Available only at sites utilizing CONTROL M Restart Do Mail Specifies a message to be sent to one or more email addresses Do NOTOK Sets the job s completion status to NOTOK regardless of how the job actually ended Do OK Sets the job s completion status to OK regardless of how the job actually ended Do Rerun C
202. e resulting Out condition statement CONDITION al01028 0113 ADD ea U BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Condition Parameters 5 11 Out Condition Specifies prerequisite conditions to be added or deleted after the job completes with a completion status of OK Format Usage Optional Format The Out Condition parameter is composed of the Name Date and Sign subparameters These subparameters are described in Subparameters AutoEdit Support Yes AutoEdit system variables but not other types of AutoEdit variables can be specified as the entire value for this parameter Subparameters Parameter Description Name Name of the Out Condition Note Beginning with version 6 1 03 the square bracket characters and can be used in Condition names Length Condition names for CONTROL M versions prior to 6 0 01 can be from 1through 20 characters Condition names for CONTROL M version 6 0 0x can be from 1through 39 characters Condition names for CONTROL M version 6 1 0 x can be from 1through 255 characters OS 390 Not more than 39 characters Note Conditions with long names are not passed to earlier versions of CONTROL M Case sensitive Yes However if the Uppercase Only check box was checked in the Add CONTROL M Definition window you cannot use lowercase characters Invalid Characters Platforms other than OS 3
203. e used as a wildcard to filter the search Note The Load button will only work if you are using XBP v2 0 functionality BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 27 Name Spool list name Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Length 1 12 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid None Characters Variable Name SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt LIST_NAME General Information Only enabled if CONTROL M Function Modules are installed BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 10 28 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide New Spool Request New spool request Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Format Check box Selected Request new spool Default Cleared Do not request Variable Name SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt NEW_LIST_ID General Information Only enabled if CONTROL M Function Modules are installed BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 29 Number of Copies Number of copies to be printed Mandatory Format BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are speci
204. east once should be removed from the Active Jobs file by the New Day procedure Valid values are e KEEP Jobs are removed from the Active Jobs file when MAXWAIT days have passed regardless of whether or not the job ended OK Default NOT_KEEP Jobs non cyclic and cyclic are removed from the Active Jobs file at the next run of the New Day procedure Cyclic jobs are not removed if they are executing when the New Day procedure begins Instead they are removed at the run of the following New Day procedure BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 10 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide For more information about CONTROL M Server parameters see the CONTROL M Server Administrator Guide Special care should be taken when specifying a cyclic job If not defined appropriately 1t may cause an endless loop in which the job is continually resubmitted for execution If a cyclic job is executing when the New Day procedure is run the job is changed to non cyclic and an appropriate message is written to the CONTROL M log It is the user s responsibility to review these messages and handle them accordingly Terminating a Cyclic Job Availability You can prevent subsequent iterations of a cyclic job by using the Do Stop Cyclic parameter For more information see Do Stop Cyclic on page 7 39 If a cyclic job is terminated by a Do Stop Cyclic parameter the View Details screen display
205. ect line 13 5 e mail in Do Shout parameter 7 37 Email Subject parameter 13 5 Email Text parameter 13 6 Email With Log parameter 13 7 End Time parameter 9 2 environment file PeopleSoft 13 4 equations in AutoEdit expressions 15 23 EST time zone 3 54 examples AutoEdit string expressions 15 26 AutoEdit variable lists 15 21 AutoEdit variable prefixes 15 18 Shout statements 8 13 EXECTIME Shout parameter value 8 7 values 8 11 Execution Panel parameters 4 1 EXERR code value 7 53 expressions AutoEdit 15 22 External Program parameter 10 20 External Step parameters list SAP 10 4 External task type Microsoft Windows 2 57 extracting substrings 15 28 F File Name character mask support 2 34 iSeries AS 400 format 2 34 Microsoft Windows format 2 34 OpenVMS format 2 34 parameter 2 33 Task Types Job and Detached 2 33 Unix format 2 34 File Transfer Direction parameter FTP 12 9 filenames in job script 2 46 FLUSH code value 7 53 FORCE code value 7 52 forcing a job using Job Name parameter 2 40 Form Name parameter 2 36 Format parameter 13 8 format See specific parameter or variable formatting printing in SAP 10 27 From subparameter Do If rerun parameter 7 21 Step Range parameter 7 69 FROM TIME parameter 4 52 From Time parameter 4 52 FTP Account parameter 12 4 G General Panel parameters 2 1 generating Oracle workflow roles selection list 11 11 global variables description 15 18 prefixes 15 17 GMT time zone 3 54 Greenw
206. ed by option Z in the ctmpsm utility will contain Cyclic T where T indicates Terminated For OS 390 Jobs e Cyclic jobs cannot contain Do Rerun parameters or Shout When Rerun parameters Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Cyclic parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM CYCLIC Utilities Reporting Facility CYCLIC BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 11 Component Parameter Name CONTROL M Server cyclic Utilities CONTROL M for Cyclic is a Task Type parameter value not a unique 0S 390 parameter For more information see Task Type on page 2 56 CONTROL M EM API cyclic BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 12 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Interval Specifies the length of time to wait between reruns of a job or between cyclic runs of a job Format Usage Optional Note When defining a cyclic job with an Interval parameter with the default value of 0 if the default is not changed the job will run continuously when submitted for execution Format Case sensitive Valid values 0 to 64800 for minutes 0 to 1080 for hours 0 to 45 for days Default 0 Note The unit of measurement is determined by the Units parameter described on page 4 54 If no Units parameter value is specified the def
207. ed even if other On code criteria are satisfied BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 56 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Alternate Formats for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the On parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM ON is composed of the STMT CODE PGMS PROCS Utilities and AND_OR subparameters STMT is a 1 132 character string used only when you are specifying an On Statement Code parameter value Note In these utilities the ON parameter is used for both the On parameter and the On Statement Code parameter CONTROL M EM on_statement is composed of the following API subparameters and_or code procedure_step program_step statement BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 57 On Statement Code The On Statement Code parameter specifies a codes event a combination of statements and error codes or an operating system completion code upon which specified Do action parameters should be performed Note This parameter is not used with OS 390 jobs Format Usage Format Optional The On Statement Code parameter has two possible formats Format 1 for a combination of statements and error codes Format 2 for system completion codes and CONTROL M status Each of these formats is described in detail belo
208. ed in the calendar e If the Weeks Calendar parameter is specified with a Week Days parameter that includes the symbol the job is scheduled for execution on those dates marked with a in the Week Days parameter in addition to the dates marked in the calendar BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 66 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide If the Weeks Calendar parameter is specified with a Week Days parameter that includes the symbol the job is not scheduled for execution on those dates even if the date is marked in the calendar The appropriate Months parameters must be checked The And Or relationship between Days and Weekdays is analyzed You can use the CONTROL M CTMRPLN utility to generate a report describing when the job will run based on its currently specified scheduling dates For more information see the description of this utility in the CONTROL M Administrator Guide for your platform Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Weeks Calendar parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities WEEKSCAL Reporting Facility WEEKS_CAL CONTROL M Server weekcal CONTROL M for OS 390 WCAL Example 1 Schedule the job on every Monday in July and August that is a workday Note The following examples presume that the first day of the week is defined as Sunday at your site Week Days 2 Months Jan
209. een specified Days values and Weekdays values Months Indicates the months in which the job should be scheduled Only days in the specified months are considered valid for scheduling the job BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 65 General Information A calendar contains a list of days that can be used as a basis for scheduling jobs For example the days in the calendar can be working days accounting days or holidays e Any number of calendars can be defined where each one corresponds to a different set of dates e Calendars are usually defined for the entire installation though each user can define calendars for his her own use One calendar can be shared by many job processing definitions e The calendar does not have to exist when the job processing parameters are defined Its actual existence is checked during New Day Processing Note The Weeks Calendar parameter cannot be used together with the Dates parameter How this parameter works e If no values are specified for the Week Days parameter all working days in the specified Weeks Calendar are considered valid for job scheduling e If no Weeks Calendar is specified all specified Week Days values are considered valid working days e When the Weeks Calendar parameter is specified with the Week Days parameter the job is scheduled for execution only if all the indicated Week Days are also mark
210. em date is December 15 the following expression S LDA_2_3 DAY is submitted to iSeries AS 400 as CHGDTAARA LDA 2 3 VALUE 15 The following expression will insert the packed value of 00123 40 into the LDA starting in position 11 for a decimal length of 7 Actual Packed length of 4 S6LDA_11_7_2 123 4 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information AutoEdit Facility 15 29 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 15 30 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Index Symbols symbol 15 17 symbol 6 6 EJ code value 7 53 HOME keyword 2 30 prefix AutoEdit Assignment parameter 2 14 global variables 15 17 variable syntax 15 16 To Tot prefix AutoEdit variables 15 4 variable resolution 15 17 AutoEdit on Windows 2 22 15 17 prefix AutoEdit variables 15 17 variablename See specific parameter or variable without 7 date reference Do Cond parameter 7 11 In conditions 5 4 EEE code value 7 51 CURLIB Series AS 400 job documentation 2 30 job script file Series AS 400 2 47 Path parameter 2 47 FILE keyword BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information job documentation AS 400 2 31 LIBL Series AS 400 job documentation 2 30 job script file Series AS 400 2 47 Path parameter 2 47 NCT2 code value 7 53 rangename PGMST value of the On parameter 7 49 TERM code value 7 53 UNKW code value 7 53 E
211. en tape drives available for production A job that requires the use of two tape drives is defined with a Quantitative Resources parameter specifying the number of tape drives required Quantitative Resources TAPE 2 CONTROL M determines whether or not two tape drives are available If the drives are available and all other Submission criteria for the job have been satisfied the tape drives are allocated to the job and the job is submitted for execution The total number of free tape drives is now eight When the job finishes executing the two tape drives are returned to the pool of available resources BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Resource Parameters 6 7 Example 2 Quantitative Resource Requirement that Cannot be Fulfilled Given the following situation e Several jobs that require tape drives are currently executing e Only one tape drive is currently available e Job A requires two tape drives and contains the following parameter all other Submission criteria for the job have been satisfied Quantitative Resources TAPE 2 As long as two tape drives are not available Job A is not submitted for execution If another tape drive is released by a different job or if an authorized user increases the number of existing tape drives so that two are available CONTROL M submits the job for execution Example 3 Defining a Quantitative Resource with a Mask Character A CONTROL M installatio
212. en using the Do Shout parameter email addresses must be defined in the dynamic destination table e Do Mail can specify two fields of e mail addresses TO contains up to 96 characters in OS 390 up to 9999 CC contains up to 99 characters in OS 390 up to 9999 Do Shout allows only 16 characters e Do Mail can specify up to 4096 characters in the message in OS 390 up to 255 lines each containing up to 70 characters Do Shout allows only 255 characters e The specified message is sent to the addresses specified in the CC field in the same way that it is sent to the addresses in the To field Aliases for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Do Mail parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM DOMAIL Utilities CONTROL M Server domail CONTROL M for DO MAIL 0S 390 CONTROL M EM API do_mail BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 28 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Example Send a Message when a Job Completes OK The following example illustrates how a message is sent to an e mail address when a specified job completes successfully When FIRST_JOB completes successfully condition FIRST_OK is created as specified in FIRST_JOB s Out Conditions parameter Do Mail then sends the message to the specified e mail address Job Name FIRST_JOB Mem Name Job_1 Mem Lib WSDISK Owner Thomas Application Payroll Out
213. enVMS and Unix Move the Log File Move the log file to a file called test log in the job owner s home directory Sysout Handling Option Move Parm test log Example 4 Unix Copy the Log File to a Directory Copy the log file to a directory called prg2 test Use the default file name Sysout Handling Option Copy Parm prg2 test Example 5 Unix Copy the Log File to a File Copy the log file to a file The name of the log file is determined by the Job Name BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Job Output Parameters 8 25 Sysout Handling Option Copy Parm prg2 SJOBNAM El BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 8 26 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Status Parameters The parameters in this chapter describe information that is collected as the result of a job run They have some common characteristics e These parameters are accessible only from the active environment e Their values are supplied by CONTROL M and cannot be modified by the user e Most parameters are displayed in CONTROL M EM in the Active panel of the Job Editing form e These parameters can be used as filter criteria for selecting job definitions using the CONTROL M EM utilities and the Reporting facility e Their values can be displayed in reports generated by the Reporting facility Status Parameters Summary The status paramet
214. ensitivity 1 6 job scheduling prioritizing 4 5 4 36 job script cancelling override 2 43 location 2 46 pathname 2 46 using Over Lib parameter to supply temporary file 2 43 job status deleted 9 2 for Oracle Applications jobs 11 25 Job Status parameter 10 41 job statuses Hold 9 2 Rerun 4 21 rerunning a job 7 34 Restart 9 2 WAIT USER 4 3 job submission iSeries AS 400 parameters 15 6 variables 15 5 variables for Tandem jobs 15 9 variables for UNISYS jobs 15 8 JOB task type OS 390 2 61 Job task type iSeries AS 400 2 60 Microsoft Windows 2 57 OpenVMS 2 58 job_name parameter 2 41 JOBD variable for iSeries AS 400 jobs 15 6 JOBID variable 15 15 JOBNAME parameter 2 41 variable 2 40 15 12 jobname parameter 2 41 JOBPTY variable for iSeries AS 400 jobs 15 6 JOBQ variable for iSeries AS 400 jobs 15 6 jobs dependency on Control resources 6 2 dependency on Quantitative resources 6 7 forcing with Job Name parameter 2 40 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 10 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide ordering retroactively with User Daily 3 46 owner 2 45 rerunning 4 41 restarting with the Do If rerun parameter 7 20 JSECU code value 7 32 JULDAY variable 15 12 Julian dates JULDAY variable 15 12 OJULDAY variable 15 12 RJULDAY variable 15 13 K Karachi time zone 3 54 KEEP value for the CYCLIC_MAXWAIT parameter 4 10 KHI time zone 3 54 L Language parameter 10 26 LAT
215. ent cannot be specified for OS 390 jobs Format Usage Optional Default No Format Check box Selected Multi Agent job Cleared Not a Multi Agent job Invalid Non English characters Characters AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Parameter Description Node Group Specifies the CONTROL M Agent node group to which the job is submitted The job is submitted to only one Agent in the specified node group instead of submitting it to all Agents in the node group as when Multi Agent is selected Node ID Group Specifies the CONTROL M Agent node ID or node group to which the job is submitted The job is submitted to only the specified node ID or one Agent in the specified node group instead of submitting it to all Agents in the node group as when Multi Agent is selected BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 25 General Information The job is processed by all the Agents specified for the Node ID Group parameter or the Node group parameter in the Active environment only A node group must be specified for the Node ID Group parameter or the Node Group parameter For more details see Node ID Group on page 2 42 For example you can run a job that detects the amount of disk space available on the computer on which the job w
216. eported Language Status of the SAP CCMS job in SAP QID Batch input ID number Steps Step action to be performed as part of the SAP job Step Type Specify that a job should only run when there are resources available Target Server Application Server on which the job will run Note Certain parameters are displayed in the SAP panel once a job has been submitted These parameters are for notification purposes only and have a read only status Table 10 2 Add ABAP Window Parameters Part 1 of 2 Parameter Description ABAP Program Program name Archive ID SAP ArchiveLink Storage system ID Archive Mode Print archive mode Archive Text Free text description of the archive location Authorization User with print authorization Columns Maximum number of characters on an output line Department Spool department BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 10 2 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Table 10 2 Add ABAP Window Parameters Part 2 of 2 Parameter Description Document Type Archive object document type Delete After Indicates if report is deleted after printing Print Information Archive information Field Language Language Layout Print Layout format Name Spool list name New Spool New spool request Request Number of Number of copies to print Copies Object Type Archive object
217. er Aliases for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Reten Days parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM RETEN_DAYS Utilities Reporting Facility RETEN DAYS CONTROL M for OS 390 RETENTION OF DAYS TO KEEP CONTROL M EM API reten_days BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 66 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Reten Gen Maximum number of generations of the job to keep in the History Jobs file For OS 390 jobs only Note At sites that do not use the History Jobs file this parameter is not relevant and is not displayed Format Usage Optional Format 00 99 generations Note When the Reten Days field is left blank History Jobs file information is kept as specified by the Reten Days parameter For more information see Reten Days on page 7 65 AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Reten Days Reten Gen cannot be specified when Reten Gen is specified Note When specifying a value for RETENTION OF GENERATIONS TO KEEP Reten Gen from the CONTROL M for OS 390 interface leave RETENTION OF DAYS TO KEEP blank General Information Jobs in the History Jobs file are easier to restore to the Active Jobs file for example for restart than jobs archived t
218. er Name CONTROL M EM Utilities OUTCOND Reporting Facility CONDITION CONTROL M Server outcond Utilities CONTROL M for 0S 390 OUT Utilities CONTROL M EM API out_condition BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Condition Parameters 5 15 Examples For examples of prerequisite conditions see In Condition on page 5 2 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 5 16 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Resource Parameters The parameters in this chapter specify the resources that must be available as a pre condition for a job to run Table 6 1 Resource Parameters Parameter Description Control Resources List of resources and type of usage exclusive or shared required Quantitative Resources List of Quantitative resources required by the job and the quantity of each resource BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Resource Parameters 6 1 Control Resources Indicates the resources required by the job during execution and the type of control shared or exclusive the job requires over each resource Format Usage Optional Note A maximum of 99 Control Resources can be specified for a job Length 1 20 characters Case Sensitive Yes However if the Uppercase Only check box was checked in the Add CONTROL M Definition window you cannot use lowercase characters Invali
219. er are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM DOSYSOUT Utilities CONTROL M Server dosysout CONTROL M for DO SYSOUT 0S 390 CONTROL M EM API do_sysout BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 41 Alternate Formats for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Do Sysout parameter are listed below Component Format CONTROL M EM DOSYSOUT is composed of the parameters below Utilities Example lt DOSYSOUT OPTION ChangeClass PAR F FROM C gt OPTION Indicates what to do with the sysout data Mandatory Valid values Release Delete Copy Move Note Copy and Move are not used with OS 390 PAR Certain OPTION values require that you supply additional information such as Release NewDest The PAR parameter holds that information as a string FROM Limits the sysout handling operation to only sysouts from the specified class BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 42 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Component Format CONTROL M for DO SYSOUT is composed of the parameters below 0S 390 OPT Sysout option code Mandatory Valid values e C Change the class of the job output D Delete purge the job output F Copy the job output to file N Change the destination of the job output R Release the job outpu
220. er its original scheduling date has passed Example 1 Schedule a Job on a Specific Day of the Month Schedule the job on specific days in the month If the day has passed do not schedule the job Days 15 16 18 19 20 Retro No BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 48 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Assume the computer was down from the 16th to and including the 18th The 15th is the last date on which the job was scheduled for execution Today is the 19th Therefore the job is only scheduled for execution on the 19th Example 2 Schedule a Job for Every Workday Schedule the job for every workday whether or not the computer is active Days Calendar WORKDAYS Retro Yes Given the following circumstances e The Work Days calendar contains the dates 15 16 18 and 19 e The computer was down from the 16th up to and including the 18th e The 15th was the last date that the job was scheduled for execution e Today is the 19th The job is scheduled three times with the original scheduling dates 16 18 and 19 that is three job orders are added to the Active Jobs file BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 49 Scheduling Tag Identifies a set of scheduling criteria defined for a group This parameter only appears for jobs in Group Scheduling tables The scheduling criteria referenced by each Scheduling Tag are
221. eral Information Whenever a Step Range statement is specified it eliminates the need to define separate On PGMST On PROCST and On Codes statements and accompanying Do actions for each step in the range The defined Step Range Name can be used without redefining the range in subsequent On PGMST On PROCST and On Codes statements by specifying the Step Range Name preceded by an asterisk in the On PGMST field Any number of step ranges can be specified After entering a Step Range parameter another Step Range parameter line is automatically displayed Using All Runs of a Job Including Restarts When processing On blocks CONTROL M can incorporate the results of all previous runs and restarts filtering them for jobs restarted with the CONTROL M for OS 390 RESTART RECAPTURE CONDITION and or ABEND CODES parameters CONTROL M Restart searches previous runs to determine which steps must be considered part of the restarted job For example if one step finished successfully during its original run and another step finished successfully after a restart the On block check for the successful finish for both steps produces a TRUE result and the On statement is satisfied Activation of this facility requires that the CONTROL M for OS 390 ALLRUNS parameter in member CTRPARM be set to YES When activated this facility may apply to any specified step step range or to the EVERY step value BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietar
222. ered valid for scheduling the job Dates Indicates specific dates on which the job can be scheduled Note This parameter cannot be specified if a value has been specified for the Days parameter Scheduling Identifies a set of scheduling criteria defined for a group Tag This parameter is only relevant to jobs in a Group Scheduling Table General Information The Active To Date parameter is used together with the Active From Date parameter to specify a period of time during which a job or Group Scheduling table can be ordered or a Scheduling Tag is active Use this pair of parameters with multiple copies of a job or Group Scheduling table definition to create periods of time when the job or Group Scheduling table definition is run with alternate values Note Using this pair of parameters eliminates the necessity of making last minute changes to a job processing definition for a fixed period of time In relation to jobs and Group Scheduling table definitions these parameters work as follows e If the specified From date is earlier than the To date the job can be scheduled on or between those dates BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 9 e If the specified From date is later than the To date the job can be scheduled on those dates or on any date that is not between those dates e If only a From date is specified the job can be scheduled on or after tha
223. erenced by CONTROL M Server or a job in any agent in the data center it resolves to the current value of variable ODATE Note indicates that A should contain a value to be resolved by each job that uses it in this case ODATE AHHA YHA is not resolved The text string A is returned Scope The scope of a variable is the extent to which it is available to other jobs As mentioned above each variable can be e Local for a specific job e Common to all jobs in a Group Scheduling table e Global for an entire data center a CONTROL M Server and all its agents e System AutoEdits which are predefined and available for any job in the data center BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 15 18 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Multiple variables each with a different scope can have the same name If more than one variable with the same name has been defined the variable with the narrowest scope is used Note The exception to this rule occurs when the AutoEdit variable is distributed from the CONTROL M Server to the CONTROL M A gent The variable from the narrowest scope may not be the one that is used by the CONTROL M A gent Depending on the value of the AUTOEDIT_INC_SEC variable of the CONTROL M Server duplicate variables from different scopes can be distributed to the Agents For more information see your CONTROL M Server Administrator Guide
224. ers Case Sensitive Yes Invalid Characters OS 390 Non English characters AutoEdit Support Related Parameters No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Parameter Doc Mem Description Name of the file containing job documentation This file is located in the library specified in the Doc Lib parameter General Information The library or directory specified by this parameter and the file specified in the Doc Mem parameter do not have to exist when the job processing parameters are defined If you specify this parameter you must also specify a value for the Doc Mem parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 29 Platform Specific Information Platform Format Unix Specify the name of the directory and subdirectories if any One of the following symbols can be used in place of or as part of the directory or subdirectory name these symbols are resolved at the time the job is ordered or forced HOME resolves to the home directory of the job owner e lt username gt resolves to the home directory of the specified Unix user Series AS 400 You must specify one of the following Name of an Series AS 400 library Library File LIBL library list CURLIB current library OpenVMS The directory can
225. ers are summarized in Table 9 1 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Status Parameters 9 1 Table 9 1 Status Parameters Summary Parameter Description Avg Runtime Average time that a job runs Current Indicates the completion status of the job for Status example Ended Not OK Deleted Indicates if the job was deleted Due In Time at which the next run of the job should start executing Due Out Time by which the next run of the job should stop executing Format HHMM where HH is a 2 digit number from 00 through 24 Elapse Length of time in minutes that the job is expected to run End Time Indicates the time that the last run of the job ended Hold Indicates if the job is currently being held Job ID Unique serial number assigned to the job by the CONTROL M server Next Time Indicates the next time that the job will run For reruns or cyclic jobs that use the Interval option NJE Indicates that the job was sent for execution to a computer that is connected to CONTROL M through NJE the node does not have a shared spool with CONTROL M NJE Node Node ID of the NJE terminal Rerun Indicates how many times the job was run Counter Restart Indicates if the job was restarted Search Count Number of times CONTROL M has looked for the job Start Time Indicates the time that the last run of the job started BMC Software Inc Confide
226. erun parameter 4 9 7 34 Do Set var parameter 7 9 Do Shout AutoEdit support 15 3 comparison with Do Mail parameter 7 28 On parameter 8 11 parameter 7 37 Do statements 7 58 Do Stop Cyclic parameter 7 39 DO STOPCYCL parameter 7 39 Do Sysout parameter 7 40 do_autoedit parameter 7 9 do_cond parameter 7 12 do_ctbrule parameter 7 15 do_forcejob parameter 7 18 do_ifrerun parameter 7 24 do_mail parameter 7 28 do_shout parameter 7 38 do_sysout parameter 7 41 DOAUTOEDIT parameter 7 9 DOC LIB parameter 2 30 Doc Lib parameter 2 29 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Doc Mem parameter 2 31 doc_lib parameter 2 30 doc_member parameter 2 32 DOCLIB parameter 2 30 Doclib parameter 2 30 doclib parameter 2 30 DOCMEM parameter 2 32 docmem parameter 2 32 DOCOND parameter 7 12 docond parameter 7 12 Document Type parameter 10 19 documentation accessing online xx conventions xxi online xx printed xx related publications xix DOFORCEJOB parameter 7 18 doforcejob parameter 7 18 DOIFRERUN parameter 7 24 DOMAIL parameter 7 28 DOSHOUT parameter 7 38 doshout parameter 7 38 dostopcyclic parameter 7 39 DOSYSOUT parameter 7 41 dosysout parameter 7 41 Due In parameter 9 2 Due Out parameter 9 2 Dummy task type Microsoft Windows 2 57 2 59 2 60 DXB time zone 3 54 E Eastern European Time 3 54 Eastern Standard Time 3 54 EET time zone 3 54 Elapse parameter 9 2 email attachment 13 7 Index 7 subj
227. erun_num gt DAT For OpenVMS lt Mem Name gt LOG For Unix lt Mem_Name gt lt Job_Name gt LOG lt order_num gt lt rerun_num gt For OS 2 the full path name must be specified Special notes for iSeries AS 400 platforms This second field is mandatory It indicates the database file to which the job log is copied The file must be specified in one of the following formats library file LIBL file file e If the specified file does not exist it is created The job log is placed in the file as member CM lt AS 400_Job Numbers the first line of the member contains details that identify the job e If the specified file already exists and its record length is 132 or more the job log is placed in the file as a new member identified as above e If the specified file already exists and its record length is less than 132 the job log is truncated and placed in the file as a new member identified as above BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 8 18 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Table 8 2 Sysout Handling Formatting Part 2 of 4 Value Description Release Releases the log file for printing on the specified printer output queue A second field is displayed for the printer queue to which the log file should be released Note The default printer output queue and the Sysout directory are determined by CONTROL M system parameters on each platform
228. eters supply all required parameters USER1 Job terminated at 10 AUG 1997 09 01 42 07 Accounting information Buffered I O count 43Peak working set size 375 Direct I O count 24Peak page file size 2485 Page faults 495Mounted volumes 0 Charged CPU time 0 00 00 00 61Elapsed time 0 00 00 02 63 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 62 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide The following On Statement Code statement would be triggered by the preceding messages On Statement Code Statement COPY JWINFO_ 5 Code SCOPY E OPENIN error opening J DSK USR1 Do NOTOK Example 5 Output from a Unix Job If the following messages are output from a Unix job cp etc passwd tmp cp etc passwdx tmp cp etc passwdx No such file or directory cp etc passwd usr kvm xyzzy cp usr kvm xyzzy Permission denied exit 12 The following On Statement Code statements would be triggered by the preceding messages on Statement Code Statement cp etc passwdx tmp Code cp No such file or directory Do NOTOK On Statement Code Statement cp etc passwdx tmp Code cp no file Do NOTOK Example 6 Rerunning a job for Microsoft Windows Given the following Sysout from a batch job copy job411 dat tempt dat File not found JOB411 DAT O file s copied BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 63 The followi
229. fied Format 3 digit number Valid range 001 255 Default 1 Variable Name SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt PRINT_COPIES 10 30 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Object Type Archive object type Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Length 1 10 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid None Characters Variable Name SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt ARCHIVE_SAPOBJECT Related Parameters Archive Mode BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Only enabled if Archive Mode is set to Archive or Print amp Archive SAP Parameters 10 31 Output Device Designated printer logical name Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Length 1 4 characters Case Sensitive Uppercase only Invalid Characters Blanks Variable Name SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt PRINT_DEST General Information If the device does not exist SAP adds a sign before the device name Click Load to generate and display a list of all output devices The asterisk can be used as a wildcard to filter the search Note The Load button will only work if you are using XBP v2 0 functionality BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 10 32 CONTROL M Job Parameter a
230. fied as Support all or part of the value for this parameter Availability e This parameter is not supported by CONTROL M versions earlier than 6 1 00 e This parameter is not supported by CONTROL M for OS 390 Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the CONTROL Module Version parameter are listed in the table below BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 23 Component CONTROL M EM Utilities Parameter Name CM_VER CONTROL M Server cmver Utilities Reporting Facility CM VER e Trigger CM Version CONTROL M EM API application_cm_version BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 24 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide CONTROL M Name of the CONTROL M installation that will process the job Format Usage Mandatory Length 1 through 20 characters Default None Case Sensitive Yes Invalid Characters Blanks single quotation marks AutoEdit Support No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter General Information CONTROL M names are specified for each data center when creating the CONTROL M definition in CONTROL M EM and CONTROL M Desktop The name should describe the specified CONTROL M installation and be easily recognized by users In the Job Editing form select the CONTROL M installation instance
231. finition A field is displayed in which you can enter a specific SAP type job name Detected spawned jobs of the current job are extracted to CONTROL M with identical properties to the specified not the current job Important The specified job must exist in the same Scheduling Table as the current job BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 10 18 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Document Type Archive object document type Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other Job Mode values are specified Length 1 10 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid None Characters Variable Name SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt ARCHIVE_OBJECT Related Parameters Archive Mode General Information Only enabled if the Archive Mode parameter is set to Archive or Print amp Archive Only enabled if Archive Mode is set to Archive or Print amp Archive BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 19 External Program Format BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information External program name Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Length 1 128 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid None Characters Variable Name Y SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt PROGRAM 10 20 CONTROL M Jo
232. following special values USRPRF USER JOBD NOCHG or NONE Note This variable is relevant only for CONTROL M Agent for iSeries AS 400 version 2 25 or later CURLIB Name of the current library associated with the job being run DATE Date that is assigned to the job when it is started HOLD Whether or not the job is held at the time that it is put on the job queue INQMSGRPY Manner in which pre defined messages issued as a result of running this job are answered JOBD Job description Valid formats for this variable value are lt library gt lt job_description gt Or USRPRF JOBPTY Job queue scheduling priority QUEUE Name of the batch queue to which the job is submitted Valid formats for this variable value are lt library gt lt job_queue gt Or JOBD JOBQ Same as QUEUE LDA Local data areas see Expressions for LDA iSeries AS 400 only on page 15 29 LIBL Library list or Note The INLLIBL variable is relevant only for INLLIBL CONTROL M Agent for iSeries AS 400 version 2 25 or later BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Table 15 4 iSeries AS 400 Job Submission Parameters Name Description Y LOG Message logging values used to determine the amount and type of information sent to the job log by the job LOGCLPG
233. for the Application parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities APPLICATION Reporting Facility APPLICATION CONTROL M Server application Utilities eTrigger Application CONTROL M for OS 390 APPL CONTROL M EM API application Example Identifying Jobs by Business Department To identify all jobs created by the accounting department Application ACCT BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 5 Application Node Group Logical name of the node group that processes a job run by an application such as SAP Note This parameter is not supported by CONTROL M versions earlier than 6 1 00 This parameter is not supported by CONTROL M for OS 390 Format Usage Mandatory for jobs that run on applications such as SAP or Oracle Applications Format Clicking Load in the Skeleton Editor displays a list of available Application Node Groups Select the required value from the list It will be displayed in the Application Node Group text box Related Parameters Parameter Description Application Type Determined automatically by the value supplied for Application Node Group Application Version Determined automatically by the value supplied for Application Node Group Control Module CM Determined automatically by the value supplied for Version Application Node Group Form Name Range of
234. formation 3 24 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Dates parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities DATE Reporting Facility DATES_STR CONTROL M Server date Utilities CONTROL M for OS 390 DATES Example Schedule a job to run on a specific date The following examples presume that the site standard for specifying dates is mmdd e Schedule a job for the 4th of April Dates 0404 e Schedule a job for the 21st of December and the 21st of June Dates 1221 0621 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 25 Days Format Days of the month on which to order the job Usage Optional Note The Days parameter cannot be used together with the Dates parameter Length 1 160 characters Invalid Characters Blanks single quotation marks non English characters AutoEdit Support No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Valid formats for the Days parameter vary depending on whether or not a periodic calendar is specified as the Days Calendar Formats for non periodic and periodic calendars are specified separately below For more information about Calendar types see the CONTROL M Desktop User Guide Note The term working days in the followin
235. formed before the job is executed For more information see Chapter 2 General Parameters Scheduling Panel Contains Scheduling parameters These parameters determine during what time period days months hours the job can be submitted for execution If a job is a candidate for execution it is placed in the Active Jobs file For more information see Chapter 3 Scheduling Parameters Note For more information about original scheduling dates see System Parameters in your CONTROL M Administrator Guide Application Panel Contains parameters for the specified application on which the job will run for example SAP or Oracle Applications The title and content of the Application panel change depending on which application is specified For more information see Chapter 10 SAP Parameters Chapter 11 Oracle Applications Parameters and Chapter 14 Microsoft Windows Parameters Execution Panel Contains Execution parameters These parameters determine where how often and with what priority the job is executed after it has been submitted for processing For more information see Chapter 4 Execution Parameters Conditions Panel Contains Condition parameters These parameters specify information about prerequisite conditions that must be satisfied before determining during what time period days months hours the job can be submitted for execution These parameters
236. g table definition OPTION Options to be appended to the START command PROJECT Project ID for the job run RUNTIME Estimated run time for the job BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 15 8 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Table 15 6 Tandem Job Submission Parameters Name Description TANDEM_ASSIGN_xxx Enables the user to specify a TANDEM ASSIGN as an AutoEdit variable to be used in a CONTROL M job environment Where xxx is the name of the Tandem ASSIGN variable TANDEM BYPASS JOB Enables the user to simulate running a dummy job TANDEM_CPU Specifies a CPU on which a job should run TANDEM_DEFINE_xxx Enables the user to specify a TANDEM DEFINE variable as an AutoEdit variable to be used in a CONTROL M job environment Where xxx is the name of the Tandem DEFINE variable TANDEM_INPUT_FILE Name of a file containing a script to run in a detached job TANDEM _PARAM_xxx Enables the user to specify a TANDEM PARAM variable as an AutoEdit variable to be used in a CONTROL M job environment Where xxx is the name of the Tandem PARAM variable BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information AutoEdit Facility 15 9 CONTROL M System Variables Table 15 7 describes the available AutoEdit system variables These reserved variables can be used to include system information in job processing par
237. g format descriptions refers to days marked in the calendar specified for the Days Calendar parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 26 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Non Periodic Regular Calendar Format Format Description Rules nis any integer from 1 to 31 Multiple values can be expressed separated by commas in any order Values ALL All days of the month n Specific days of the month n Specific days of the month in addition to working days in the Days Calendar n Days of the month on which the job should not run even if they are working days in the Days Calendar gt n Order the job on the indicated day if it is a working day otherwise order the job on the next working day This format is frequently used for holiday handling lt n Order the job on the indicated day if it is a working day otherwise order the job on the closest preceding working day This format is frequently used for holiday handling Dn Order the job on the nth working day from the beginning of the month Dn Order the job on all working days except the nth working day from the beginning of the month Ln Order the job on the nth calendar day or nth working day if the Days Calendar parameter is specified from the end of the month L1 represents the last day of the month or last working day of the month if a Days Calendar is specified Ln Order t
238. g table are scheduled to run For more information see the Utilities chapter in your CONTROL M Administrator Guide Note Retro cannot be used with the Minimum and PDS parameters No Group Scheduling Table Support The Retro parameter is not supported for Group Scheduling tables If this parameter is selected for a Group Scheduling table in the Group Editing form it is ignored The Retro parameter can be selected for individual jobs in a Group Scheduling table BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 47 Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Retro parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM RETRO Utilities Reporting Facility RETRO CONTROL M Server retro Utilities CONTROL M for RETRO OS 390 Formats in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Retro parameter are listed below Component Format CONTROL M EM RETRO has two possible values Utilities 0 No Do not allow scheduling of the job after its original scheduling date has passed Default 1 Yes Allow scheduling of the job after its original scheduling date has passed Example lt RETRO 1 gt CONTROL M Server RETRO has two possible values Utilities N No Do not allow scheduling of the job after its original scheduling date has passed Default Y Yes Allow scheduling of the job aft
239. gt 39 gt 40 lt 41 lt 40 10 11 20 21 Example 4 No Shout message although job runtime is more than expected Given that a job whose average run time is 50 minutes completes in 90 minutes The job processing definition contains a Shout statement with When EXECTIME The following table indicates which Time parameter values would and which would not cause a Shout message to be issued BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 8 14 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Shout Message Issued Shout Message Not Issue A ho lt 91 lt 90 41 40 79 80 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Job Output Parameters 8 15 Sysout Handling The Sysout Handling parameter indicates how the job s log file Sysout should be handled after the job ends with a status of OK Format Usage Optional Note This parameter is sometimes referred to as the Option and Prm parameters Format None List box in the Job Editing form Valid values Change job class OS 390 only Delete output Copy output Move output Release for printer Each value is described in detail in Table 8 2 For most of these options a second field is displayed This second field is sometimes referred to as the Prm parameter The format of the Prm parameter is as follows Length Platforms other than OS 390 Up to 255 characters OS 39
240. h 1 100 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid Blanks Characters Variable Name OAP NOTIFICATIONS N lt n gt NAME BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Oracle Applications Parameters 11 11 Parameter Validation All specified parameter values are validated If no value is specified the default value will be retrieved Format Usage Optional Format Check box Default Selected parameter values are validated Located on the Advanced Options panel accessed from the OAP panel Variable Name OAP PARAM_VALIDATION BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 11 12 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Parent Parent of the job or process Format Usage Optional Format Number 1 15 digits in length Displayed only in the Job Editing form active environment in the CONTROL M EM GUI Variable Name OAP ACTIVE_ATTR lt n gt PARENT General Information The value of this parameter is supplied by the Oracle Application and cannot be modified BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Oracle Applications Parameters 11 13 Phase Format Phase of the job or process Usage Optional Length 1 50 characters Case Sensitive Upper case only Invalid Blanks Characters Variable Name OAP ACTIVE_ATTR lt n gt PHASE General Information BMC Software Inc
241. he check can be performed and if the elapsed runtime limits are exceeded the message can be shouted before the job has finished running e Relative Exectime limits should not exceed 24 hours When relative Exectime limits exceed 24 hours that is if n of the average runtime exceeds 24 hours the message is shouted if and when processing reaches 24 hours If a relative Exectime is not specified prior to job submission but is specified afterwards for example the job is Held the parameters changed and the job then Freed the Exectime value is ignored More about Destinations When the destination is a user the message is also sent to the user s mail If not found in the Shout Destination table the destination is assumed to be a user name In this instance the Shout message is sent to the user s terminal and the user s mail BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 8 12 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Availability The Shout Destination table is maintained by the CONTROL M administrator Several such tables may exist Each table contains the same logical destinations but the physical actual destinations can vary from table to table Only one table is in use active at any time as determined by the administrator A Shout message sent to a logical destination is directed by CONTROL M to the corresponding physical destination listed in the active Sho
242. he Retro parameter indicates to the New Day procedure or User Daily if the job should be retroactively scheduled for days the computer or CONTROL M was inactive BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 46 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide e If Retro is specified CONTROL M Server places job orders in the Active Jobs file for all days that the job should have been scheduled The scheduling dates for which job orders are issued range from the day following the last running date of the New Day procedure or User Daily to the current working date provided that those dates satisfy criteria specified in one of the scheduling parameters Days Days Calendar and so on Each job order placed in the Active Jobs file uses a date in the range as its original scheduling date e If Retro is not specified the job is scheduled only for the current working date provided that this date satisfies the job s scheduling criteria For more information see Date Control Record UDLAST in Chapter 1 of your CONTROL M Administrator Guide If Retro is specified for a User Daily Job only the last most recent order of the User Daily Job actually orders jobs It also performs Retro ordering for all included jobs As a general rule there is no need to specify Retro in a User Daily s job processing definition You can use the ctmrplan CONTROL M Server utility to determine when selected jobs in a Schedulin
243. he default directory to and from which files will be transferred on the remote computer Format Format Read only Variable Name FTP RHOMEDIR BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 12 20 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Remote Hostname The name of the remote computer Format Format Read only Variable Name FTP RHOST BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information FTP Parameters 12 21 Remote OS Type The OS type of the remote computer on which the FTP server is installed Format Format Read only Variable Name FTP ROSTYPE Valid values e Windows e Unix e MVS BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 12 22 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Remote User Name The user name for the remote computer Format Format Read only Variable Name FTP RUSER BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information FTP Parameters 12 23 Secondary Allocation Optional The secondary allocation amount for the MVS data set to be allocated Format Format Integer Variable Name FTP SECONDARYx where x indicates an integer representing the file transfer number to which it relates BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 12 24 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Template Name
244. he job is ordered at 0700 the job is submitted for execution at 0700 AutoEdit Support No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter General Information CONTROL M submits the job only during the time range defined in the Time parameter The job is only submitted from but not before the time specified by the From parameter time and before the Until time CONTROL M ignores seconds when determining the time range For example a job with a time range of 20 00 to 21 00 could be submitted at 21 00 58 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 51 When either the From or Until parameter is not specified the default is the New Day time as specified in CONTROL M system parameters Note Operation of CONTROL M is suspended while the New Day procedure in running If a job is limited by the From and Until parameters to the time that the New Day procedure is running the job is never ordered A gt character can be specified in the Until field 1f the From field contains a valid time value This character is used to indicate that once the From time has passed if CONTROL M has not yet submitted the job by New Day time it should try to submit the job as soon as possible after the New Day procedure is run without waiting for the From time to arrive again CONTROL M continues to ignore the From time either until the
245. he job on all days except the nth calendar day from the end of the month If the Days Calendar parameter is specified order the job on all working days except the nth working day from the end of the month Note A calendar must be specified for the Days Calendar parameter if the n n gt n lt n Dn or Dn format is used for the Days parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 27 Periodic Calendar Formats Format Description Rules In the following periodic scheduling formats e nis any integer from 1 through 255 e fis any valid period identifier Valid values are any integer from 1 through 9 any uppercase letter except N and Y asterisk all periods If the number of days between periods with the same identifier is more than 33 this value can be changed by the administrator it is considered a new period The name of a periodic calendar must be specified in the Days Calendar A maximum of eight periodic values separated by commas can be designated in any order Values DnPi Order the job on the nth day of period i from the beginning of the period An can be specified as the value of nto represent all days Ito represent all periods DnPi Order the job on all days of period except the nth day of period i from the beginning of the period An can be specified as the value to represent all periods L
246. her set of criteria or both sets of criteria must be satisfied General Information Each Group Scheduling table contains one or more sets of basic scheduling criteria that can be applied to job processing definitions of jobs in the table Each set of basic scheduling criteria is assigned a unique name specified in the Scheduling Tag field which is used for referencing that set of criteria To apply a set of scheduling criteria in a Group Scheduling table to a job processing definition specify the Scheduling Tag name of the desired criteria in the Scheduling Tag field of the Job Processing form If multiple Scheduling Tag names are specified in the job processing definition the tags are checked sequentially according to the order in which they are defined for the Group Scheduling table during job scheduling to determine 1f the criteria are satisfied The first set of Scheduling Tag criteria that is satisfied is applied to the job Subsequent Scheduling Tags specified for the job are not checked If an asterisk is specified as a Scheduling Tag name all Scheduling Tags in the Group Scheduling table are applied to the job Each job processing definition can have its own basic scheduling criteria defined independent of the Scheduling Tag criteria in the Group Scheduling table Scheduling Jobs in a Group Scheduling Table Jobs in a Group Scheduling table are eligible for scheduling on a particular day only if at least one
247. hildren can receive Process Execution Time Maximum amount of elapsed execution time in seconds for each process in a job Process Maximum amount of memory in megabytes allowed for Memory each process in a job Scheduling Scheduling class for all processes of a job Class BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Microsoft Windows Parameters 14 1 Job Execution Time Maximum amount of elapsed execution time in seconds for the job Format Usage Optional Format Integer No upper limit Variable Name Y WIN2K PER_JOB_USER_TIME_LIMIT Note BMC recommends entering application data using the required panel in the CONTROL M EM Job Editing form BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 14 2 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Job Memory Maximum amount of memory in megabytes allowed for the job Format Usage Optional Format Integer Minimum value 0 005 If less than the minimum is specified this parameter is ignored Variable Name Y WIN2K JOB_MEMORY_LIMIT BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Microsoft Windows Parameters 14 3 Max Work Set Size Maximum RAM in megabytes for all processes of the job Format Usage Optional Format Integer Limited only by the RAM available on the processing computer Variable Name Y WI
248. ibrary is below the specified minimum at time of daily job ordering The job or started task can then compress clean or enlarge the library or issue the appropriate warning Note Minimum does not work with PDSE type libraries because they always appear to be 100 percent full Minimum only checks current extents Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Minimum parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities MIN Reporting Facility MIN PDS TRAC CONTROL M for OS 390 MINIMUM BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 39 Months Indicates the months during which the job can be scheduled for processing Format Usage Optional Format A check box is displayed corresponding to each month of the year When selected the job is scheduled for that month Default The job is scheduled for all months Invalid Blanks single quotation marks non English characters Characters AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Dates You cannot specify a value for Months when a value is specified for the Dates parameter General Information The Months parameter cannot be used together with the Dates parameter On CONTROL M Server To see a job s schedule plan run report CTMRPLN This report ind
249. ibrary specified for the PDS parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 1 Table 3 1 Scheduling Parameters Summary Part 2 of 2 Parameter Description Months Months in which to order the job PDS Name of a partitioned data set PDS to be checked for free space Relationship The relationship And Or between the specified Scheduling Tag criteria and the job s own basic scheduling criteria This parameter is relevant only for jobs in a Group Scheduling table Retro Whether or not the job should be scheduled for possible execution after its original scheduling date odate has passed Scheduling Tag Identifier for a set of scheduling criteria in a Group Scheduling table One or more Scheduling Tags can be specified in each job processing definition in a Group Scheduling table This parameter is relevant only for jobs in a Group Scheduling table Time Zone Indicates the global time zone used to calculate the interval for time related conditions Week Days Days of the week on which to order the job Weeks Calendar Indicates the name of a calendar to be used to validate specified weekdays on which to order the job BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 2 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Active From Date Indicates the start of a period of time during
250. icates when selected jobs in a selected Scheduling table are scheduled to run For more information regarding CTMRPLN see the utility section of the CONTROL M Administrator Guide for your platform BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 40 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Months parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities Indicate the specific month JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC Reporting Facility Specify the specific month MONTH_1 January MONTH_2 February and so on MONTH_12 December CONTROL M Server month Utilities CONTROL M for OS 390 MONTHS Formats in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Months parameter are listed below Component Format CONTROL M EM Utilities Indicate for each month 0 Do not schedule for this month Default e 1 Schedule for this month Example lt JAN 1 gt Examples For examples that use the Months parameter see the Days Calendar page 3 33 and Days parameters page 3 26 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 41 PDS Name of a partitioned data set PDS to be checked for free space If the PDS has fewer than the minimum number of required free tracks as specified for the Minimum par
251. ich Mean Time 3 54 GROUP NAME parameter 2 39 Group parameter 2 38 used in ViewPoint hierarchy 2 38 group parameter 2 39 Group Scheduling tables post processing 7 1 Schedule Tag parameters 7 2 scheduling 3 44 Scheduling Tags 3 50 GROUP variable 15 11 GROUP_ORDID variable 15 11 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 8 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide H handling job output 7 40 HAW time zone 3 54 Hawaii time zone 3 54 HEX function for iSeries AS 400 jobs 15 8 hexadecimal values for Series AS 400 jobs 15 8 History Jobs file Reten Days parameter 7 65 Reten Gen parameter 7 67 HKG time zone 3 54 HNL time zone 3 54 HOLD variable for Series AS 400 jobs 15 6 Hong Kong time zone 3 54 Honolulu time zone 3 54 identifying jobs 2 27 SAP jobs 10 23 If Then relationships in On Do statements 7 59 In Condition parameter 5 2 in_condition parameter 5 6 Include Child Status parameter 11 9 Include Output parameter 11 10 IND_CYCLIC parameter 4 41 Information Field parameter 10 21 INJOBPR variable UNISYS 15 8 INLLIBL variable for iSeries AS 400 library list 15 6 INPUT script for Tandem jobs 15 9 INQMSGRPY variable for iSeries AS 400 jobs 15 6 Interval Cyclic Parameter 4 54 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information days value 4 13 hours value 4 13 minutes value 4 13 parameter 4 13 interval Cyclic parameter 4 54 INTERVAL parameter 4 15 Interval pa
252. ietary Information AutoEdit Facility 15 7 Table 15 4 iSeries AS 400 Job Submission Parameters Name Description HEX Indicates that the value that immediately follows is a hexadecimal value For example PARMn HEX2AF4 This function ensures that the value will be transferred to Series AS 400 in the appropriate format Y DEC Indicates that the value that immediately follows is a packed decimal value For example PARMn DEC1289 This function ensures that the value will be transferred to Series AS 400 in the appropriate format Table 15 5 UNISYS Job Submission Parameters Name ACCOUNT Description Account ID for the job run ADDRUN DEADLINE Execution statement to be inserted before the execution of the user s job Examples ADDRUN prt i or ADDRUN add myqual myfile myelt CONTROL M Agent inserts the specified command before the user job s runstream prior to job submission Deadline assignment for the job INJOBPR Flag that indicates if a job contains programs that print or direct standard output to the PR print queue NODEID Node ID of the UNISYS computer to which the job is submitted If specified the value for NODEID overrides the contents of the job processing parameter Node ID If this variable is assigned the value CTMLOCAL the job is submitted on the CONTROL M Server platform Note Do not use this variable in a Group Schedulin
253. ifies the number of extra days beyond the original scheduling date that the job is allowed to remain in the Active Jobs file awaiting execution Maximum Specifies the maximum number of reruns that can be performed for the job Multi Agent Specifies that job submission details be broadcast to all Agents within a defined Node Group Node Group Host name of a node group to which the job should be submitted See Node ID Group below Node ID Host name of an Agent platform to which a job was submitted See Node ID Group below BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 1 Table 4 1 Execution Parameters Summary Parameter Description Node Host name of an Agent platform or name of a node group to ID Group which the job should be submitted This parameter is used only for installations in which CONTROL M Agent technology is implemented Note Node groups can be specified only for certain CONTROL M platforms with CONTROL M Version 2 2 0 and later Prevent NCT2 Performs data set cleanup before the original job run Priority Indicates CONTROL M job priority Request NJE Node Identifies the node in the JES network on which the job is to execute Rerun From Indicates whether the interval between further runs of a cyclic job is counted from the start or the end of the previous job run Rerun Name of the JCL member to use when the j
254. ift subparameter and this field has no effect on job scheduling Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Confcal parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities CONFCAL Reporting Facility CONF_CAL CONTROL M Server confcal Utilities CONTROL M for 0S 390 CONFCAL BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 20 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Formats in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Confcal parameter are listed below Component CONTROL M EM Utilities Format String SHIFT and SHIFTNUM are included as related parameters not as subparameters of CONFCAL Example lt CONFCAL Cal1 gt SHIFT Valid values CONTROL M Server equivalent IGNOREJOB No value NEXTDAY gt PREVDAY e lt NOCONFCAL O For more information see SHIFT on page 3 22 SHIFT Number from 62 to 62 NUM Reporting Facility String SHIFT and SHIFTNUM are included as related parameters not as subparameters of CONF_CAL SHIFT Valid values Ignore Job Next Day Prev Day No Contcal SHIFT String Number from 62 to 62 NUM BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 21 Component Format CONTROL M Server Utilities SHIFT is specified as a separate parameter not a subpar
255. il contact information for the BMC Software support center that services your location refer to the Contact Customer Support section of the Support page on the BMC Software Web site at www bmc com support html Before Contacting BMC Software Before you contact BMC Software have the following information available so that Customer Support can begin working on your problem immediately e product information product name product version release number license number and password trial or permanent operating system and environment information machine type operating system type version and service pack or other maintenance level such as PUT or PTF system hardware configuration serial numbers related software database application and communication including type version and service pack or maintenance level BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information iij sequence of events leading to the problem commands and options that you used messages received and the time and date that you received them product error messages messages from the operating system such as file system full messages from related software BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information iv CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Contents Contents About This BOOK s recan E a a ds a a xvii Chapter 1 Introduction Defining Job Processing Pa
256. ils of a job in the Active Jobs file PREV Variable that is automatically replaced by the job s previous scheduling date Note PREV cannot be specified when modifying details of a job in the Active Jobs file ek Or Any scheduling date The Condition parameter is satisfied if any prerequisite condition with the same name exists regardless of its associated date STAT Condition is not date dependent Note This value is valid only for CONTROL M Server version 6 0 01 and later or for CONTROL M for OS 390 And Or List box used to specify the logical relationship between In Conditions If more than one Condition parameter is specified an And Or parameter must be specified for each Condition parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 5 4 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Parameter Description Parentheses Parentheses are used to isolate groups of In Conditions in a longer list of conditions to indicate logical relationships that are resolved before the entire condition statement is resolved For more information see Logical Relationships between Conditions on page 5 5 Notes Pairs of parentheses cannot be nested blank Indicates no special relationship between the current and following condition Beginning of a comparison between successive conditions End of a comparison between successive conditions A I
257. ing day This format is frequently used for holiday handling In the following Week Days formats n represents a number of working days n can be any integer from 0 through 6 Dn Order the job on the nth working day from the beginning of the week Dn Order the job on all working days except the nth working day from the beginning of the week e Ln Order the job on the nth working day from the end of the week L1 represents the last working day of the week e Ln Order the job on all working days except the nth working day from the end of the week L1 represents the last working day of the week DnWm Where mis any integer from 1 through 6 If Weeks Calendar is defined order the job on the nth working day of the mth week partial or full of the month If Weeks Calendar is not defined order the job on the mth occurrence of weekday n during the month A maximum of 11DnWm specifications can be designated Note A calendar must be specified for the Weeks Calendar parameter if the n n gt n lt n Dn Dn Ln or Ln format is used for the Week Days parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 60 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Related Parameters Parameter Description Active From Indicates the beginning of a period of time during which the Date job or Group Scheduling table can be ordered This parameter is paired with the Acti
258. ion marks non English characters Characters AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter General Information Each Task Type can be defined as cyclic or non cyclic regular For more information see Cyclic on page 4 9 For OS 390 jobs the specified task type is combined with the values of the Cyclic and Emergency parameters Note In CONTROL M EM versions earlier than version 6 1 00 the format for TASKTYPE contained critical and cyclic information also CONTROL M EM version 6 1 03 can still run jobs whose TASKTYPE is specified in the old format However BMC Software recommends that you specify this type of information using the CYCLIC and CRITICAL parameters when creating new job processing definitions BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 56 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Platform Specific Information Platform Task Types Microsoft Job A regular job submitted to CONTROL M for tdi execution as a background process The e Unix results of the job the output are analyzed by the post processing subsystem Detached This type is similar to Job but also includes EXE type files Command Operating system command defined in the Command parameter sent to the operating system to be executed as a job For more information see Command on page 2 20
259. ion or benchmarking or performance tests without BMC s prior written approval unless prohibited by local law TRIAL LICENSE If as part of the ordering process the Product is provided on a trial basis then these terms apply i this license consists solely of a non exclusive non transferable evaluation license to operate the Software for the period of time specified from BMC or if not specified a 30 day time period Trial Period only for evaluating whether You desire to acquire a capacity based license to the Product for a fee and ii Your use of the Product is on an AS IS basis without any warranty and BMC ITS AFFILIATES AND RESELLERS AND LICENSORS DISCLAIM ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT AND HAVE NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS PRODUCT UNDER THIS TRIAL LICENSE Trial License BMC may terminate for its convenience a Trial License upon notice to You When the Trial Period ends Your right to use this Product automatically expires If You want to continue Your use of the Product beyond the Trial Period contact BMC to acquire a capacity based license to the Product for a fee TERMINATION This Agreement shall immediately terminate if You breach any of its terms Upon termination for any reason You must uninstall the Software and either certify the destruction of the Product or return it to BMC
260. ional Length 1 214 characters Case sensitive Yes Invalid None Characters Variable Name OAP PROFILES P lt n gt VALUE BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Oracle Applications Parameters 11 17 Request ID Oracle Applications request ID number Format Usage Optional Format Number 1 15 digits in length Displayed only in the Job Editing form active environment in the CONTROL M EM GUI Variable Name OAP ACTIVE_ATTR lt n gt REQUEST_ID General Information The value of this parameter is supplied by the Oracle Application and cannot be modified BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 11 18 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Request Type Indicates whether the request is a Request Set or Single Request Format Usage Mandatory Format Option buttons Valid values Request Set Single Request Note Each option has subparameters Default Request Set Variable Name OAP TASKTYPE General Information Each Request Type option is composed of subparameters Request Set Specifies a number of requests Table 11 2 Request Set Subparameters Application For more information see Application Name on page Name 11 6 Application For more information see Application Short Name on Short Name page 11 7 Request Set Request Set long name Usage O
261. irst character OS 390 Non English characters AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot Support be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter message Text of the mail message Length Platforms other than OS 390 1 through 4000 characters OS 390 1 through 255 lines each containing 1 through 70 characters However do not exceed 4000 characters in the Job Editing Form Case Yes Sensitive Invalid Platforms other than OS 390 Single Characters quotation marks 0S 390 None AutoEdit Yes An AutoEdit variable or expression can be Support specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Urgency Select from the following buttons which indicate a level of urgency for the message Regular Urgent Very Urgent Indicates that the message should have a regular level of urgency Indicates messages with a high priority Urgent message are sent with a special indication so that the recipient of the message is aware of the urgency Indicates that the message should have the highest level of urgency For CONTROL M Server utilities only BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 27 General Information The mail message specified by this parameter is sent to the indicated e mail addresses when the condition specified by the On Statement Code parameter is satisfied Mail messages can also be sent using a Do Shout parameter However e Wh
262. is activated during post processing If the CONTROL M determines that automatic rerun is possible it sets the job s status to ended NOTOK RERUN NEEDED e CONTROL M then checks the value of MAXRERUN in the Active environment If the value is zero or no MAXRERUN value was specified automatic rerun is not possible and the job is not submitted for rerun If the value is greater than zero rerun is possible and the monitor submits the job for rerun when all runtime criteria are satisfied Runtime criteria include not only the Runtime Scheduling parameters but also the Interval parameter which specifies the minimum allowable interval between runs of the same job e The JCL for the rerun job is taken from the member specified in the Rerun Member parameter If no Rerun Member value is specified the JCL for the rerun is taken from the job s regular JCL member specified in the Mem Name parameter Rerun Member has additional characteristics e The member name can be the same as or different from the job name e The member specified in the Rerun Member parameter must be in the library specified in the Mem Lib parameter e The Rerun Member parameter overrides the Mem Name parameter value in the JCL and the Mem Name parameter value becomes irrelevant for reruns BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 44 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Availability e This parameter is relevant o
263. is automatically submitted for rerun BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 22 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Availability If a Do If Rerun statement does not follow the job is not automatically rerun Instead the job remains displayed with its error status in the CONTROL M EM GUI In this case to submit the job for rerun or restart rerun the job from the CONTROL M EM GUI The Rerun with Restart Confirmation window is displayed Request the restart or rerun from the window e When Do If Rerun is specified with a Confirm parameter value of Yes the Confirm check box is selected the job appears in the CONTROL M EM GUI with a WAIT CONFIRMATION WITH RESTART status and is not restarted unless confirmed Confirm the job to restart it When a job is submitted for restart if FIRST is specified in the From subparameter a FIRST step specification is passed as is to the CONTROL M Restart step If ABEND or EXERR is specified the specified ABEND or EXERR value is first resolved to the appropriate step by the CONTROL M monitor and then passed to the CONTROL M Restart step If SFIRST ABEND is specified the CONTROL M monitor determines which procedure abended and then passes the FIRST step specification for that procedure to the CONTROLR step For information regarding the CONTROL M Restart step refer to the CONTROL M Restart for OS 390 User Manual The Max Rerun p
264. is located File Name Mem Name Indicates the name of a file containing the control language statements for the job or detached process to be executed BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 42 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide General Information The Over Lib parameter enables the user to submit a temporarily modified job script file without changing the original script file in the Path library and without changing the scheduling order of a table When to Use The library containing the job s regular script file is specified in the Path parameter When temporary modifications are required the modified script file is placed in the location indicated by the Over Lib parameter If the file specified by the File Name parameter is found in the Over Lib location this file is submitted instead of the job script file with the same name that resides in the Path location Cancelling Override The override can be canceled by one of the following methods e Delete the file specified in the File Name parameter from the Over Lib location If the job script file is not found in Over Lib it is automatically taken from the Path location Or e Delete the Over Lib specification from the job definition Note For a description of the values allowed with this parameter see Platform Specific Information on page 2 47 AutoEdit Support As of version 6 1 0x
265. isite conditions expected by the job it is replacing and performs the post processing of the job e If CTM_GROUP_ADJUST_DUMMY is set to N Out conditions of the jobs that were not ordered are ignored by the ordered jobs in the Group Scheduling table Default BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 13 Enable Dummy Job Creation in CONTROL M Server Add the following line to the CONTROL M Server ctm data config dat file to enable dummy job creation CTM_GROUP_ADJUST_DUMMY Y Note In conditions that are ignored using this parameter are not removed from the job processing definition Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Adjust Condition parameter are listed below Component CONTROL M EM Utilities Parameter Name ADJUST_COND Reporting Facility ADJUST CONDITION CONTROL M Server Utilities adjust_cond eTrigger Adjust Condition CONTROL M for OS 390 Utilities Adjust Conditions CONTROL M EM API adjust_condition BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 14 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Formats in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats in other CONTROL M components are listed below Component Format CONTROL M EM String Utilities Example lt ADJUST_COND Y gt CONTROL M Server Y ignore the relevant prerequisite conditions Utilities
266. job reruns specified with Do Rerun Interval Maximum Time between job runs specified with the Do Rerun parameter Number of job runs that can be specified with the Do Rerun parameter Rerun From Indicates whether the interval between job runs begins with the start or the end of the previous job run Default start Shout RERUN Sends a message if the job s completion status was set to Rerun For more information see RERUN in When on page 8 7 General Information Do Rerun specifies that the job should be rerun according to the criteria specified in the Max Rerun and Interval parameters These parameters must be specified before a Do Rerun action can be defined Note Do Rerun cannot be used to rerun Group Scheduling entities For most jobs If Do Rerun is specified and DO OK or DO NOTOK is specified and implemented the last statement to be implemented will determine the status assigned to the job BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 34 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Availability For OS 390 jobs When a Do Rerun action is specified for a job the job s completion status is set to NOTOK even if it was previously specified as OK For OS 390 jobs Cyclic jobs cannot contain a Do Rerun parameter Do Rerun cannot be specified together with Do OK or Do NOTOK for the same codes event When Do OK Do NOTOK and or D
267. l_amount gt lt unit gt Example for 24 hours 24h eTrigger Valid values d Days h Hours e m Minutes Default Format lt interval_amount gt lt unit gt Example for 24 hours 24h BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 55 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 56 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Condition Parameters The parameters in this chapter enable you to create dependencies between jobs in your network Table 5 1 Conditions Parameters Parameter Description In Condition Out Condition Prerequisite conditions required for a job to execute Prerequisite conditions to be added or deleted after the job completes with a completion status of OK BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Condition Parameters 5 1 In Condition Format BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Specifies prerequisite conditions that must be satisfied before the job is submitted for execution Usage Optional Format The In Condition parameter is composed of the Name Date and And Or subparameters These subparameters are described in Subparameters AutoEdit Support Yes AutoEdit system variables but not other types of AutoEdit variables can be specified as the entire value for this parameter 5 2 CONTROL M J
268. le Applications Administrator Guide o o o o o o o Variable Name OAP PARMS P lt n gt NAME OAP PARMS P lt n gt VALUE BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 11 22 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Responsibility The Oracle Applications responsibility Format Usage Mandatory Length 1 100 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid Blanks Characters Variable Name OAP RESPNAME BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Oracle Applications Parameters 11 23 Security Group The security group assigned to the username Format BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Note For Oracle Application 11i only Usage Optional Length 1 80 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid None Characters Variable Name OAP SECURITY_GROUPNAME 11 24 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Status Oracle Application status of the job or process Format Usage Optional Format Displayed only in the Job Editing form active environment in the CONTROL M EM GUI Variable Name OAP ACTIVE_ATTR lt n gt STATUS General Information There are two statuses whether it is Held or Free and so on for an Oracle Applications job that is scheduled in the CONTROL M data center First the status of a job in CONTROL M whether it is Held or Free and
269. le Name FTP NUM_RETRIES General Information When the remote FTP server is running on an MVS system this field is disabled This is only relevant to the actual transfer of the data BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 12 16 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Primary Allocation Optional The primary allocation amount for the MVS data set to be allocated Format Format Integer Variable Name FTP PRIMARYx where x indicates an integer representing the file transfer number to which it relates BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information FTP Parameters 12 17 Record Format Optional The record format of the MVS data set to be allocated Format Format Valid values F FB e V VB U Variable Name FTP RECFMx where x indicates an integer representing the file transfer number to which it relates BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 12 18 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Recursive Optional Specifies whether a directory transfer will include all its sub directories Format Format Checkbox Variable Name FTP RECURSIVEx where x indicates an integer representing the file transfer number to which it relates BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information FTP Parameters 12 19 Remote Home Directory T
270. le name value and the sign must not exceed 55 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid Characters Platforms other than OS 390 The following characters cannot be included as part of variable name in a User defined AutoEdit variable lt gt amp In value the only invalid characters are embedded blanks Leading blanks are valid OS 390 Blanks AutoEdit Support Yes An AutoEdit variable or expression can be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 7 Related Parameters AutoEdit Assignment AutoEdit Assignment assigns values to a variable for use in the current job run Whereas Do AutoEdit assigns a value to be used in the subsequent run of the job Subparameters Parameter Description Name Name of the AutoEdit variable The prefix is entered automatically 1 38 character string following the prefix Value AutoEdit expression 1 214 character string Application specific job parameters may not be specified in AutoEdit variable values The names of application specific job parameters are prefixed by two percent signs the application s abbreviation and a hyphen SAPR3 for SAP OAP for Oracle and so on General Information AutoEdit variables are resolved replaced at the time a job is submitted The D
271. le or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter General Information The Request NJE Node parameter is used to specify the node in the JES network on which the job is to execute If a value is specified for the Request NJE Node parameter a JCL statement is generated The precise form of the statement depends on whether CONTROL M is running under JES2 or JES3 Note If a value is specified for the Request NJE Node parameter it will not override any node name specified in the job statement unless the OVERJCLM parameter in the CTMPARM library is set to Y Under JES2 If CONTROL M is running under JES2 the Request NJE parameter generates the following JCL statement BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 38 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide ROUTE XEQ node_name Under JES3 If CONTROL M is running under JES3 the JCL statement generated by the Request NJE parameter differs slightly taking the following form ROUTE XEQ node_name Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Request NJE Node parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M for NJE NODE 0S 390 CONTROL M EM API request_nje Example1 Under JES2 The following values are entered to the job processing definition DESC OVERLIB SCHENV SYSTEM ID NJE NODE 0S35 The following state
272. le or expression cannot be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Parameter Description Active From Date Dates Indicates the start of a period of time during which the job or Group Scheduling table can be ordered or the Scheduling Tag can be used This parameter is paired with the Active To Date parameter Indicates specific dates month and day on which the job should be scheduled Days Calendar And Or Indicates the name of a CONTROL M calendar that is used to validate specified days This parameter may be mandatory for certain Days value formats Also known as DCAL and dayscal Indicates the relationship between specified Days values and Weekdays values Week Days Indicates days of the week on which the job should be scheduled Weeks Calendar Indicates the name of a CONTROL M calendar that is used to validate specified weekdays Also known as WCAL and weekscal BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 8 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Parameter Description Conical Indicates the name of a CONTROL M calendar that is used to validate scheduling dates A specified shift value can be used to indicate how to handle jobs that are scheduled for a non working day in the calendar Months Indicates the months in which the job should be scheduled Only days in the specified months are consid
273. led Scheduled is selected and cannot be modified e In Copy and External job modes all fields are enabled e The Filter option is not available in Create and Batch Input job modes The asterisk can be used as a wildcard to specify a job name prefix The Job Name parameter must be specified for both regular SAP jobs and SAP data archiving jobs BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 25 Language Language Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Length 1 letter A Z Example E for English D for German and so on Case Sensitive Yes only capitals Invalid Characters Blanks Variable Name BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Y SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt LANGU 10 26 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Layout Print Layout format Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Length 1 16 characters Case Sensitive No Invalid Blanks Characters Variable Name SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt PRINT_LAYOUT General Information This parameter is only enabled if CONTROL M Function Modules are installed or if you are using XBP v2 0 functionality Click Load to generate and display a list of all layouts The asterisk can b
274. ll or part of the value for this parameter If Confirm is selected a status of WAIT USER is assigned to the job when it is placed in the Active Jobs file When you confirm the job it is submitted after the remaining submission criteria are satisfied Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Confirm parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities CONFIRM CONTROL M Server confirm Utilities BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 3 Component Parameter Name CONTROL M for OS 390 CONFIRM CONTROL M EM API confirm_flag Formats in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Confirm parameter are listed below Component CONTROL M EM Utilities Format Valid values 0 No confirmation required Default e 1 Confirmation required Example lt CONFIRM 1 gt CONTROL M Server Utilities CONTROL M for OS 390 Valid values N No confirmation required Default Y Confirmation required Valid values N No confirmation required Default Y Confirmation required BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 4 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Critical Format When selected indicates that the job is a critical path job in CONTROL M Usage Optional Format Check box
275. lues containing a P character are specified in parameter Week Days BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 62 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for parameters specifying a date range are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Active From Date Utilities Active To Date CONTROL M Server DateFrom Utilities DateUntil Alternate names for the Week Days parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM WEEKDAYS Utilities Reporting Facility W_DAY_STR CONTROL M Server weekdays Utilities CONTROL M for WDAYS OS 390 Note The following examples assume that the first day of the week in the installation is Sunday Example 1 Job scheduled on each Monday in March and September Week Days 2 Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Months y OO ddOOoODoDOooadodoDO BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 63 Example 2 Job scheduled on every Saturday and Sunday of each month Week Days 0 1 Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Months E lA Example 3 Schedule a Job on Each Day in December Week Days ALL Jon Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec OOOOOOOOOUUEL Months Example 4 Alter scheduling for different user defined periods OS 390 format
276. ment is added to the JCL of the job ROUTE XEQ 0S35 The job is executed at node OS35 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 39 Example 2 Under JES3 The following values are entered to the job processing definition DESC OVERLIB SCHENV SYSTEM ID NJE NODE 0S35 The following statement is added to the JCL of the job ROUTE XEQ 0S35 The job is executed at node OS35 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 40 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Rerun From Indicates whether the interval between runs of a cyclic job or until the start of a rerun job is measured from the start or the end of the previous job run Table 4 4 Format Rerun From Parameter Usage Optional Format List box Valid values START Default END Invalid Non English characters Characters AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified Support as all or part of the value for this parameter General Information The interval between job runs is specified in the Interval parameter e When the value of Rerun From is Start the time until the next job run is counted from the moment that the current job run begins e When the value of Rerun From is End the time until the next job run is counted from the moment that the current job run is complete Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the
277. meter are listed below Component CONTROL M EM Utilities Parameter Name ACTIVE_To_DATE CONTROL M Server Utilities DATEUNTIL yyyymmdd Example DATEUNTIL 20030315 CONTROL M for OS 390 DEFINITION ACTIVE UNTIL or SCHEDULE TAG ACTIVE UNTIL Formats in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Active To Date parameter are listed below Component CONTROL M EM Utilities Format String for date According to site standard ddmmyyyy mmddyyyy yyyymmdd Example lt ACTIVE_TILL 15032003 gt CONTROL M for OS 390 6 integer string for date According to site standard ddmmyy mmddyy yymmdd Default blank Examples For examples see Active From Date on page 3 3 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 11 Adjust Condition Indicates whether to ignore prerequisite conditions normally set by predecessor jobs if the relevant predecessor jobs are not scheduled Note This parameter is relevant only for Group Scheduling tables Format Usage Optional Format Check box Select the Adjust Condition check box only if you want the relevant prerequisite conditions to be ignored AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter General Information The Adjust Condition parameter is applied to all jobs in a Group Scheduli
278. meters OP Type of sysout handling to perform Mandatory Values C Change the class of the job output OS 390 only D Delete the job output F Copy the job output to file N Change the destination of the job output R Release the job output data Relevant sysout data Mandatory and valid only if the specified OP value is F C or N Valid values depend on the OP value e F File name String comprised of from 1 through 44 characters All characters are valid except blanks C New class 1 character Any character is valid except blank but an asterisk indicates the original MSGCLASS of the job N New destination 1 through 8 characters All characters are valid except blanks FRM Examples 1 character value that identifies the class of job output to process Selected when C is the value of OPT OS 390 only Optional Note If a FRM class is not specified all sysout classes are treated as a single whole unit All of the following examples presume a job completion status of OK BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 8 24 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Example 1 Release the Log File to the Default Printer Sysout Handling Option Release Example 2 iSeries AS 400 Release the Log File to the Specified Output Queue Sysout Handling Option Release Parm MYLIB MYOUTO Example 3 Op
279. meters to or influence the environment of a job when it is submitted e Define variables to be used in Shout messages or in Do AutoEdit parameters when the job terminates Parameters that Accept AutoEdit Variables AutoEdit variables can be specified as values for any of the following job processing parameters These variables are resolved to actual values at time of job submission Command e Do Mail the To and Message fields e Do Shout the Destination and Message fields BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 15 e Do Sysout Prm field e File Name e In Condition system variables can be specified as the entire value e Mem Lib e Mem Name e Out Condition system variables can be specified as the entire value e Over Lib e Path e Quantitative Resource system variables can be specified as the entire value e Shout the Destination and Message fields e Step Range e Sysout Prm parameter For more information about AutoEdit variables and how they can be used see Chapter 15 AutoEdit Facility Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the AutoEdit Assignment parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities AUTOEDIT Reporting Facility Setvar CONTROL M Server autoedit Utilities eTrigger autoedit CONTROL M for 0S 390 SET VAR CONTROL M EM API autoedit_assignment BMC Softwar
280. moved from the Active Jobs file at the next run of the New Day procedure unless they are executing when the New Day procedure begins In this case they are removed at the run of the following New Day procedure Max Wait Parameter Effects The effect of the value specified for the Max Wait parameter is described in Table 4 2 Table 4 2 Max Wait Parameter Valid Values Max Wait 0 The job is deleted from the Active Jobs file if it did not execute on its scheduling date Max Wait n The job is retained in the Active Jobs file for the stated number n 1 98 of additional days beyond its original scheduling date Odate or until submitted for execution and execution ends OK Max Wait 99 The job remains in the Active Jobs file indefinitely or until it is manually deleted even if it finishes executing Platform Specific Information for OS 390 If a non cyclic job that was run on a CONTROL M installation on an OS 390 platform was rerun by the operator and ended NOTOK it is deleted from the Active Jobs file when the New Day procedure runs regardless of the value specified in the Max Wait parameter If a non cyclic job that was run on a CONTROL M installation on a non OS 390 platform was rerun by the operator and ended NOTOK the job remains in the Active Jobs file for one day only The Max Wait parameter does not have an effect in this case BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 18 CONTR
281. n a value to an AutoEdit variable The following syntax rules apply to AutoEdit expressions Only one expression can be placed on a line 669 e No spaces are allowed before the e Spaces that immediately follow the are ignored e The total length of a line cannot exceed 214 characters Maximum length of a value in an AutoEdit variable is 214 characters e Variable names and values are case sensitive e Strings of alphanumeric characters do not require quotation marks If quotation marks are used they are considered part of the string BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 15 22 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Elementary Expressions e Anelementary expression has the following format lt variable gt lt value gt Where lt variable gt is any user variable or job submission variable lt value gt is any numeric or alphanumeric string up to 214 characters in length e The following expression assigns a value of 100 to the Result variable SSResult 100 e The following expression assigns the string Job PRDKCZ finished OK to the Completion variable SsCompletion Job PRDKCZ finished OK Numeric Expressions A numeric expression has the following format lt result gt lt operand gt lt operator gt lt operand gt The components of this expression are described in the following table lt result gt Any user variable or job s
282. n all days of period except the nth day of period in each week from the beginning of the week An can be specified as the value to represent all periods e LnPi Order the job on the nth day of period in each week counting backward from the last periodic day of the week An can be specified as the value to represent all periods e LnPi Order the job on all days of period except the nth day of period in each week counting backward from the last periodic day of the week An can be specified as the value to represent all periods BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 59 Non Periodic Regular Calendar Formats Format Description Rules n Any integer from 0 through 6 representing the days of the week Multiple values can be expressed in any order separated by commas Values ALL All days of the week Do not specify any other value with ALL n Specific days of the week e n Specific day of the week in addition to working days e n Days of the week on which a job cannot be ordered even if they are working days e gt n Order the job on the indicated day if it is a working day otherwise order the job on the next working day This format is frequently used for holiday handling e lt n Order the job on the indicated day if it is a working day otherwise order the job on the previous work
283. n conditions 5 4 5 13 statement subparameter 7 57 Status parameter 11 25 STC task type OS 390 2 61 Step parameter 10 43 10 44 STEP RANGE parameter 7 71 Step Range parameter 7 69 From subparameter 7 69 Name subparameter 7 69 To subparameter 7 69 Step values On parameter 7 49 STEP_RANGE parameter 7 71 step_range parameter 7 71 Steps Panel parameters 7 1 stopping cyclic job runs 7 39 storing job documentation 2 29 strings AutoEdit expressions 15 25 substring function 15 28 Style subparameter of the Print parameter 11 15 Subject subparameter of the Do Mail parameter 7 27 Submit Job with ASAP Option parameter 10 45 submitting job to CONTROL M A gent nodes 4 28 job to multiple CONTROL M A gent nodes 4 25 jobs during a fixed time frame 4 51 Substr function 15 28 subtraction AutoEdit Expressions 15 23 dates 15 27 SWS variable for iSeries AS 400 15 7 Sxxx code value 7 51 SYD time zone 3 55 Sydney time zone 3 55 syntax AutoEdit expressions 15 22 AutoEdit string expressions 15 25 user defined variables 15 16 syntax See specific parameter or variable SYS AFFINITY parameter 4 49 SYS DB subparameter 8 3 sys_db parameter 8 5 SYSDATA archiving 8 2 SYSLIBL variable Series AS 400 jobs 15 7 SYSOPT subparameter 8 22 Sysout handling 15 3 Sysout Handling parameter 8 16 SYSOUT parameter 8 22 Sysout parameter 8 22 sysout parameter 8 22 sysout_from_class parameter 8 22 sysout_option parameter 8 22 sysout_parameter parameter 8 22
284. n is defined as having the following Quantitative resources three units of TAPE1 and three units of TAPE2 A job requiring three tape drives contains the following parameter T E Ur w Quantitative Resources TAPI The job is submitted for execution when three units of the same type are available that is either three units of TAPE1 or three units of TAPE2 since the mask character can only represent a single value for a given job Example 4 Defining Multiple Quantitative Resources with Mask Characters A job requires two tape drives and a printer Quantitative Resources TAPE 2 PRINT 1 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 6 8 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Two units of TAPE1 and one unit of PRINT2 are available However the job will not be submitted until a unit of PRINT1 becomes available since the mask character can only represent a single value for a given job In this instance represents the number 1 Example 5 Load Balancing A job to be submitted by the load balancing mechanism requires 10 units of the Quantitative resource CPU Quantitative Resources CPU 10 The job will be submitted to an Agent platform possessing at least 10 available units of the specified resource BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Resource Parameters 6 9 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 6 10 CO
285. nPi Order the job on the nth day of period counting backward from the last day of the period An can be specified as the value to represent all periods e LnPi Order the job on all days of period except the nth day of period counting backward from the last day of the period An can be specified as the value to represent all periods Related Parameters CONTROL M combines the value of the Days parameter with certain other parameters in order to determine the scheduling days for the job Days Calendar Indicates the name of a CONTROL M calendar that is used to validate specified days This parameter may be mandatory for certain Days value formats And Or Indicates the relationship between specified Days values and Weekdays values Week Days Indicates days of the week on which the job should be scheduled BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 28 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Weeks Calendar Indicates the name of a CONTROL M calendar that is used to validate specified weekdays Confcal Indicates the name of a CONTROL M calendar that is used to validate scheduling dates A specified shift value can be used to indicate how to handle jobs that are scheduled for a non working day in the calendar Months Indicates the months in which the job should be scheduled Only days in the specified months are considered valid for sched
286. nats Sead eae ee eee ee Check Va ant Aaser ee da tE eases Columns eve e be E ARE e dd Copy Spool TO ii is hee Se ee Delete After Print se ea ac e Rae Agee A Depa ts c dnsere aren dle gue dye deb dotes day en de Detect Spawned Jobs 0 00 cece eee Document A Sea aot External Program 0 0 cee eee ee eens Information Field 0 0 cece cece eee nee Job CLASS redone tr A re cael ls wanes Job Count evoca dia a eek Sed a dao bs Job Mode erari ort ol ode ie Aig LA ea oh dae TOBIN AMG AA a eels ny SR A ErAN SUA BC ati a Eayoul seve tances A Mean A Namee ii ii di New Spool Request es e cesset edea arsa e enaa E EENE EA Numberiof Copies 01 25 000024 rss ODJECE TY Pe sa a ts Sa dba Output Device sti a dade Satake NS O wl tae eae ih tel Parameter censa a ii aden tive Gta Becca nei od ee Print Expiration ias ey Pease hens diet Print Immediately 0 0 0 c cee eee eee OUD es pete ia Ad edie oh Ae tE iii Recipient saioan So ons A Lee ee A i es ROW Sus nadie SAP Covert Page boris se SAP Job Status 2 ad Sea late ee Selection Cover Page iran aa a as EPS cdo dao aio BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information viii CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Step Typeset y oe ata eaa aa a aa de 10 44 Submit Job with ASAP Option 0 0 2 cee eee o 10 45 Target Host aii AA ie 10 46 Target Servet oa orth ET KE da da ede 10 47 A o oia E A EEE EEEE E 10 48 Va
287. nd Variable Reference Guide Owner Step owner Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Length 1 12 characters Case Sensitive Uppercase only Invalid Blanks Characters Variable Name SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt OWNER General Information If left unspecified the value is taken from the Account owner field BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 33 Parameter Format BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Parameter for an external program Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Length 1 255 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid None Characters Variable Name Y SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt VAR NAME 10 34 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Print Expiration The number of days after which print job expires Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Format Single digit number 1 9 Default 8 Variable Name Y SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt PRINT_EXPIRATION BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 35 Print Immediately Indicates whether to print job output immediately Format Usage Optional when the
288. ndicates a logical AND between two IN conditions Q Indicates a logical OR between two IN conditions General Information The In Conditions parameter makes the submission of the job dependent on the existence of one or more prerequisite conditions Note A maximum of 99 prerequisite conditions can be specified for the In Condition parameter Logical Relationships between Conditions The logical relationship And Or used when two or more prerequisite conditions are specified determines whether all or only some of the prerequisite conditions must exist in order for the job to be submitted Expressions in parentheses are resolved first e Pairs of parentheses cannot be nested BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Condition Parameters 5 5 AND operations are resolved prior to the resolution of OR Operations AND conditions do not need to be grouped together before OR conditions For a detailed explanation of prerequisite conditions see Out Condition on page 5 12 Time Stamp Inserting the HHMMSS code into an In condition name includes a time stamp in hours minutes and seconds that is resolved to the time that the job is entered inserted in the Active Jobs file Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the In Condition parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM INCOND Utilities Reporting F
289. ng On Statement Code statement would be triggered by the preceding job output On Statement Code Statement copy job411 dat Code File not found Do Rerun Example 7 Assign NOTOK status for an Series AS 400 job Given the following Sysout from an Series AS 400 job NOnE Request 21 11 97 16 41 07 OWTSCSBJ QSYS 02FF TEST CMTST 0009 Message 3 CALL PGM CMTST CPD0170 Diagnostic 30 21 11 97 16 41 07 QCLCLCPR QSYS O2FF TEST CMTST 009 Message Program CMTST in library LIBL not found Cause es se The Program specified on the CALL command cannot be found The following On Statement Code statement would be triggered by the preceding job output On Statement Code Statement CALL PGM CMTST Code Program CMTST in library LIBL not found Do NOTOK BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 64 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Reten Days Format Number of days to retain the job in the History Jobs file For OS 390 jobs only Note At sites that do not use the History Jobs file this parameter is not relevant and is not displayed Usage Optional Format 001 999 days Note When the Reten Days field is left blank History Jobs file information is kept as specified by the Reten Gen parameter For more information see Reten Gen on page 7 67 AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support
290. ng table It defines job dependencies in the group as being either conditional or absolute Conditional and Absolute Dependencies Absolute job dependency Each job in a Group Scheduling table runs only after all the predecessor jobs in the group have run All prerequisite In conditions for a job must exist in the Conditions Resources table before the job can run The Adjust Condition check box in the CONTROL M EM Job Editing form is clear BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 12 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide e Conditional job dependency Each job in the group waits for its predecessor jobs to run only if the predecessor jobs in the group are scheduled Prerequisite condition requirements are ignored and the successor job runs if a predecessor job is not scheduled The other runtime scheduling criteria for the job must be satisfied The Adjust Condition check box in the CONTROL M EM Job Editing form is selected Maintaining Job Order Ignoring prerequisite conditions normally set by predecessor jobs can cause dependent jobs to run out of order Job order can be maintained by inserting dummy jobs in place of the prerequisite jobs that are not run The CONTROL M Server CTM_GROUP_ADJUST_DUMMY configuration parameter controls the creation of dummy jobs that run in place of unscheduled prerequisite jobs e IfCTM_GROUP_ADJUST_DUMM Y is set to Y a dummy job waits for the prerequ
291. nje parameter 4 39 rerun interval 4 41 RUNCOUNT variable 15 13 Shout parameter value 8 8 Rerun Counter parameter 9 2 Rerun From parameter 4 41 Rerun From Step parameter 13 12 RERUN MEM parameter 4 45 Rerun Member parameter 4 43 RERUN parameter 7 35 rerun_interval parameter 4 15 rerun_max parameter 4 24 rerun_member parameter 4 45 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information RERUNMEM parameter 4 45 rerunning automatically 4 44 jobs 4 9 4 41 Maximum parameter 4 21 resolving AutoEdit variables 7 7 RESOURCE parameter 6 3 6 7 Resources Panel parameters 6 1 Responsibility parameter 11 23 Restart parameter 9 2 restarting job with CONTROL M Restart 7 20 jobs with Do If Rerun parameter 7 20 RETEN DAYS parameter 7 66 Reten days parameter 7 65 RETEN GEN parameter 7 68 Reten Gen parameter 7 67 RETEN_DAYS parameter 7 66 reten_days parameter 7 66 RETEN_GEN parameter 7 68 reten_gen parameter 7 68 RETENTION OF DAYS TO KEEP parameter 7 66 RETENTION OF GENERATIONS TO KEEP parameter 7 68 Retro parameter 3 46 New Day procedure 3 46 User Daily jobs 3 46 REXX comand 2 34 Rio de Janiero time zone 3 54 RIO time zone 3 54 RJULDAY variable 15 13 RMONTH variable 15 13 RTGDTA variable for iSeries AS 400 15 7 rules CONTROL M Analyzer 7 13 Days parameter 3 29 Run Control ID parameter 13 13 run time jobs Avg Runtime parameter 9 2 Index 17 Due In parameter 9 2 Due Out parameter 9 2 Elapse parameter 9 2
292. nly for OS 390 jobs e The Do If Rerun and Rerun Member parameters cannot be specified together e The Rerun Member parameter cannot be specified for cyclic jobs and cyclic started tasks Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Rerun Member parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities RERUNMEM Reporting Facility RERUN MEM CONTROL M for OS 390 RERUNMEM Utilities CONTROL M EM API rerun_member BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 45 Scheduling Environment Indicates the JES2 workload management scheduling environment that is to be associated with the job Note This field is relevant only for OS 390 jobs Format Usage Optional Length 1 through16 characters Case Yes Sensitive Invalid Blanks non English characters Characters AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter General Information The Scheduling Environment parameter can only be used when CONTROL M is running under JES2 If CONTROL M is running under JES3 any value specified for the Scheduling Environment parameter is ignored If a value is specified for the Scheduling Environment parameter the JCL job statement is modified by the addition of a statement in the following form SCHENV lt schedule_environment gt Note
293. nn gt STEP_TYPE General Information The variable described above must be specified for every single step in a job BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 10 44 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Submit Job with ASAP Option Specifies that a job should run only when there are SAP resources available Format Usage Optional Format Check box Valid values X Selected Yes N Cleared No Default Variable Name SAPR3 SUBMIT_ASAP General Information If selected job should run as soon as the SAP resources are available If cleared the job runs immediately The Submit Job with ASAP parameter can be specified for both regular SAP jobs and SAP data archiving jobs BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 45 Target Host Host computer where the external program runs Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Length 1 32 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid None Characters Variable Name SAPR3 STEP s lt nn gt TARGET_HOST BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 10 46 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Target Server Application server on which the job will run Format Usage Optional Length 1 20 characters Case Sensitive Yes
294. nt is created A limitless number of Accounts can be created Clicking the Account Load button displays a list of accounts that satisfy the criteria defined by the other parameters in this section of the SAP Panel The Account parameter must be specified for both regular SAP jobs and SAP data archiving jobs BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 10 6 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Archive ID SAP ArchiveLink Storage system ID Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Default ZZ Length 2 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid Blanks Characters Variable Name General Information SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt ARCH_ID Only enabled if CONTROL M Function Modules are installed BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 7 Archive Mode Print archive mode Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Format Valid values are Print Default Archive Print amp Archive Variable Name SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt PRINT_ARCHMODE BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 10 8 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Archiving Object Archiving object in SAP Format Usage Mandatory Format
295. nt to one or more destinations when the condition specified by the When parameter is satisfied The Do Shout parameter described in Do Shout on page 7 37 can be used to issue Shout messages conditioned by an On Statement Code parameter Shout messages can also be issued from the data center using the CTMSHOUT utility For more information see the Utilities chapter in your CONTROL M Administrator Guide When Exectime values are specified with a or sign i e when elapsed runtime is compared to average runtime the Shout applies only 1f there are current statistics data for the job containing statistics for at least one of the last 20 runs of the job BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Job Output Parameters 8 11 If current job statistics data exists all available elapsed time statistics for the last 20 job runs are averaged to generate the average runtime and the current runtime is compared to this figure according to the specified criteria If no job statistics data exist or if the data is not current there are no elapsed time statistics for any of the last 20 job runs the Shout parameter is not applied More about Exectime The following additional considerations apply to the use of Exectime e When Exectime values are negative for example n n the check can be performed only after the job has finished running e When Exectime values are positive for example n n t
296. ntial and Proprietary Information CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide SAP Parameters The parameters described in this chapter are for the extra panels and sub panels available in the Job Editing form when CONTROL M Control Module for SAP is installed on your data center These are as follows e SAP panel listed in Table 10 1 ABAP parameters panel listed in Table 10 2 e External Step panel listed in Table 10 3 e SAP Data Archiving panel listed in Table 10 4 Note The SAP parameter format is as follows lt SAPR3 gt lt PARAMETER gt SAP parameters that describe an action that can occur more than once in a session are enumerated as follows The lt nn gt below represents a numerical value lt SAPR3 gt lt PARAMETER gt lt nn gt The parameter descriptions are in alphabetical order BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 1 Table 10 1 SAP Panel Parameters Summary Parameter Description Account Account name Copy Spool To Location to which the spool should be copied Detect Spawned A spawned job is a job created by another parent job Jobs and monitored by CONTROL M Here you can monitor spawned jobs of an original SAP job Job Class Job submission priority in SAP Job Count Job ID number Job Mode Determines the task that the job performs Job Name Job name to be monitored or r
297. nvironment Note The Node ID and Node Group parameters are not available for jobs on CONTROL M for OS 390 Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Node ID Group parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities NODEID Reporting Facility NODE_ID NODEGROUP CONTROL M Server nodegrp Utilities eTrigger Node Group CONTROL M EM API node_group Example Enable CONTROL M Server to Determine the Most Suitable Agent Assuming that a node group called Unix_group contains Agent platforms bill and diana BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 29 The following parameter causes CONTROL M Server to determine which of the two Agent platforms in the group is best suited to execute the job when it is submitted for execution Node ID Group UNIX_group BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 30 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Prevent NCT2 Performs data set cleanup before the original job run Note For OS 390 jobs only Format Usage Optional Format Select one of the following from the Prevent NCT2 list box Blank Do not perform data set cleanup before the original job run Default N No Do not perform data set cleanup before the original job run Y Yes Perform data set cleanup before the original job run This val
298. o AutoEdit parameter can be used to assign a value to an AutoEdit variable for use in a rerun of the job When a job is rerun statements specified in Do AutoEdit are evaluated after statements specified in AutoEdit Assignment Unless it is assigned a value in the AutoEdit Assignment parameter an AutoEdit variable that is assigned a value in a Do AutoEdit parameter does not have any value during the first submission of the job BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 8 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Aliases for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Do AutoEdit parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities DOAUTOEDIT CONTROL M Desktop Do Set var CONTROL M Server doautoedit Utilities eTrigger AutoEdit CONTROL M EM API do_autoedit Alternate Formats for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Do AutoEdit parameter are listed below Component Format CONTROL M EM Utilities The value for the DOAUTOEDIT parameter is contained in the EXP subparameter Example lt DOAUTOEDIT EXP PARM1 TIME gt EXP String containing both the variable and the expression presented as an equation BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 9 Do Cond The Do Cond parameter specifies a prerequisite condition to be added or dele
299. o CDAM Therefore it may be desirable to retain several of the most current generations of the job in the History Jobs file Reten Gen enables specification of the number of generations of the job to keep in the History Jobs file Once the specified number of generations has been reached as a new generation is added to the History Jobs file the earliest remaining generation is deleted BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 67 Reten Days and Reten Gen are mutually exclusive A value can be specified for either but not both Note When changing job criteria from Reten Days to Reten Gen or the reverse previous job criteria are lost and are not acted upon For retention criteria to hold across job executions the jobs must be identical in all respects For example if a job is transferred to a different group it is treated as a different job for purposes of retention In this case retention values are reset and retention is calculated from the moment of transfer Aliases for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Reten Gen parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM RETEN_GEN Utilities Reporting Facility RETEN GEN CONTROL M for OS 390 RETENTION OF GENERATIONS TO KEEP CONTROL M EM API reten_gen BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 68 CONTROL M Job Parameter
300. o RERUNMEM value is specified the JCL for the rerun is taken from the regular JCL member of the job that is specified in the MEMNAME parameter MAXRERUN applies only to automatic reruns The MAXRERUN counter is not affected by reruns performed manually using the Rerun option in the CONTROL M for OS 390 Active Environment screen If a job is defined as cyclic the MAXRERUN parameter can be used to specify the number of iterations This number excludes the initial run of the job For CONTROL M Server Version 2 2 4 2 2 5 6 0 05 and OS 390 Version 5 0 0x 5 0 4x 5 1 4x Jobs e The Maximum MAXRERUN parameter is available for non cyclic jobs only in both CONTROL M EM and CONTROL M Desktop BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 23 Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Maximum parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities MAXRERUN Reporting Facility MAX RERUN CONTROL M Server maxrerun Utilities CONTROL M for OS 390 MAXRERUN CONTROL M EM API rerun_max BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 24 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Multi Agent Specifies that job submission details be broadcast to all Agents within a defined Node Group All available Agents in the Node Group run an identical job and each such job has a unique Order ID Note Multi Ag
301. o Rerun are specified for different codes events in a job processing definition and More than one of the codes events is executed including the codes event specifying Do OK Then Do OK is overridden by Do NOTOK and or Do Rerun regardless of the order in which the codes events are executed Aliases for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Do Rerun parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities RERUN CONTROL M Server dorerun Utilities BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 35 Component Parameter Name CONTROL M for OS 390 DO RERUN CONTROL M EM API do BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 36 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Do Shout Specifies a message to be sent shouted to a destination when the On Statement Code criteria are satisfied Format Usage Optional Format Select Shout from the Do list box The controls described in Subparameters are displayed AutoEdit Support Yes An AutoEdit variable or expression can be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Subparameters Parameter Description Destination Destination of the Shout message 1 16 characters case sensitive This parameter is required For a detailed explanation see the Shout parameter
302. o pay BMC all amounts owed no later than 30 days from the date of the applicable invoice unless otherwise provided on the order for the License to the Products You will pay or reimburse BMC for taxes of any kind including sales use duty tariffs customs withholding property value added VAT and other similar federal state or local taxes other than taxes based on BMC s net income imposed in connection with the Product and or the Support This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between You and BMC and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous negotiations or agreements whether oral written or displayed electronically concerning the Product and related subject matter No modification or waiver of any provision hereof will be effective unless made in a writing signed by both BMC and You You may not assign or transfer this Agreement or a License to a third party without BMC s prior written consent Should any provision of this Agreement be invalid or unenforceable the remainder of the provisions will remain in effect The parties have agreed that this Agreement and the documents related thereto be drawn up in the English language Les parties exigent que la pr sente convention ainsi que les documents qui s y rattachent soient r dig s en anglais SW EULA Int 030102 Notes 45073
303. ob Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Subparameters Parameter Description Name Name of the In Condition Note Beginning with version 6 1 03 the square bracket characters and can be used in Condition names Length Condition names for CONTROL M versions prior to 6 0 01 can be from 1 through 20 characters Condition names for CONTROL M version 6 0 0x can be from 1 through 39 characters Condition names for CONTROL M version 6 1 0 x can be from 1 through 255 characters OS 390 Not more than 39 characters Notes e Conditions with long names are not passed to earlier versions of CONTROL M Case sensitive Yes However if the Uppercase Only check box was checked in the Add CONTROL M Definition window you cannot use lowercase characters Invalid Characters BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Platforms other than OS 390 Blanks single quotation marks and parentheses pipe OS 390 Blanks Condition Parameters 5 3 Parameter Description Date A 4 character date reference associated with the condition date mmdd or ddmm dependent on the site standard ODAT Variable that is automatically replaced by the job s original scheduling date that is the date on which the job was ordered NOTE Beginning with version 6 1 03 of CONTROL M EM and CONTROL M Server ODAT can also be specified when modifying deta
304. ob is Member automatically rerun Scheduling Indicates the JES2 workload management scheduling Environment environment that is to be associated with the job System Indicates the identity of the system in which the job must be Affinity initiated and executed in JES2 Indicates the identity of the processor on which the job must execute in JES3 Time From From sets the earliest time for submitting the job Time Until To sets the latest time for submitting the job Units Specifies a unit of time for the numerical value indicated by BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information the Interval parameter CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Confirm Specifies whether user confirmation is required before the job is submitted for execution Format Usage Optional Format Select the Confirm check box to indicate that confirmation is required The job s submission criteria are not evaluated until CONTROL M receives manual confirmation from the user using the Confirm Restart option in the CONTROL M EM window Clear the check box to indicate that confirmation is not required The job s submission criteria are evaluated when the job is placed in the Active Jobs file without the need for user confirmation Invalid Characters Non English characters AutoEdit Support General Information No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as a
305. ode may be replaced by an asterisk An asterisk means any value for the character it replaces For example if S 13 is specified the code criteria for the step is satisfied by codes S013 S613 S913 and so on The additional qualifiers in Table 7 7 can be used in specific circumstances BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 55 Table 7 7 Qualifiers Qualifier Description gt Greater than Valid as a qualifier for condition codes and user abend codes lt Less than Valid as a qualifier for condition codes and user abend codes N Specifies not to perform the accompanying DO statements if the specified code exists in the step Valid as a qualifier for condition codes user abend codes and system abend codes Note The N qualifier indicates that the DO statements must not be performed if the specified condition exists It does not indicate that the DO statements must be performed if the specified condition does not exist The relationship between multiple codes in an On statement is OR that is the appearance of any of the codes in the specified step satisfies the On criteria except for range specifications for example gt 10 lt 40 However code criteria qualified by N take precedence over all other code criteria If a code that is specified with an N qualifier is generated by the specified step accompanying DO actions are not perform
306. of the Interval Rerun From and Units parameters lt interval number gt Valid values 0 to 64800 for minutes 0 to 1080 for hours 0 to 45 for days lt interval type gt A single character describing the type of data specified in the INTERVAL field Valid values are D Days Maximum INTERVAL value is 45 H Hours Maximum INTERVAL value is 1080 M Minutes Maximum INTERVAL value is 64800 Default FROM Similar to the Rerun From parameter Valid values STRT Measures the interval from the start of the current job run Default END Measures the interval from the end of the current job run TRGT Measures the interval before the next cycle of the job from when the current job run is scheduled BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 16 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Max Wait Specifies the number of extra days beyond the original scheduling date that the job is allowed to remain in the Active Jobs file awaiting execution If the job still has not run after the specified number of days the job is removed from the Active Jobs file Format Usage Optional Format An integer from 0 through 98 days or 99 no limit For more information see Table 4 2 Max Wait Parameter Valid Values on page 4 18 Default 0 AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot
307. of the JCL member to use when the job is automatically rerun Note This field is relevant only for OS 390 jobs Format Usage Optional Length 1 8 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid Blanks non English characters Characters AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be Support specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Do Forcejob The Do Forcejob parameter is a more flexible alternative to the Rerun Member parameter Do If Rerun CONTROL M Restart users can restart a failed job using the Do If Rerun parameter instead of Rerun Member Do If Rerun and Rerun Member cannot be specified together File When specified the Rerun Member value overrides the Mem Name Mem Name value Name General Information Although the Rerun Member parameter can be used to specify the name of a JCL member to use for automatic rerun note the following points e The Do Forcejob parameter provides a more flexible alternative to the Rerun Member parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 43 e CONTROL M Restart users can use parameter Do If Rerun to restart the failed job instead of using the Rerun Member parameter to rerun the job The automatic rerun process works as follows e The CONTROL M determines that automatic rerun is possible only if the job ends NOTOK and a specified Do Rerun statement
308. of the last run of a cyclic job and e All Submission criteria are satisfied For CONTROL M Server Version 2 2 4 and 2 2 5 Jobs e Interval is relevant only when Cyclic is selected However a value can be specified in CONTROL M EM and CONTROL M Desktop for the Interval parameter even for non cyclic jobs In this case the interval is ignored e The From subparameter not displayed in CONTROL M EM or CONTROL M Desktop BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 14 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide For 0S 390 Version 6 0 0x and 6 1 0x Jobs e The From subparameter is relevant for cyclic jobs for non cyclic jobs with a MAXRERUN parameter specified For 0S 390 Version 5 0 0x 5 0 4x and 5 1 4x Jobs e The From subparameter is not displayed in CONTROL M EM or CONTROL M Desktop Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Interval parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities INTERVAL Reporting Facility INTERVAL CONTROL M Server interval Utilities CONTROL M for OS 390 INTERVAL CONTROL M EM API rerun_interval BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 15 Formats in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Interval parameter are listed below Component CONTROL M for OS 390 Format INTERVAL combines the functionality
309. on are described in the following table lt result gt lt date gt Any user variable or job submission variable Date or variable in yymmdd yyyymmdd for 3 CALCDATE format This value must be preceded and followed by a space lt quantity gt Number or variable that resolves to a number of days to add or subtract from the date Example 1 On July 2 1999 A resolves to 990630 in any of the following expressions S A CALCDATE DATE 2 S A CALCDATE 990702 DAY S SA SCALCDATE 990628 2 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information AutoEdit Facility 15 27 SUBSTR Example 2 On July 2 1999 A resolves to 19990630 in any of the following expressions SSA CALCDATE SS DATE 2 SSA CALCDATE 19990702 SSDAY SA SSSCALCDATE 19990628 2 7SUBSTR is a string function that is used to extract a sub string from within a larger string This function has the following format lt result gt SUBSTR lt variable gt lt startpos gt lt length gt The components of this expression are described in the following table lt result gt Any user variable or job submission variable lt variable gt Any AutoEdit variable lt startpos gt Numeric literal or variable that indicates the first position in the original string from which to extract the substring The first character is position 1 lt length gt A number or
310. onics case cals dar a a AE AE 5 12 Chapter 6 Resource Parameters Control Resources cs hae sia a ad a ada 6 2 Quantitative Resources o ooooooooooooooor eens 6 5 Chapter 7 Post Processing Parameters CIB Step 4 saws it kek me ont Ek Ra 7 4 Do2AUto Bit acosta dar dayana deayana ane deagaga ahh deg djans 7 7 DO CON nra a e aka ted a aaa aes 7 10 Do ETBRUS csc tae na a alan eh Amelia tdt 7 13 Do Force Ob ccc tetra taa Maw weal e earnings 7 17 DoT Remi ti ak She Se es 7 20 IDO Maliante 7 25 Do NOTOK Suecia aida Set hea bok oe BEL eke PIN CRE Ee g 7 30 DOOR 2014 Di We fe bs esd A A babe one We E ii 7 32 DO REGU ce Saco AA A Oe ee A E A ee EEA 7 34 IDO SHOUE uti A Daun Mea Pau eigen 7 37 Do Stop Cyclic citar la as 7 39 Do SYS0Ut i000 pana o tiras 7 40 OM A A OE One A A AER le 7 44 On StatementCode secr ci pe re a 7 58 Reten D y Sucia io ts id nee eels 7 65 Reten Gen A ds 7 67 Step Ranger yc Ade a Bie La a dadas 7 69 Chapter 8 Job Output Parameters AMAT hie six iii bitin ted cea keh al a de ida ida 8 2 NOUE E note A A ete Oe 8 6 Sysout Handling ssec ee eee ee Dek eee Oe ees 8 16 Chapter 9 Status Parameters Status Parameters Summary 0 0 0 eee eee eee eee 9 1 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Contents vii Chapter 10 SAP Parameters ABAP Program tir A R A id det ACCOUNT ek Archivid8 Objective Pt ta a eases RA Archive Texto iconos a ek ia AUthOLZatlON bdo da dob Ae ete Check Sessions iii
311. only CTB Step is composed of the AT NAME TYPE and ARGUMENTS subparameters For more information see Subparameters below Invalid Characters AutoEdit Support Non English characters No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Subparameters Parameter Description AT Indicates where to place the CONTROL M Analyzer step in the job Mandatory Valid values S Start The indicated CONTROL M Analyzer step must become the first step of the job E End The indicated CONTROL M Analyzer step must become the last step of the job BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 4 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Parameter Description NAME Name of the CONTROL M Analyzer entity Must be a valid name of a CONTROL M Analyzer rule or mission Mandatory Length 1 through 8 characters Case Yes Sensitive Invalid Blanks non English characters Characters TYPE ARGUMENTS Type of CONTROL M Analyzer entity Mandatory Valid values R Rule Entity is a CONTROL M Analyzer rule e M Mission Entity is a CONTROL M Analyzer mission Arguments to be passed to the CONTROL M Analyzer step Optional Length 0 through 60 characters Case Yes Sensitive Invalid Non English characters Characters General Information
312. ontrolm ctm autoedit common1 contains the following entries Sb SSCALCDATE SSDATE S Sa S yy SUBSTR b 1 2 SSmm SSSUBSTR Sib 3 2 dd SUBSTR Sib 5 2 SCc SSdd ssmm Ssyy When the job is submitted for execution by CONTROL M AutoEdit variables will be resolved as if the AutoEdit Assignment parameter contained the following entries a 5 Sb SSCALCDATE SSDATE S a S yy SSUBSTR b 1 2 Ssmm SSSUBSTR b 3 2 dd SUBSTR Sib 5 2 SC SSdd ssmm Ssyy SPARM1 ScC BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information AutoEdit Facility 15 21 AutoEdit Expressions An AutoEdit expression consists of any of the following e An elementary expression See Elementary Expressions on page 15 23 A numeric expression consisting of AutoEdit variables and or numeric constants using AutoEdit operators e A string expression formed by concatenating AutoEdit variables and or alphanumeric strings e An AutoEdit function See AutoEdit Functions on page 15 27 Note AutoEdit variables can also be used to represent part of the name of an existing AutoEdit variable in an expression When this method is used the name of the variable is resolved and then the contents of that variable are used for further resolution of the expression For more information see the examples later in this chapter A Shout message can include an AutoEdit expression as part of its text however it cannot assig
313. or from the World Wide Web In some cases installation of Acrobat Reader and downloading the online books is an optional part of the product installation process For information about downloading the free reader from the Web go to the Adobe Systems site at http www adobe com To view any online book that BMC Software offers visit the support page of the BMC Software Web site at http www bmc com support html Log on and select a product to access the related documentation To log on first time users can request a user name and password by registering at the support page or by contacting a BMC Software sales representative BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information XX CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide To Request Additional Printed Books BMC Software provides a core set of printed books with your product order To request additional books go to http www bmc com support html Conventions The following abbreviations are used in this guide Abbreviation Description CONTROL M EM CONTROL M Enterprise Manager The following conventions are used in this guide lt key gt When describing keystrokes angle brackets are used to enclose the name of a key for example lt F1 gt When two keys are joined with as in lt Shift gt lt F1 gt hold down lt Shift gt while pressing lt F1 gt Menu gt Option This represents an option selection sequence For
314. or each run is not recommended because e Creating many data sets consumes a large amount of space in the disk VTOC e Each data set is allocated on a track basis If the SYSDATA does not completely fill the track large amounts of disk space may be wasted BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Job Output Parameters 8 3 When archiving SYSDATA it is highly recommended that value 99 not be specified for the Max Wait parameter for cyclic jobs or started tasks Otherwise these jobs which are never automatically deleted from the Active Jobs file can cause the disk to fill up with unnecessary archived SYSDATA For more information on the Max Wait parameter see Max Wait on page 4 17 Note Specified parameters take effect only during execution of the New Day procedure CONTDAY or the CONTROL M CTMCASF utility Therefore it is possible to find more generations of the same job than the current value of Max Runs Whenever a job is deleted from the Active Jobs file and does not reside in the History file its SYSDATA is deleted regardless of Max Days or Max Runs The Max Days and Max Runs parameters define retention criteria for the archived SYSDATA of jobs that ended NOTOK Defaults for these parameters are defined using CONTROL M Restart installation parameters Max Days and Max Runs values in a job definition are used to override the CONTROL M Restart defaults If both parameters are specified re
315. or example job not run JCL error job not submitted and by default any condition code greater than C0004 This value can only be specified with the ANYSTEP step value Note Through the MAXCCOK parameter in member CTMPARM in the IOA PARM library the default condition code can be set to C0000 EXERR Any type of execution error It is the same as NOTOK but is triggered only if the job has actually started executing This value can only be specified the ANYSTEP step value NCT2 A NOT CATLGD 2 or NOT RECATLGD 2 event occurred in the job step The default result of this event is a NOTOK status for the step A message containing the data set name is written to the lOA Log file Note If you do not want to be alerted to NOT RECATLGD 2 events see your INCONTROL administrator TERM Job terminated by CMEM due to an NCT2 event RECO Rerun recovery is needed but no more reruns are available Note REC is followed by a zero 0 not a letter O UNKW An unknown error occurred usually as a result of a computer crash during job execution This value can only be specified with the ANYSTEP step value EJ Job was queued for re execution FLUSH A JCL COND or JCL IF THEN ELSE statement caused a step to not run This code is described in more detail in FLUSH below SNRUN A step did not run This code is described in more detail in SNRUN on page 7 54 FLUSH The FLUSH code generally applies when
316. ormat Each Quantitative resource is specified using the mandatory subparameters described in Subparameters Case Sensitive Yes However if the Uppercase Only check box was checked in the Add CONTROL M Definition window you cannot use lowercase characters Invalid Characters AutoEdit Support Blanks Platforms other than OS 390 Single quotation marks Yes AutoEdit system variables but not other types of AutoEdit variables can be specified as the entire value for this parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Resource Parameters 6 5 Subparameters resource Name of the Quantitative resource The following special suffixes can be appended to the specified resource name e Represents any single character For example TAPE can represent TAPE1 or TAPE2 However if the job requires two TAPE units it can only use two TAPE1 units or two TAPE2 units not one of each The can only assume value 1 or 2 for the job it cannot represent both Identifies a Quantitative resource used for load balancing Length 1 20 characters Case Sensitive Yes However if the Uppercase Only check box was checked in the Add CONTROL M Definition window you cannot use lowercase characters Invalid Blanks single quotation marks Characters quantity Amount of the resource that is required Valid values for this field are from 1 through 9999
317. ot be specified together PDS Name of a partitioned data set PDS to be checked for free space If the PDS has fewer than the minimum number of required free tracks as specified for the Minimum parameter the job is executed When PDS is specified Minimum is mandatory Retro Retro and Minimum cannot be specified together Week Days Week Days and Minimum cannot be specified together Weeks Calendar Weeks Calendar and Minimum cannot be specified together General Information The PDS parameter specifies a library and the Minimum parameter specifies the minimum number of free tracks required by that library BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 38 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Parameters Minimum and PDS are always used together and are never used with other Basic Scheduling parameters For more information see Related Parameters on page 3 38 When to Use The Minimum and PDS parameters are intended for use in jobs and started tasks that compress clean and or enlarge libraries They are also specified for tasks that issue a warning message to the IOA Log file if the minimum number of free tracks is not available If Minimum and PDS parameters are defined for a job the scheduling of the job is not related to or dependent upon any date criteria Instead the job is scheduled if the actual number of free tracks available in the specified l
318. overridden by the Do Stop Cyclic parameter General Information Cyclic jobs normally run a regular intervals for as long as specified scheduling criteria are satisfied If the related On Statement Code criteria are satisfied Do Stop Cyclic prevents future iterations of the current cyclic job If the current job is not a cyclic job this parameter has no effect on job processing If a cyclic job is terminated by a Do Stop Cyclic parameter the View Details screen displayed by option Z in the ctmpsm utility will contain Cyclic T where T indicates Terminated Aliases for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Do Stop Cyclic parameter are listed below Component CONTROL M EM Utilities Parameter Name SPCYC CONTROL M Server dostopcyclic CONTROL M for OS 390 DO STOPCYCL CONTROL M EM API do BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 39 Do Sysout Indicates how the job s output should be handled when the On Statement and Code criteria are satisfied Format Usage Optional Format Select Sysout from the Do list box and specify the relevant subparameters The following subparameters are available for this parameter Option Indicates what to do with the Sysout data The options that can be selected in this list box are Platforms other than OS 390 None Copy Delete Move Relea
319. pe The OS type on which CONTROL M CM for FTP is installed Format Format Read only Variable Name FTP LOSTYPE Valid values e Windows e Unix BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 12 12 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Local User Name The user name for the local computer Format Format Read only Variable Name FTP LUSER General Information When using Microsoft Windows the Local User Name parameter must also reflect the domain name BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information FTP Parameters 12 13 Logical Record Length Optional The logical record length of the MVS data set to be allocated Format Format Integer between 0 32760 Variable Name FTP LRECLx where x indicates an integer representing the file transfer number to which it relates BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 12 14 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Number of File Transfers Represents the number of file transfers in a CONTROL M CM for FTP job Format Format Integer between 1 5 Variable Name FTP TRANSFER_NUM BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information FTP Parameters 12 15 Number of Retries The number of times CONTROL M CM for FTP will try to re establish a failed connection Format Format Integer between 0 99 Variab
320. plication is scheduled to run on User ID Identifies the PeopleSoft user ID of the user authorized to submit the process or job General Information The Run Control ID parameter together with the User ID parameter uniquely identifies the process that is running It enables required parameters to be available for a process when it runs Enter an ID in the text box field or click Search to display a list of IDs BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information PeopleSoft Parameters 13 13 Server Name Identifies the name of the server to be used for running the process or job Format Usage Optional Length 1 8 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid Blanks Characters Default None Variable Name PS8 SERVERNAME Related Parameters Parameter Description Run Control ID Set of run control attributes associated with a process or job Connection Set of attributes that define a connection between Profile CONTROL M CM for PeopleSoft and a PeopleSoft application server User ID Identifies the PeopleSoft user ID of the user authorized to submit the process or job General Information The name of the server is dependent upon the Connection Profile parameter The Server Name parameter identifies the name of the application server on which the process or job is scheduled to run To specify the Server Name parameter enter a name in the text box field or cli
321. possible values determined automatically by the value supplied for Application Node Group General Information Each Application Node Group has a logical name This logical name describes a group of nodes computers on which CONTROL M A gent is installed that can run jobs for the specified application such as SAP BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 6 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Specifying an Application Node Group enables CONTROL M Server to determine which node is most suitable to run the job When an Application Node Group is loaded into the Skeleton Editor additional parameters are loaded that identify the application that will run the job Those parameters are Application Type Application Version and Control Module Version Availability e This parameter is not supported by CONTROL M versions earlier than 6 1 00 e This parameter is not supported by CONTROL M for OS 390 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 7 Application Type Format Indicates the application for example SAP or Oracle Applications that will run the job Note This parameter is not supported by CONTROL M versions earlier than 6 1 00 This parameter is not supported by CONTROL M for OS 390 Usage Optional Default OS Indicates that the job will be run by the operating system Length 1 10 characters
322. pport 15 2 parameter 2 14 versus Do AutoEdit 15 2 AutoEdit facility description 15 1 expressions 15 22 functions 15 27 strings 15 25 variable lists 15 20 AutoEdit parameter 7 9 AutoEdit variables PPH prefix 15 4 assigning a value 15 23 defining when rerunning jobs 7 7 description 15 1 in acommand line 2 21 in CMDLINE parameter 2 22 15 17 in Do Shout messages 15 14 in job parameters 15 2 in Shout messages 8 11 15 14 iSeries AS 400 15 6 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information job submission 15 5 job submission variables list 15 5 OpenVMS variables list 15 5 post processing variables list 15 14 prefixes 15 17 resolving 7 7 scope 15 18 specifying 2 14 7 7 support in job parameters 2 15 system variables list 15 10 Tandem variables list 15 9 UNISYS variables list 15 8 user defined 15 15 user defined variables 15 15 variable types 15 4 automatic job rerun 4 44 Automatic Log Copy parameter sysout handling 8 21 with Do Sysout 7 41 Average Runtime parameter 9 2 Avg Runtime parameter 9 2 B Bangkok time zone 3 54 basic scheduling criteria and the Relationship parameter 3 45 Binary parameter FTP 12 7 BKK time zone 3 54 BLANKn variable 15 11 Block Size parameter FTP 12 8 Bourne shell commands 2 21 broadcasting to CONTROL M A gents 4 25 using the Multi Agent parameter 4 25 bypassing Tandem jobs 15 9 Index 3 C cal_andor parameter 3 17 CALCDATE function 15 27 calenda
323. ptional Length 1 214 characters Case Yes sensitive Invalid None Characters Variable OAP SETDESP Name BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Oracle Applications Parameters 11 19 Table 11 2 Request Set Subparameters Request Set Parameters Click the Request Set button to cause the Oracle Applications server to generate a list in real time of all concurrent programs in the request set Each program is listed in a table displaying Program and Stage Select an item from the generated list to enter in the form Usage Optional Variable OAP SETPROG P lt n gt PARMS PARM Name lt m gt NAME OAP SETPROG P lt n gt PARMS PARM lt m gt VALUE Request Set Code Load Request Set short name Causes the Oracle Applications server to generate a list in real time that satisfies relevant criteria Select an item from the generated list to enter in the form Mandatory Usage Mandatory Length 1 30 characters Case Yes Upper case sensitive Invalid Blanks Characters Variable OAP SETNAME Name Single Request Specifies a single request Table 11 3 Single Request Subparameters Application Name 11 6 For more information see Application Name on page Application Short Name For more information see Application Short Name on page 11 7 Description For more information see Description on page 11 8 BMC Sof
324. r Doc Lib If a library and file name are specified in Doc Lib but no value is specified for Doc Mem the default member name FILE is used for example the member name is the same as the file name BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 31 Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Doc Mem parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities DOCMEM Reporting Facility DOCMEM CONTROL M Server docmem Utilities eTrigger docmem CONTROL M for 0S 390 DOCMEM CONTROL M EM API doc_member BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 32 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide File Name Mem Name Indicates the name of a file containing the control language statements for the job or detached process to be executed Usage Mandatory if Task Type is Job or Detached or External Length e Microsoft Windows Unix OpenVMS 1 30 characters e iSeries AS 400 1 21 characters e OS 390 1 8 characters Case Yes Sensitive Invalid Blanks Characters OS 390 Non English characters AutoEdit Yes An AutoEdit variable or expression can be specified as all Support or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Parameter Description Path Mem Lib Indicates the name of the library or directory in which the file described in the File Name parameter is
325. r can be shared by many job processing definitions e The calendar does not have to exist when the job processing parameters are defined Its existence is checked during New Day Processing How this parameter works e If no values are specified for the Days parameter all working days in the specified Days Calendar are considered valid for job scheduling e If no Days Calendar is specified all specified Days values are considered valid working days e When the Days Calendar parameter is specified with the Days parameter the job is scheduled for execution only if all the indicated Days are also marked in the calendar e Ifthe Days Calendar parameter is specified with a Days parameter that includes the symbol the job is scheduled for execution on those dates marked with a in the Days parameter in addition to the dates marked in the calendar BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 34 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide e If the Days Calendar parameter is specified with a Days parameter that includes the symbol the job is not scheduled for execution on those dates even if the date is marked in the calendar e The appropriate Months parameters must be checked e The and or relationship between Days and Weekdays is analyzed For more information about And Or see the description on page 3 16 You can use the CTMRPLN utility to generate a report describing when the job will run
326. racter e No special characters should be included within the name definition BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 12 4 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Additional Options Optional Specifies additional MVS FTP server parameters to be defined prior to performing the file transfer Format Format Free text according to FTP server SITE commands Variable Name FTP ADDOPTx where x indicates an integer representing the file transfer number to which it relates General Information Any additional options that you specify will be used in a SITE command BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information FTP Parameters 12 5 Allocation Units Optional Specifies the value of the allocation units for the MVS data set Format Format Valid values Blocks e Cylinders Tracks Variable Name FTP ALLOCUNITSx where x indicates an integer representing the file transfer number to which it relates BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 12 6 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Binary Ascii Select one of these in order to determine in which mode files should be transferred Format Usage At least one is mandatory Default Binary Variable Name FTP TYPEx Note x indicates any value between 1 5 according to the sequential transfer number General Information
327. rameter For more information on the Out Conditions parameter see Out Condition on page 5 12 Note A maximum of 99 prerequisite conditions can be specified for the Do Cond parameter Aliases for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Do Cond parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities DOCOND CONTROL M Server docond Utilities Reporting Facility Parameter not included CONTROL M for OS 390 DO COND CONTROL M EM API do_cond Alternate Formats for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Do Condition parameter are listed below Component Format CONTROL M EM DOCOND contains the following subparameters IS NAME Name of the condition String ODATE Date four characters long for the prerequisite condition String Default ODAT SIGN Valid values ADD Default DEL BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 12 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Do CTBRule Invokes a CONTROL M Analyzer rule to be executed during the processing of a specific program step Format Subparameters Note This parameter is available only for CONTROL M for OS 390 jobs at sites using CONTROL M Analyzer Usage Optional Format CONTROL M EM Job Editing form Select CTBRule from the Do list box Specify values in the Name and Arg fields CONTROL M
328. rameter 4 13 intervalfrom parameter 4 42 intervalfrom parameter 4 42 iSeries AS 400 o PARMnh variable syntax 15 5 CURLIB library 2 47 LIBL library 2 47 command syntax 2 21 job documentation 2 30 job documentation member file 2 31 Job Name parameter format 2 41 job submission parameters 15 6 message queue 15 7 iSeries AS 400 variables list 15 6 J JCL command to follow a job 15 13 command to precede a job 15 13 for a rerun job 4 44 JES network specifying 4 38 specifying JES2 and JES3 scheduling environments 4 46 specifying JES2 system 4 48 specifying JES3 processor identity 4 48 JFAIL code value 7 52 JLOST code value 7 52 JLOST status On statements 7 60 JNRUN code value 7 52 JNSUB code value 7 52 Index 9 Job Class parameter 10 22 Job Count parameter 10 23 job documentation Doc Mem parameter 2 31 file 2 31 Series AS 400 2 30 storing 2 29 Job execution time parameter 14 1 Job ID parameter 9 2 Job Memory parameter 14 3 Job Mode parameter 10 24 job name AutoEdit variable JOBNAME 15 12 JOB NAME parameter 2 41 Job Name parameter 2 40 iSeries AS 400 format 2 41 prohibited characters 2 40 Job name parameter OS 390 format 2 41 Job Name parameter SAP 10 25 Job Name subparameter of the Do Forcejob parameter 7 17 job output analyzing 7 4 7 14 archiving 8 2 handling 7 40 include Oracle Applications output 11 10 print immediately SAP 10 36 job parameters AutoEdit variable support 15 2 case s
329. rameter 4 33 PREVENTNCT2 parameter 4 33 Primary Allocation parameter FTP 12 17 Print Expiration parameter 10 35 Print Immediately parameter 10 36 Print parameter 11 15 No of Copies subparameter 11 15 Index 15 Printer subparameter of the Print parameter 11 15 priority Critical parameter 4 37 Series AS 400 job output 15 7 Series AS 400 job queue 15 6 job scheduling 4 5 4 36 of Microsoft Windows jobs 14 6 of SAP jobs 10 22 Priority Class parameter 14 6 Priority parameter 4 36 priority parameter 4 37 Priority parameter OAP 11 16 procedure_step subparameter 7 57 Process Execution Time parameter 14 7 Process Memory parameter 14 8 Process Name I parameter 13 9 Process Name II parameter 13 10 process step 7 70 Process Type parameter 13 11 processing On statements in blocks 7 70 PROCST subparameter of the On parameter 7 45 profcfg utility 13 4 Profile Name subparameter of the Profiles parameter 11 17 Profiles parameter 11 17 Profile Name subparameter 11 17 Value Name subparameter 11 17 program step 7 70 program_step subparameter 7 57 PROJECT variable UNISYS 15 8 PRTDEV variable for iSeries AS 400 jobs 15 7 PRTTXT variable for iSeries AS 400 jobs 15 7 PS8 CON_PROFILE variable for PeopleSoft jobs 13 3 PS8 EMAIL_ATTACH_LOG variable for PeopleSoft jobs 13 7 PS8 EMAIL_SUBJECT variable for PeopleSoft jobs 13 5 PS8 EMAIL_TEXT variable for PeopleSoft jobs 13 6 PS8 FAILEDSTEP variable for PeopleSoft jobs 1
330. rameters oooo oocococoocooo o 1 2 Job Parameter and Variable Access 0000 e cece eens 1 3 Language Support 20 a n cece eee eee 1 6 Conventions for Parameter Descriptions 4 1 6 Chapter 2 General Parameters Application ias AS 2 4 Application Node Group ooooccocccccoc eee eee eee 2 6 Application Type 2 2 cccb eci gitec bee ienet ea ees 2 8 Application Version 2 0 cece eee eee ete eee 2 10 AUTOS pci ARO da EL 2 12 AutoEdit Assignment 0 00 cece cee eee 2 14 Command siusis chs ii nee a Rew a hie arene iS 2 20 Control Module CM Version 0 00 c cee ences 2 23 CONTROL Miitonisaaiar ais hata he aaa 2 25 Description 3 0 sc 6 aioe Shee eds Se be a male a ke ea 2 27 Doc LAB aiid Sdn ated Bok oe eta bi ola les Se tes aa 2 29 Doe MC soi ee bP er Ri ae ee ae AA 2 31 File Name Mem Name 0 0 cece cence eee 2 33 Form Name oie sec kee a a sted wane ere 2 36 Group eeue A eS BR ae ila ce Me Ah 2 38 Job Names tia tas la dd penis bose eS 2 40 Over Liberia ais ale le sat ei 2 42 OWN da 2 45 Path Me m Lab 33 0 e 3 on ote San a en ae hee a as 2 46 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Contents v Chapter 3 Chapter 4 PIPE uti cis rra ta 2 50 Scheduling Table Lib 0d iii ir eer bene 2 53 A E SR E AN 2 54 Task TYPE ts Eo E did 2 56 Scheduling Parameters Active From Date eresse eio ur Aae A RR Ea A neene 3 3 Active To
331. rani Nane er ann Ee TREED EE PAE PA O ARE ae scada 10 49 Wait For Termination o ooooooooooooooor E aA 10 50 Chapter 11 Oracle Applications Parameters Advanced Options ui A 11 3 Application curo sito oii mairi a a e eli 11 4 Application Instance 0 0c cece ee eee 11 5 Application Name 0 cece cece ee ences 11 6 Application Short Name 0 0 11 7 Description re vacated a een ahs ee 11 8 Include Child Status 0 0 eee ens 11 9 Incl de Outputs sec yicg ene e ee E ai 11 10 Notifications ereer set he s eevee eat oa ee ae do 11 11 Parameter Validation 100 ra wands od award Melk hee 11 12 Parent s ooh ett eek asi tok eter oe ko tet ates sheet ates Get eee 11 13 PHASC tit A a pA Cees oN La 11 14 PN A A di a edo 11 15 O Ye setae a taal date Sango a ee ea ete sae 11 16 Profiles anta al banc at ete Aa 11 17 RequestiD ia ia a iE A 11 18 Request Type verted a ata a AR na ea 11 19 Responsibility suicidas br deryan pa dapa deb 11 23 Security Group vist icns ira ds dd a BAA 11 24 AM is td ol o Bi 11 25 User IN ime ut ai Wiles heb Seek iia do 11 26 WaitGhild 0 a eh tees id Ai 11 27 Chapter 12 FTP Parameters JACCOUNE Wt hee she bd acd ibd able hea pd doh Sad does a 12 4 Additional Options 0 0 0 c eee eee eee eee 12 5 Allocation Units 2 isa guys ad laa caia ala aang winds 12 6 Binary ASseu at a e adds 12 7 Blck Sie n Gei a A A A A ena 12 8 File Transfer Direction 0 0 0 c eens 12 9 Local
332. re both specified and are implemented the last statement to be implemented will determine the status assigned to the job For OS 390 jobs Do NOTOK overrides the completion status of a job and changes it to NOTOK Do NOTOK cannot be specified together with Do Rerun or Do OK for the same codes event BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 32 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide When Do OK Do NOTOK and or Do Rerun are specified for different codes events in a job processing definition and More than one of the codes events is executed including the codes event specifying Do OK Then Do OK is overridden by Do NOTOK and or Do Rerun regardless of the order in which the codes events are executed Aliases for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Do OK parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities OK CONTROL M Server dook CONTROL M for OS 390 DO OK CONTROL M EM API do BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 33 Do Rerun Indicates if an automatic rerun should be performed when the On Statement Code criteria are satisfied No values or subparameters are specified for this parameter Related Parameters Do OK OK status can act as a trigger for job reruns specified with Do Rerun Do NOTOK NOTOK status can act as a trigger for
333. re relevant to certain jobs and allow more than one such group to be applied to a job However if a variable is defined in more than one list the last list defined will override previous lists The format for the LIBMEMSYM variable is SS LIBMEMSYM lt path_name gt lt path_name gt is the full case sensitive path name of a text file containing AutoEdit assignment statements This file must be accessible to CONTROL M The file must contain a single assignment on each line e For parameter AutoEdit Assignment the specified file is accessed at the time the job is submitted for execution by CONTROL M Ifa LIBMEMSYM statement is specified using the Do AutoEdit parameter local variables defined in the specified file will be relevant only during a rerun of the job if and when the On Statement Code conditions are satisfied Note For OS 390 jobs a variable list can be specified using the LIBSYM and MEMSYM variables If a LIBMEMSYM variable is specified for an OS 390 job it will be treated as a user defined variable and will not reference a variable list BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 15 20 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Example If a job processing definition contains the following specifications for the AutoEdit Assignment parameter Il Oo IBMEMSYM controlm ctm autoedit commonl ARM1 c A Ae ol A Ae ol U H o And The file c
334. re the original job run because data sets accessed by the job can have file related errors that were generated by an entirely different job When data set cleanup is performed as part of the original job request it is called PREVENT NCT2 processing The site defined default in parameter NCT2 in member CTRPARM determines whether data set cleanup is to be performed before the original job run The Prevent NCT2 parameter can be used to override this default to determine what data set cleanup instructions are provided to the original job run Possible values and their effects are described below e When N is specified No special action is taken by CONTROL M Restart Data set cleanup is not performed e When Y is specified CONTROL M Restart performs data set cleanup before the original job run It deletes and uncatalogs all data sets that can cause NCT2 and duplicate data set errors during execution and performs GDG adjustment if necessary e When Lis specified data set cleanup is not performed for the original run but messages that would be required for GDG adjustment during restart are generated Without these messages GDG adjustment might not be properly performed during restart In addition to the GDG adjustment messages the same messages that are generated during simulation of data set cleanup are also generated BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 32 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Referen
335. rently for OS 390 jobs While some of these differences are described in this chapter it is recommended that you consult the CONTROL M for OS 390 User Manual for a more complete description of AutoEdit functionality for OS 390 jobs Using AutoEdit variables and functions you can e access information about the system under which a job is running e pass information to a job or modify working parameters of the job e pass information in a Shout message or a Do Mail message to a user when the job ends You cannot include application specific job parameters in the values of AutoEdit variables The names of application specific job parameters are prefixed by two percent signs the application s abbreviation and a hyphen SAPR3 for SAP OAP for Oracle and so on BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information AutoEdit Facility 15 1 AutoEdit variables in a job processing definition are resolved immediately before the job is submitted in the order in which they appear in the job processing definition Note If ajob is rerun the AutoEdit statements specified in the Auto Edit Assignment parameter are resolved before those specified using the Do AutoEdit parameter Table 15 1 describes job parameters that can accept AutoEdit variables or expressions as values For more information about variable types see AutoEdit Variables on page 15 4 For more information about AutoEdit functions see
336. request ID number Request Type Indicates whether the request is a Request Set or Single Request Responsibility The Oracle Applications responsibility Security Group The security group assigned to the username Status Status of the job or process User Name Valid Oracle Application user name CONTROL M job owner name Wait Child If an Oracle job spawned multiple child jobs the CONTROL M job tracks status of all child jobs If not CONTROL M only checks original job status stopping as soon as it finishes 11 2 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Advanced Options Enables various advanced options to be modified Format Usage Optional Format Button Located on the Advanced Options panel accessed from the OAP panel Related Parameters Include Child These parameter settings can be modified only when the Status Advanced Options check box is selected Include Output Parameter Validation Wait Child Notifications See Notifications on page 11 11 Print See Print on page 11 15 Profiles See Profiles on page 11 17 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Oracle Applications Parameters 11 3 Application The application short name associated with the responsibility name Format BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Usage Mandatory Length 1 50 char
337. returned a value for variable PARM1 L Y D Indicates that the variable should contain a value to be resolved by each job that uses it For example PARM1 O TIME Indicates that whenever a job uses Global variable PARM1 it should be resolved to the execution time of the job i e the time at which the variable is referenced If the above parameter is specified without the sign PARM1 TIME it always resolves to the execution time of the job that set the variable i e the time at which the variable was created Note This prefix is relevant only for Global variables whose values contain AutoEdit variables APP For Windows agents When specifying AutoEdit variables in the CMDLINE or COMMAND parameters on CONTROL M Agent for Windows the AutoEdit prefix must be specified as instead of BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information AutoEdit Facility 15 17 More Examples A Y ODATE The A variable is resolved to the original scheduling date of the job A is local to the job A ODATE Global variable A is assigned to the original scheduling date of the job A can be referenced by CONTROL M Server or any agent in the data center All references to variable A resolve to the ODATE value for the job in which A was set A ODATE Global variable A is resolved to the original scheduling date of the job If A is ref
338. ring Name of the group to which the job belongs APPLIC string Name of the Application to which the job s group belongs Note For OS 390 jobs the APPL variable is used to reference the Appli cation name BLANKn n spaces Resolves to n blanks where n is a num ber between 1 214 CENT yy First two digits in the current year e g 20 in year 2001 W CYCLIC YIN This variable is used in the command line of the ctmorder utility to override the Cyclic parameter in cases where the user wishes to order a single run of a job that is defined as cyclic e Y job is cyclic N job should be run only once DATACENTER string Name of the data center for the current CONTROL M installation Note This variable is available on cer tain CONTROL M platforms as of CONTROL M Version 2 20 However prior to CONTROL M EM version 6 1 01 DATACENTER returned the host name for the current CON TROL M Server DATE yymmdd Current system date DAY dd Current system day GROUP_ORDID nnnannn Order ID of the group to which the job belongs Note This variable is valid only for jobs in a Group Scheduling table and it is evaluated in base 10 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information AutoEdit Facility 15 11 Table 15 7 CONTROL M System Variables Part 3 of 5 Name Format Descrip
339. rks AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Parameter Description Active From Indicates the start of a period of time during which the job or Date Group Scheduling table can be ordered or the Scheduling Tag can be used Active To Date Indicates the end of a period of time during which the job or Group Scheduling table can be ordered or the Scheduling Tag can be used And Or The relationship between specified Days parameter values and Weekdays parameter values Days Days of the month on which to order the job Days The name of a calendar containing a list of working days on Calendar which the job can be scheduled for execution Minimum Minimum number of free partitioned data set tracks required by the library specified for the PDS parameter Months Name of a partitioned data set PDS to be checked for free space If the PDS has fewer than the minimum number of required free tracks as specified for the Minimum parameter the job is executed BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 18 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Parameter Week Days Description The days of the week on which the job should be scheduled for processing Weeks Calendar The name of a calendar to be used to validate specified weekdays on which to order the job
340. rmat Usage Optional Length 1 30 characters Case Sensitive No Invalid None Characters Variable Name PS8 USERDEF 1 2 3 General Information This parameter enables you to specify and share data from CONTROL M with PeopleSoft processes or jobs You can enter AutoEdit variables or constants according to your requirements for example filename User defined values are made available to your application by accessing userdef x in the CONTROLM record Example You can create a number of CONTROL M CM for PeopleSoft jobs that correspond to the same process but with different parameters BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 13 18 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Microsoft Windows Parameters The parameters described in this chapter are for the WIN panel of the Job Editing form These parameters are only relevant if CONTROL M A gent Microsoft Windows version 6 0 0x or later is installed in your data center Table 14 1 Microsoft Windows Parameters Parameter Job Execution Time Description Maximum amount of elapsed execution time in seconds for the job Job Memory Maximum amount of memory in megabytes allowed for the job Max Work Set Maximum RAM in megabytes for all processes of the job Size Min Work Set Minimum RAM in megabytes for all processes of the job Size Priority Class Highest priority class the job and its c
341. rmation see Do Shout on page 7 37 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 8 6 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Subparameters Parameter Format When States what should cause the Shout message to be sent Choose one of the following values Exectime Send the message if the job s elapsed runtime is outside a specified limit The limit is specified in the Time field A limit can be expressed as the actual elapsed minutes of the job run or as a deviation from the job s statistical average runtime The limit for EXECTIME can be expressed in any of the following formats gt n The message is sent if the elapsed runtime of the job is greater than n minutes On OS 390 nis a number from O through 999 On other platforms nis a number from 1 through 999 lt n The message is sent if the elapsed runtime of the job is less than n minutes nis a number from 1 through 999 n The message is sent if the elapsed runtime of the job exceeds its average execution time by at least n minutes nis anumber from 1 through 999 n The message is sent if the elapsed runtime of the job exceeds its average execution time by at least n nis a number from 1 through 900 n The message is sent if the elapsed runtime of the job is at least n minutes less than its average execution time n is a number from 1 through 999 n The message is
342. rmediate values in a series of AutoEdit parameters e Store values to be included in a command string in the Command parameter e Store information to be included in a Shout message e Store information to be included in an e mail message created with a Do Mail parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information AutoEdit Facility 15 15 Syntax Note Global variables can be used to pass information between jobs in a data center For example jobA can set global variable A to Yes and jobB on another Agent in the same data center can reset A to No in response Global variables can also be created and modified using the CTMVAR utility For more information about this utility see your CONTROL M Server Administrator Guide For more information about global variables see Scope on page 15 18 Resolution of each user variable depends on the specified prefix and the scope of the specified variable Each of these concepts is described below Valid names for User variables are any alphanumeric string up to 38 characters in length preceded by a prefix of Blanks are not allowed in a user variable name The following characters cannot be included as part of the name of a User defined AutoEdit variable lt gt 3 gt 1 amp 4 Note Application specific job parameters may not be specified in AutoEdit variable values The names of application specific job parameters
343. rocess crashes because of a boot operation or as a result of an operator s cancellation Retro Y Max Wait 0 In Conditions COMM CANCE T H ED Date The detached process LOGCLOSE starts executing whenever prerequisite condition COMM CANCELED is active The prerequisite condition is added by CONTROL M when the communication process is canceled by an operator or after a computer crash Example 8 Date Reference The following example provides a further explanation of the concept of the scheduling date reference Mem Name EBDRPT6D Days 01 15 20 Months 1 N 2 N 3 N 4 N 5 N 6 N 7 Y 8 N 9 Y 10 N 11 N 12 N In Conditions EBD REPORTS READY Date Today is the 15th of September The date reference values resolved in this job are written in date format mmdd ODAT 0915 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 5 10 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide PREV 0901 sk Any date reference Example 9 Condition including terms isolated with parentheses ctmcreate tasktype command cmdline ls Jobname cond_600 incond cond_21 ODAT AND incond cond_22 ODAT OR incond cond_23 ODAT AND incond cond_24 ODAT OR Example 10 Out condition name including a time stamp ctmdefine tasktype command cmdline date application app group grp table time_cond days ALL month ALL Y outcond a HHMMSS ODAT ADD jobname counter memname counter Th
344. rs The parameters in this chapter determine what to do with the data resulting from a job run Table 8 1 Job Output Parameters Summary Parameter Description Auto Archive Determines whether or not SYSDATA job output is to be archived Shout Specifies messages to be sent shouted to various destinations on various occasions Sysout Handling Specifies how the job s log should be handled after the job completes with a completion status of OK BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Job Output Parameters 8 1 Auto Archive The Auto Archive parameter determines whether SYSDATA job output should be archived Note The Auto Archive parameter is relevant only for jobs to be run on OS 390 or OpenVMS platforms The parameter will be displayed only if CONTROL R is selected in the CONTROL M Definition window in CONTROL M Desktop Format Usage Optional Format Check box in the CONTROL M EM Job Editing form e When this check box is selected job output is archived When this check box is not selected job output is not archived In this case CONTROL R cannot restart the job and SYSDATA viewing under CONTROL M for OS 390 is not possible When the Auto Archive check box is selected the subparameters described in Subparameters can also be specified AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the valu
345. rs defining 3 34 3 66 case sensitivity in job processing parameters 1 6 CC subparameter of the Do Mail parameter 7 26 CENT variable century 15 11 Central European Time 3 54 Central Standard Time 3 54 CET time zone 3 54 character mask support in the File Name parameter 2 34 Check Sessions parameter 10 12 Check Variant parameter 10 13 cleanup of data sets 4 31 CM Version parameter 2 24 CM_VER parameter 2 24 CMD LINE parameter 2 21 CMDLINE parameter 2 21 cmdline parameter 2 21 cmdline parameter AutoEdit variables 2 22 15 17 Cnnnn code value 7 51 code qualifiers 7 55 code relationships 7 55 code subparameter 7 57 code values EJ 7 53 oh 2k 28 2k 7 51 NCT2 7 53 TERM 7 53 UNKW 7 53 Cnnmn 7 51 EXERR 7 53 FLUSH 7 53 FORCE 7 52 JFAIL 7 52 JLOST 7 52 JNRUN 7 52 JNSUB 7 52 JSECU 7 52 NOTOK 7 53 OK 7 52 On parameter 7 51 RECO 7 53 SNRUN 7 53 Sxxxx 7 51 Unnnn 7 51 codes event 7 58 CODES subparameter of the On parameter 7 46 Command AutoEdit support 15 2 iSeries AS 400 command syntax 2 21 parameter 2 20 Command Line parameter 2 21 command syntax iSeries AS 400 2 21 commands POSTCMD variable 15 13 PRECMD variable 15 13 task type 2 57 2 59 2 60 completion codes 15 14 completion status modifying 7 30 7 32 7 34 7 39 COMPSTAT variable AutoEdit facility 15 14 On statements 7 61 concatenation of AutoEdit expressions 15 25 Condition subparameter of the Do Cond parameter 7 10 conditional job dependency 3 12
346. run in parallel The order of these jobs must be maintained even in cases of delays Week Days 2 3 4 5 6 Retro Y Max Wait 8 In Conditions DEPOSITS Date PREV The job is submitted only if the prerequisite condition DEPOSITS of the previous scheduling date exists The prerequisite condition DEPOSITS is created only after the group of jobs called DEPOSITS finishes Example 6 Job Scheduling Dependent on Site Conditions Suppose a Database master data set exists that is accessed by many programs Unfortunately the contents of the Database are often destroyed or damaged because of bugs in old programs When and if 1t is discovered that the contents of the Database are corrupted submission of all the jobs that will access the file must be prevented Dates 0201 0403 1101 Retro Y Max Wait 06 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Condition Parameters 5 9 In Conditions MASTER FILE OK Date It has been discovered that the Database contents are indeed bad At this point prerequisite condition MASTER FILE OK must be deleted either manually from CONTROL M EM or automatically by the job or process that made the discovery When the Database is restored to its normal state the prerequisite condition is added again and execution proceeds as planned Example 7 Job Scheduling when a Failure has Occurred A detached process LOGCLOSE is to begin whenever a certain communication p
347. s An AutoEdit variable or expression can be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter OS 390 The following are valid values for Destination U userid Writes the message to the IOA Log file userid is a user ID consisting of 1 through 8 characters but containing no blanks OPER n Sends a scrollable message to the operator console nis an optional 2 digit route code If a route code is not specified the default routes are Master Console and Programmer Information 1 and 11 For more information regarding route codes refer to the IBM publication Routing and Descriptor Codes GC38 1102 OPER2 n Sends an unscrollable message to the operator console nis an optional 2 digit route code If a route code is not specified the default routes are Master Console and Programmer Information 1 and 11 For more information regarding route codes refer to the IBM publication Routing and Descriptor Codes GC38 1102 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Job Output Parameters 8 9 Parameter Format Destination continued TSO logonid or T logonid Where ogonid is one of the following a valid logon identity consisting of 1 through 7 characters avalid group identity found within the IOA Dynamic Destination Table An optional second value indicating the computer or node of the TSO ogonid can be specified as follows Under JES2
348. s and career opportunities United States and Canada Outside United States and Canada Address BMC Software Inc Telephone 01 713 918 8800 2101 CityWest Blvd Houston TX 77042 2827 Fax 01 713 918 8000 Telephone 713 918 8800 or 800 841 2031 Fax 713 918 8000 Customer Support You can obtain technical support by using the Support page on the BMC Software Web site or by contacting Customer Support by telephone or e mail To expedite your inquiry please see Before Contacting BMC Software Support Web Site You can obtain technical support from BMC Software 24 hours a day 7 days a week at http www bmc com support html From this Web site you can e read overviews about support services and programs that BMC Software offers find the most current information about BMC Software products e search a database for problems similar to yours and possible solutions e order or download product documentation e report a problem or ask a question subscribe to receive e mail notices when new product versions are released e find worldwide BMC Software support center locations and contact information including e mail addresses fax numbers and telephone numbers Support by Telephone or E mail In the United States and Canada if you need technical support and do not have access to the Web call 800 537 1813 Outside the United States and Canada please contact your local support center for assistance To find telephone and e ma
349. s the prerequisite condition Default Deletes the prerequisite condition If the value of ODAT is or cannot be selected BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Condition Parameters 5 13 General Information The In Conditions parameter makes the submission of the job dependent on the existence of one or more prerequisite conditions Note A maximum of 99 prerequisite conditions can be specified for the Out Conditions parameter If the job completion status is OK then according to the option specified the prerequisite conditions are added to or deleted from the Conditions Resources table The Out Conditions parameter is performed before the Do Cond parameter Therefore the Out Conditions parameter can be overridden by those of the Do Cond parameter For examples see the Do Cond parameter in Do Cond on page 7 10 Prerequisite Conditions A prerequisite condition is a user defined entity whose existence can be tested to determine whether or not a job should be submitted for execution You can specify that a prerequisite condition be added that is created or deleted as part of the post processing treatment of a job using the Out Condition parameter and the Do Cond parameter A prerequisite condition can also be added or deleted manually by the operator via the Prerequisite Conditions window Prerequisite conditions are used to define and implement job execution
350. s SAP Application Indicates the type of external application for example Type SAP or Oracle Applications on which the job will run Application Indicates the version of the external application for Version example SAP or Oracle Applications on which the job will run Author CONTROL M EM user who defined the job This parameter is used by the CONTROL M security mechanism AutoEdit Used to assign values to user variables to be referenced Assignment in the job script or in other parameters of the job Command Operating system command line to be issued This parameter can be specified only when Command is specified for the Task Type parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 1 Table 2 1 General Parameters Summary Part 2 of 3 Parameter Description Control Module Indicates the version of external application for example CM Version SAP or Oracle Applications Control Module CM that is installed in the CONTROL M installation that is that will run the job CONTROL M Name of the CONTROL M Server to which the job belongs Description Free text description of the job Doc Lib Name of a library or directory containing the job documentation file Doc Mem Name of the file containing job documentation File Name Mem Name Name of the file that contains the job script or for OS 390 jobs only name of a member that contains
351. s required for the When options EXECTIME Late Sub and Late Time Urgency Urgency of the Shout message directed to the Alerts window Urgency assigned to the Shout message affects the appearance of the message in the Alerts window Urgency levels are R Regular Default U Urgent e V Very Urgent Destination Logical destination of the Shout message Mandatory Destination is the name of an entry in the Shout Destination table Platforms other than OS 390 The following are valid values for Destination A user logged onto the CONTROL M installation Auser s mail in the CONTROL M installation A specific terminal System console Alerts window in all CONTROL M EM workstations connected to the specified CONTROL M installation Note The CONTROL M EM workstations to which an alert is issued may be limited by user authorizations See the security chapter in the CONTROL M Enterprise Manager Administrator Guide CONTROL M log All Shout messages are recorded in the CONTROL M log Select the log as a destination only when you do not wish to send the message to an additional destination Length 1 through 16 characters Case Yes Sensitive BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 8 8 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Parameter Format Destination Invalid continued Characters Blanks single quotation marks AutoEdit Support Ye
352. s terminated BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Microsoft Windows Parameters 14 7 Process Memory Maximum amount of memory in megabytes allowed for each process in a job Format Usage Optional Format Integer Minimum value 0 005 megabytes If less than the minimum is specified this parameter is ignored Variable Name BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information WIN2ZK PROCESS_MEMORY_LIMIT 14 8 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Scheduling Class Scheduling class for all processes of a job Format Usage Format 1 digit number 0 9 Where 0 provides the minimum resources 9 provides the maximum resources Default 5 Variable Name WIN2K SCHEDULING_CLASS General Information To use a scheduling class greater than 5 the calling process must enable the SE_INC_BASE_PRIORITY_NAME privilege BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Microsoft Windows Parameters 14 9 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 14 10 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide AutoEdit Facility The AutoEdit facility consists of a group of special variables and functions that can be used to make your job processing definitions more dynamic This facility also allows you to define your own variables Note Certain AutoEdit functions and variables work diffe
353. scription Additional Specifies additional MVS FTP server parameters to be Options defined prior to performing the file transfer Allocation Units Block Size Specifies the value of the allocation units for the MVS data set The block size of the MVS data set to be allocated Logical Record Length The logical record length of the MVS data set to be allocated Primary Allocation The primary allocation amount for the MVS data set to be allocated Record Format The record format of the MVS data set to be allocated Secondary Allocation The secondary allocation amount for the MVS data set to be allocated Template Name The name of the template with which you intend to work Translation Table Specifies a file containing translate tables for the data connection Unit Volume Specifies the value of the allocation units for the MVS data set The Volume on which the MVS data set will be allocated BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information FTP Parameters 12 3 Account Name for a set of parameters that define both sides of a file transfer connection Format Usage Mandatory Length Up to 64 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid Blanks Characters Default None Variable Name FTP ACCOUNT General Information Following are limitations as to how an account name can be defined e Account names must start with an alpha cha
354. se OS 390 None Change jobs class Delete output Copy output Move output Each value is described in detail in Table 8 2 Sysout Handling Formatting on page 8 18 Prm Contains additional information depending on which value is specified for the Option parameter The format for this parameter is the same as specified for Sysout Handling For more information about this parameter see Sysout Handling on page 8 16 AutoEdit Support AutoEdit variables and expressions cannot be specified as all or part of the values for this parameter Related Parameters Sysout Handling Sysout Handling specifies how to handle a sysout when the job ended OK BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 40 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide General Information If no Sysout Handling is specified or the job does not end OK and no Do Sysout statement is activated the job s log is placed in the default location specified by CONTROL M until the New Day procedure performs its cleanup Note The default destination of the Job log is determined by a CONTROL M system parameter on each platform See your CONTROL M administrator for more information The Automatic Log Copy CONTROL M system parameter is not affected in any way by the function of Do Sysout Aliases for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Do Sysout paramet
355. se that is definition in jobs or started tasks that compress clean and or enlarge libraries or which issue a warning message to the IOA Log file If the Minimum and PDS parameters are defined for a job the scheduling of the job is not related to or dependent upon any date criteria Instead the job is scheduled if the actual number of free tracks available in the specified library is below the specified minimum when the New Day procedure is run The job or started task can then compress clean or enlarge the library or issue the appropriate warning Note This parameter is not supported for PDSE type libraries because they always appear to be 100 percent full Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the PDS parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities PDSNAME Reporting Facility PDS Name CONTROL M for OS 390 PDS BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 43 Relationship Indicates the relationship AND OR between Scheduling Tag criteria and basic scheduling criteria in the job processing definition that is whether either set of criteria or both sets of criteria must be satisfied Note This parameter is relevant only to the job processing definitions of jobs that are in Group Scheduling tables Format Usage Format For jobs that are in Group Scheduling tables Option buttons
356. so on can be modified from the CONTROL M EM GUI After the job is submitted for execution in the Oracle Application it s Oracle Application Status determines how the job is handled whether it is Held or Free and so on in the Oracle Application Note The value of this parameter is supplied by the Oracle Application and cannot be modified BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Oracle Applications Parameters 11 25 User Name Valid Oracle Application user name CONTROL M job owner name Format Usage Mandatory Length 1 100 characters Case Sensitive No Invalid Blanks Characters Variable Name OAP USERNAME BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 11 26 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Wait Child If an Oracle job spawned multiple child jobs the CONTROL M job tracks status of all child jobs If not CONTROL M only checks original job status stopping as soon as it finishes Format Usage Optional Format Check box Default Selected Tracks child job status Located on the Advanced Options panel accessed from the OAP panel Variable Name OAP_WAITCHILD BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Oracle Applications Parameters 11 27 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 11 28 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide FTP Parame
357. t data Relevant sysout data Mandatory and valid only if the specified OPT value is C F or N Valid values depend on the OPT value as follows e F File name String comprised of from 1 through 44 characters All characters are valid except blanks C New class 1 character Any character is valid except blank but an asterisk indicates the original MSGCLASS of the job N New destination 1 through 8 characters All characters are valid except blanks FRM FROM class Optional Limits the sysout handling operation to only sysouts from the specified class BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 43 On Job processing step and code event criteria that determine whether the accompanying DO statements are performed Note For OS 390 jobs only Format Usage Optional Length See Subparameters on page 7 45 AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Do CTBRule Can be specified as a Do PGMST step On Statement Code Non OS 390 version of the On parameter that uses statements in place of program and procedure steps For more information see On Statement Code Step Range Specifies a range of steps in the larger step range specified by the On parameter An action can be specified for the range th
358. t date e If only a To date is specified the job can be scheduled on or before that date In relation to Scheduling Tags these parameters work as follows e If the specified From date is earlier than the To date jobs in the Group Scheduling table that contain the Scheduling Tag can be scheduled on or between those dates e Ifthe specified From date is later than the To date jobs in the Group Scheduling table that contain the Scheduling Tag can be scheduled on those dates or on any date that is not between those dates e If only a From date is specified jobs in the Group Scheduling table that contain the Scheduling Tag can be scheduled on or after that date e If only a To date is specified jobs in the Group Scheduling table that contain the Scheduling Tag can be scheduled on or before that date e If no dates are specified for the From date or the To date jobs in the Group Scheduling table that contain the Scheduling Tag can be scheduled on any date e Ifa job specifies more than one Scheduling Tag and the definition of one of the Scheduling Tags is such that the job can be scheduled on a particular day the job will be scheduled even if it would not be scheduled under the terms of another Scheduling Tag definition BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 10 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Active To Date para
359. tances e The WORKDAYS calendar specified in the Days Calendar parameter contains the values 15 16 17 and 19 e The computer was off line from day 15 up to and including day 18 When the computer is brought back online on day 19 the job is scheduled four times with original scheduling dates Odate of the 15 16 17 and 19 respectively Each scheduled job that does not execute successfully 1 e either not submitted or did not end OK is handled as follows by CONTROL M e The job with Odate 15 is retained on day 19 and deleted from the Active Jobs file on day 20 even though the Max Wait period of three days has already passed since each job with Retro Y is given at least one day to run e The job with Odate 16 is deleted on day 20 since day 19 is the last day of the Max Wait period of three days e The job with Odate 17 is deleted on day 21 since day 20 is the last day of the Max Wait period of three days The job with Odate 19 is deleted on day 23 since day 22 is the last day of the Max Wait period of three days BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 20 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Maximum Specifies the maximum number of reruns that can be performed for the job Format Usage Optional Length Default An integer from 0 through 99 OS 390 There is a difference between cyclic jobs and regular jobs e Cyclic jobs an integer from 0 through 99
360. te names for the Job Name parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities JOBNAME Reporting Facility JOB NAME CONTROL M Server Utilities jobname ss s eTrigger Job Name CONTROL M for 0S 390 JOB NAME CONTROL M EM API job_name BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 41 Over Lib Format Name of an alternate library or directory for the file specified with the File Name parameter CONTROL M searches for the file specified in the File Name parameter in the Over Lib directory before searching for it in the Path library Usage Optional Length e Microsoft Windows Unix OpenVMS 1 through 255 characters e Series AS 400 1 through 10 characters e OS 390 1 through 44 characters For additional formatting information see Format on page 2 46 Case Yes Sensitive Invalid Blanks Characters If the job will run on any version of Microsoft Windows 2000 prohibited filename characters such as or e OS 390 Non English characters The contents of this field must not begin with the following strings GENERAL USER AutoEdit Yes An AutoEdit variable or expression can be specified as all Support or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Parameter Path Mem Lib Description Indicates the name of the library or directory in which the file described in the Path parameter
361. ted when the On Statement Code criteria are satisfied Format Usage Optional Format Each Do Cond parameter consists of three subparameters described in Subparameters AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter Subparameters Parameter Description Condition Descriptive name of a prerequisite condition Length 1 through 255 characters OS 390 1 through 39 characters OS 390 versions prior to 6 0 00 1 through 20 characters Case Yes Sensitive However if the Uppercase Only check box was checked in the Add CONTROL M Definition window you cannot use lowercase characters Invalid Platforms other than OS 390 Characters Blanks single quotation marks and parentheses pipe OS 390 Blanks BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 10 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Parameter Description Date Date four characters long for the prerequisite condition date Specific date mmdd or ddmm format ODAT Automatically replaced by the job s original scheduling date when the job is ordered PREV Automatically replaced by the job s previous scheduling date when the job is ordered or for a forced job ODAT 1 NEXT Automatically replaced by the job s next scheduling date when the job is ordered or for a forced
362. tem or user abend except user abend U2030 rerun the job and shout a message to TSO P43 Example 2 CONTROL M for 0S 390 Interface Define program steps STEP20 through STEP29A as step range DF2 If any of these steps produce any system or user abend except user abend U2030 rerun the job and shout a message to TSO P43 JOB PRDKPLO1 LIB CTM PROD SCHEDULE TABLE PRODKPL COMMAND gt SCROLL gt CRSR OUT AUTO ARCHIVE Y SYSDB Y MAXDAYS MAXRUNS RETENTION OF DAYS TO KEEP 030 OF GENERATIONS TO KEEP SYSOUT OP C D F N R FROM MAXRERUN RERUNMEM INTERVAL FROM STEP RANGE DF2 FR PGM PROC STEP20 TO STEP29A STEP RANGE FR PGM PROC TO ON PGMST DF2 PROCST CODES S U NU2030 A O DO RERUN DO SHOUT TO TSO P43 URGENCY R JOB PRDKPLO3 ABENDED THE JOB IS RERUN DO BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 72 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide ON PGMST PROCST CODES A O DO SHOUT WHEN TO URGN gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt END OF SCHEDULING PARAMETERS lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt COMMANDS EDIT DOC PLAN JOBSTAT 11 17 00 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 73 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 74 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Job Output Paramete
363. tension according to the Task Type parameter COM for job batch job EXE for Detached detached process When the file name is specified without a version specification the last version of the file is executed With full file extension including the version specification for example JOBFILE COM 2 or JOBFILE EXE 5 Note Using the full file extension format it is possible to select a specific file extension and version of the command file or detached process to be executed Series AS 400 An executable program object OS 390 Name of a member whose contents are determined by the Task Type parameter e JCL of the job Started task procedure e Warning messages BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 34 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the File Name parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities MEMNAME Reporting Facility MEMNAME CONTROL M Server memname Utilities eTrigger MemName CONTROL M for OS 390 MEMNAME CONTROL M EM API mem_name Example 1 Microsoft Windows my job bat myjob cmd Example 2 Unix my Job Example 3 OpenVMS MY JOB MY JOB COM MYJOB COM 2 MYJOB EXE MYJOB EXE 4 Example 4 iSeries AS 400 MY JOB BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 35
364. tention is limited by the parameter that is satisfied first Platform Specific Information The Auto Archive parameter is relevant only for jobs to be run on OS 390 or OpenVMS platforms Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Auto Archive parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM AUTOARCH Utilities Reporting Facility AUTO ARCHIVE BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 8 4 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Component Parameter Name CONTROL M for AUTO ARCHIVE OS 390 CONTROL M for AUTOARC OS 390 Utilities CONTROL M EM API auto_archive sys_db arch_max_days arch_max_runs BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Job Output Parameters 8 5 Shout The Shout parameter indicates a message to be sent shouted to one or more specified destinations when certain conditions are encountered Format Usage Optional Format The Shout parameter consists of the subparameters described in Subparameters on page 8 7 AutoEdit Support Yes An AutoEdit variable or expression can be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Parameter Description Do Shout The Do Shout parameter specifies a message to be sent shouted to a destination when the On Statement Code criteria are satisfied For more info
365. ter 2 4 variable 15 11 Application parameter 2 4 parameter OAP 11 4 Application Instance parameter 11 5 Application Name parameter OAP 11 6 Application Node Group parameter 2 6 Application Short Name parameter 11 7 Application Type parameter 2 8 Application Version parameter 2 10 application_cm_version parameter 2 24 application_type parameter 2 9 application_version parameter 2 11 appltype parameter 2 9 applver parameter 2 11 arch_max_days parameter 8 5 arch_max_runs parameter 8 5 Archive ID parameter 10 7 Archive Mode parameter 10 8 Archive Text parameter 10 10 archiving job output 8 2 SYSDATA 8 2 Archiving Object parameter 10 9 ARG subparameter of the Do CTBRule parameter 7 13 ARGUMENTS subparameter of the CTB Step parameter 7 5 AS 400 See iSeries AS 400 Ascii parameter FTP 12 7 ASSIGN command for OpenVMS 2 17 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide variable for Tandem jobs 15 9 AT subparameter of the CTB Step parameter 7 4 ATL time zone 3 54 Atlantic Standard Time 3 54 Auckland time zone 3 55 Author parameter 2 12 Authorization parameter 10 11 authorization See security authorizations job owner 2 45 Security Group parameter 11 24 AuthorSecurity parameter 2 13 AUTO ARCHIVE parameter 8 4 auto_archive parameter 8 5 AUTOARC parameter 8 5 AUTOARCH parameter 8 4 Auto Archive parameter 8 2 AutoEdit Assignment AutoEdit su
366. ter is available only if CONTROL M Restart is installed on a CONTROL M for OS 390 site Format Usage Optional Format Select IFRerun from the Do text box in the Job editing form From and To text boxes and a Confirm check box are displayed Enter the required information Select the check box if required For more information see Subparameters on page 7 21 AutoEdit Support No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Parameter Description Maximum Determines the maximum number of times the restart or rerun specified by the Do If Rerun parameter is performed Do Rerun Used to perform the job rerun when Confirm is not selected and a job rerun is required BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 20 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Subparameters Parameter Description From Step at which the job must be restarted Mandatory Valid values pgmstep Program step within the job stream pgmstep procstep Program step within the called procedure FIRST First step of the job ABEND Step of the job that ended NOTOK due to system abend user abend condition code C2000 PL 1 abend or JFAIL job failed on JCL error ABEND is a subset of EXERR below FIRST SABEND First step of the abended procedure FIRST
367. ters This chapter describes the parameters in the FTP panel for FTP jobs This panel is displayed in the Job Editing form when CONTROL M Control Module for FTP is installed on your data center All CONTROL M parameters for FTP jobs are summarized in the following tables Each of these parameters is described in detail in the remainder of this chapter The parameter descriptions are in alphabetical order Note Many other CONTROL M job parameters and variables can be used to apply more sophisticated processing to your FTP jobs For more information about these parameters see the other chapters in this book Table 12 1 FTP Panel Parameters Summary Part 1 of 2 Parameter Description Account A set of parameters that define both sides of a file transfer connection Binary Ascii Select to transfer files in either Binary or Ascii mode Local User Name Number of times CONTROL M CM for FTP will try to re establish a failed connection Transfer Location Source or destination location on local computer Local Fields BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information FTP Parameters 12 1 Table 12 1 FTP Panel Parameters Summary Part 2 of 2 Parameter Description Transfer Location Remote Fields Source or destination location on remote computer Use Configuration Default Select to automatically use the specified number of retries as defined in th
368. ters 13 7 Format Indicates the output format for all processes in a job Format Usage Optional Variable Name PS8 OUTDESTFORMAT Related Parameters Parameter Description Process Type The process type selected determines what output destination types are available for the Type parameter Type Specifies the output destination type of a process or job General Information Lists the format types that are available for the specified Process Type and Type parameters Note Valid values for this parameter correspond to values for a PeopleSoft job For more information about the Format parameter see your PeopleSoft Process Scheduler manual Example If SQR is specified for the Process Type parameter and PRINTER is specified for the Type parameter valid values for the Format parameter are HP LP e PS e WP BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 13 8 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Process Name l Name of the process to be scheduled Format Usage Mandatory Length 1 8 characters Case Sensitive Uppercase only Invalid Characters Blanks Variable Name PS8 PRCSNAME Related Parameters Parameter Process Name Il Description Identifies the name of the job to be scheduled General Information Enter a name in the text box field or click Select and Edit to displa
369. text string Platform Specific Information CONTROL M for OS 390 For conversion customers prior to version 6 0 00 if the current job was converted from another job scheduling product such as CA 7 the string SCHEDULE PREV DAY or SCHEDULE PREV ONLY may appear in the DESC field for the job group This string causes all scheduled runs of the job to be shifted back one day For version 6 0 00 and later the SAC parameter is used instead BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 27 Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Description parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM DESCRIPTION Utilities Reporting Facility DESCRIPTION CONTROL M Server description Utilities eTrigger Description CONTROL M for DESC OS 390 Example Description of a Job for Producing a Yearly Report The description of a report detailing the year s revenues and expenditures Yearly Financial Report for 2000 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 28 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Doc Lib Name of the library directory containing the job documentation file specified in the Doc Mem parameter Format Usage Optional Length Microsoft Windows and Unix 1 255 characters Series AS 400 1 21 characters OpenVMS 1 60 characters OS 390 1 44 charact
370. that the number of rows will be obtained from the ABAP program code Variable Name Y SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt PRINT_NUMLINES BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 39 SAP Cover Page Type of cover page for output Format Usage Optional when the Job Mode parameter is Create Not available when other job Mode values are specified Format Drop down list format Valid values are Default Setting D Print X Do Not Print Variable Name SAPR3 STEP S lt nn gt PRINT_BANNER Note In SAP 4 6D this parameter can return different values depending on specific SAP user definitions This is a known SAP problem BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 10 40 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide SAP Job Status Status of the SAP CCMS job in SAP Relevant only after job submission in Active job mode Format Format Valid values Scheduled Released Ready Active Canceled Finished Variable Name None General Information This parameter is updated when the Job Editing form is opened However the status is not refreshed automatically Note This field is active only if you are using XBP v2 0 functionality BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information SAP Parameters 10 41 Selection Cover Page Indicates whether a cover page should
371. the Over Lib value can be extracted and passed to another part of the job processing definition using the OVERLIB parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 43 Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Over Lib parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities OVERLIB Reporting Facility OVER LIB CONTROL M Server overlib Utilities eTrigger OverLib CONTROL M for OS 390 OVERLIB CONTROL M EM API over_lib BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 2 44 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Owner Identifies the owner user name for whom the job is executed This parameter is used by the CONTROL M security mechanism Format Usage Mandatory Default User name of the current CONTROL M EM user Length 1 30 characters OS 390 1 8 characters Case Yes Sensitive Invalid Blanks Characters Platforms other than OS 390 Single quotation marks AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter General Information The Owner parameter is used by the CONTROL M internal security mechanism to determine operations that each user is authorized to perform For more information refer to the Security chapter in the CONTROL M Administrator Guide for the appropriate platform Ali
372. the week on which the job should be scheduled for processing Weeks Calendar Indicates the name of a calendar to be used to validate specified weekdays on which to order the job General Information If And is specified the Days Days Calendar criteria and Week Days Weeks Calendar criteria must be satisfied for a job to be scheduled BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 16 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide If Or is specified either the Days Days Calendar criteria and Week Days Weeks Calendar criteria must be satisfied for a job to be scheduled Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the And Or parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities DAYS_AND_OR Reporting Facility DAYS_AND_OR CONTROL M Server cal_andor Utilities CONTROL M for OS 390 And Or BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 17 Confcal Indicates the name of a CONTROL M calendar that is used to validate scheduling dates A shift value can be used to indicate how to handle jobs that are scheduled for a non working day in the calendar Format Usage Optional Length Valid calendar name up to 10 characters in length Case Yes Sensitive Invalid Blanks Characters OS 390 Non English characters e Platforms other than OS 390 Single quotation ma
373. tion JOBNAME string Name of the submitted job This variable can be used to override the value specified for the JOBNAME parameter for example in the ctmorder utility Note On a Microsoft Windows platform JOBNAME must comply with Microsoft naming conventions for example it cannot contain and characters JULDAY nnn Current system day of the year Julian format MEMLIB string Mem Lib name of the library or directory in which job script is stored of the job MONTH mm Current system month NEXT yymmdd Next scheduling date for the job ODATE yymmdd Original scheduling date of the job ODAY dd Original scheduling day of the job OJULDAY nnn Original scheduling day of the year Julian format For example 36 for February 5th OMONTH mm Original scheduling month of the job ORDERID nnnnnn Unique job order ID under CONTROL M OW DAY d Original scheduling day of the week of the job 1 Sun 2 Mon and 0 Sat OWNER string Owner user ID associated with the job OYEAR yy Original scheduling year of the job BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 15 12 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Table 15 7 CONTROL M System Variables Part 4 of 5 Name Format Description POSTCMD command Specifies a command to run immediately after running the job defined by MEMNAME The return code is ignored Note Not relevant for OS 3
374. tion RYEAR yy Installation current working year SCHEDTAB string Name of the job s Scheduling table Note This variable is available on cer tain CONTROL M platforms as of CONTROL M Version 2 2x TIME hhmmss Time of day WDAY n Current system day of the week 1 Sun 2 Mon and 0 Sat YEAR yy Current system year The following variables are not assigned values until after the job is submitted or completes execution These variables can be used only for the Shout Do Shout Do Mail and Do AutoEdit parameters Note AutoEdit variables that return runtime statistics for a job must be resolved before the variables can return any values AutoEdit variables for job statistics SAVG_CPU AVG_TIME SD_CPU and S SD_TIME Run the ctmjsa utility to compile data in the Statistical Details table before specifying the required AutoEdit statistics variable See Runtime Statistics and ctmjsa in the CONTROL M Server Administrator Guide Table 15 8 Post processing System Variables Part 1 of 2 Name Format Description AVG_CPU numeric Average CPU time in seconds for previous runs of the current job Note Do not use this variable in a Group Scheduling table definition AVG_TIME numeric Average run time in seconds for previous runs of the current job or Group Scheduling table ds numeric Completion code assigned to the job by the operating system of the platform th
375. tions is the Job Editing form located in both CONTROL M Desktop and CONTROL M EM This Guide assumes that your primary point of access for creating job processing definitions will be the Job Editing form Nonetheless information is also provided for creating definitions using other CONTROL M components e CONTROL M Desktop Using the Job Editing form or the Mass Creation facility the Skeleton Editor window you create definitions offline These jobs are then uploaded to the CONTROL M EM database e CONTROL M EM Using the Job Editing form you can modify parameters for jobs that have already been scheduled for submission on the current day For more information about the Job Editing form see the CONTROL M Desktop User Guide e CONTROL M EM Using various CONTROL M EM utilities For more information see the CONTROL M Enterprise Manager Utility Guide BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 1 2 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide e CONTROL M Server and CONTROL M for OS 390 Using CONTROL M batch utilities or the online facility OS 390 or iSeries AS 400 Note that if you are using CONTROL M batch utilities and want to use a special character such as gt lt or when setting the value of a job parameter you must enclose the entire expression in double quotation marks for example gt 9 e eTrigger Create jobs using a third party product These jobs are inserted directl
376. to as a job processing definition Note The term job as used in this manual refers to any task that can be performed by a script of command that is handled by CONTROL M Server Job processing parameters only need to be defined once for each job CONTROL M uses the job processing definition each time a job is ordered Definitions can be modified at any time using various CONTROL M EM facilities These definitions are created using CONTROL M Desktop and are stored in Scheduling tables job directories according to various criteria that you determine The Scheduling tables are uploaded to CONTROL M EM When the scheduling criteria of the table are met the jobs are passed to the CONTROL M Server database BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Introduction 1 1 Job parameters are composed primarily of static information However a job processing definition may need to include information that is subject to change or was not available when the definition was created such as the time at which a job was submitted or the name of the batch queue to which the job was submitted CONTROL M EM enables you to indicate that data with AutoEdit variables You can use both pre defined AutoEdit variables and those that you create Defining Job Processing Parameters Job processing definitions are created using various methods Note The primary interface for creating and modifying job processing defini
377. tput destination types are available Use the Type parameter to specify the output destination type of a process or job A global definition under which related process or jobs definitions are grouped Enter a name in the text box field or click Search to display a list of process types Examples of process types are COBOL Crystal SQR and Application Engine BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information PeopleSoft Parameters 13 11 Rerun From Step Rerun a job from a specific process number Format Usage Optional Value Integer Variable Name PS8 FAILEDSTEP General Information The process or job must have run and ended Jobs that ended successfully can be started to run again Jobs that contain more than one process and did not end successfully can be rerun from a specified process number To rerun a job from a failed process see Rerunning a Job in the CONTROL M Control Module for PeopleSoft Administrator Guide BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 13 12 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Run Control ID Run control attributes that are associated with a process or job Format Usage Mandatory Length 1 30 characters Case Sensitive Yes Variable Name PS8 RUNCONTROLID Related Parameters Parameter Description Server Name Identifies the name of the server that the ap
378. ts can appear in the On block Valid DO statements for code FORCE are DO SHOUT DO COND DO FORCEJOB DO SETVAR and DO MAIL JLOST Job sysout was lost This value can be specified only with the ANYSTEP step value JNRUN Job was canceled during execution or re execution This value can be specified only with the ANYSTEP step value JFAIL Job failed due to JCL error JSECU Job failed due to security requirements only under ACF2 This value can be specified only with the ANYSTEP step value JNSUB Job not submitted Submission of a job or initiation of a started task failed for any reason This value can be specified only with the ANYSTEP step value oK A PGM step finished executing OK by default with a condition code of C0004 or less This value can be specified only with the ANYSTEP step value Note Through parameter MAXCCOK in member CTMPARM in the IOA PARM library the default condition code can be set to C0000 If a job is FORCED OK the DO statements following an On PGMST ANYSTEP CODES OK statement is processed only if the FRCOKOPT parameter in member CTMPARM in the IOA PARM library is set to Yes BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 52 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Table 7 6 Code Values Value Description NOTOK A PGM step or the job finished executing NOTOK This code covers all types of failures including non execution errors f
379. tware Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 11 20 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Table 11 3 Single Request Subparameters Program Short The concurrent program short name Causes the Oracle Name Load Applications server to generate a list in real time that satisfies relevant criteria Select an item from the generated list to enter in the form Usage Mandatory Length 1 30 characters Case sensitive Yes Upper case Invalid Blanks Characters Variable Name OAP PROGNAME Program long Descriptive program name pame Usage Optional Length 1 214 characters Case sensitive Yes Invalid None Characters Variable Name OAP PROGDESP BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Oracle Applications Parameters 11 21 Table 11 3 Single Request Subparameters Request Opens Single Request Parameter form Parameters You can specify parameter values for the specified concurrent program Note All fields must be specified or the default value is used If no default value is specified in CONTROL M default is automatically NULL Usage Optional Format Parameters Organization ID BOM or ENG Item Selection Specific Item Revision Date Items From Items To Category Set Category Structure Categories From Categories To For more information on these parameters see the CONTROL M Control Module for Orac
380. ubmission variable lt operand gt Any AutoEdit variable ora numeric constant lt operator gt One of the following AutoEdit operators PLUS represents the operator MINUS represents the operator BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information AutoEdit Facility 15 23 Examples Syntax Rules The following syntax rules apply to a numeric expression e Only one operator can be used in each expression e There should be no spaces immediately before or after the e There must be spaces before and after the operator Note When specifying AutoEdit functions that return dates such as SCALCDATE Or DATE there should be no spaces between the plus or minus sign and the number of days to add or subtract In this case the and signs are not considered numeric expression operators and are not related to the rules specified here For more information see JCALCDATE and CALCDATE on page 15 27 In the following example YES ERDAY resolves to 0 on July 1 ae SYESTERDAY S3DAY SS MINUS 1 In the following example PARM1 resolves to 46 on February Sth SSX SS6RJULDAY S MINUS S DAY S PARMI X S PLUS 15 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 15 24 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide String Expressions A string expression has the following basic format lt
381. ubparameter values in these text boxes These subparameters are described in Subparameters below AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter Parameter Description SCD Table Name of the job Scheduling table Length 1 through 20 characters Invalid Blanks single quotation marks Characters OS 900 Non English characters Job Name Job name If this field is blank all jobs in the specified table are forced Length Platforms other than OS 390 1through 64 characters OS 390 1through 8 characters Invalid Blanks embedded single quotation marks Characters BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 17 Parameter Date Description Value to be used as the original scheduling date for the job Valid values are ODAT Resolves to the original scheduling date of the job resulting in the execution of this parameter default Note Beginning with version 6 1 03 of CONTROL M Server ODAT can also be specified when modifying details of a job in the Active Jobs file date A date reference 4 or 6 characters long either mmdd ddmm yymmdd or yyddmm format depending on the site standard OS 390 Only the yymmdd or yyddmm format can be used General Information Do Forcejob causes the specified job to be placed immediately in the Active Jobs file The job is
382. ue is not valid for started tasks L List Do not perform data set cleanup before the original job run but generate the messages that would be required for GDG adjustment during restart F Flush Halt processing of the job if any data set cleanup error is detected even if OS 390 would not have stopped processing the job e e e AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be Support specified as all or part of the value for this parameter General Information If a job tries to create a data set that already exists the job may fail with a DUPLICATE DATASET ON VOLUME error If a job tries to create a data set whose name is already cataloged the job may fail with an error message that indicates a reason of NOT CATLGD for reason code 2 the CONTROL M Restart term PREVENT NCT2 is derived from this error situation These problems can be avoided by performing data set cleanup During data set cleanup CONTROL M Restart does the following e Deletes and uncatalogs the old data sets This prevents DUPLICATE DATSET ON VOLUME and NOT CATLGD 2 errors BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Execution Parameters 4 31 e Performs Generation Dataset GDG Adjustment which is described in the CONTROL M Restart for OS 390 User Manual CONTROL M Restart automatically performs data set cleanup prior to restarts and reruns However it may be desirable to perform data set cleanup befo
383. ues for iSeries AS 400 jobs 15 8 DEFINE command OpenVMS 2 17 variable Tandem 15 9 defining AutoEdit variables 7 7 calendars 3 34 3 66 job dependencies in Group Scheduling tables 3 12 jobs for time zones 3 55 On Codes statements 7 70 process steps 7 70 program steps 7 70 DEFINITION ACTIVE FROM parameter 3 6 DEFINITION ACTIVE UNTIL parameter 3 11 Delete After Print parameter 10 16 Deleted parameter 9 2 deleting Over Lib parameter specification 2 43 prerequisite conditions 7 10 SAP Batch input jobs 10 37 SAP Reports 10 16 Department parameter 10 17 DESC parameter 2 28 Description parameter 2 27 parameter OAP 11 8 Destination subparameter of the Do Shout parameter 7 37 Destination subparameter of the Shout parameter 8 8 detached jobs in the Tandem input script 15 9 Detached task type iSeries AS 400 2 60 Microsoft Windows 2 57 OpenVMS 2 59 Do AutoEdit AutoEdit support 15 2 parameter 7 7 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 6 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide versus AutoEdit Assignment 15 2 Do Cond parameter 7 10 Do CTBRule parameter 7 13 DO FORCEJOB parameter 7 18 Do Forcejob parameter 7 17 Do If Rerun parameter 7 20 DO IFRERUN parameter 7 24 Do Mail comparison with Do Shout parameter 7 28 parameter 7 25 DO NOTOK parameter 7 31 Do NOTOK parameter 7 30 DO OK parameter 7 33 Do OK parameter 7 32 do parameter 7 31 7 33 7 36 7 39 DO RERUN parameter 7 36 Do R
384. ues specified using various combinations of uppercase and lowercase letters For example the prerequisite condition JOB_ENDED_OK is different from the prerequisite condition Job_Ended_OK BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 1 6 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide A job waiting for JOB_ENDED_OK is not submitted if only Job_Ended_OK is found e Invalid Characters Indicates when specifying the parameter whether there are any special characters that cannot be used embedded blanks spaces can be used Trailing blanks after the specified value are ignored AutoEdit Support Indicates whether AutoEdit variables can be included in the value of the specified parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Introduction 1 7 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 1 8 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide General Parameters The parameters described in this chapter contain basic information that identifies the job describes what it does and gives the location of the job script Table 2 1 General Parameters Summary Part 1 of 3 Parameter Description Application Name of the application to which the job s group belongs Used as a descriptive name for related groups of jobs Application Logical name of the node group that processes a job run Node Group by an application such a
385. ugh 50 characters Case Sensitive No Invalid Characters Blanks single quotation marks AutoEdit Support No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter General Information e To submit the job to CONTROL M A gent on a specific platform specify the host name of the platform e To submit the job on the Server platform leave this parameter blank e To submit the job via the load balancing mechanism specify the group name representing the collection of platforms that are capable of executing the job The group name must be defined in the installation Note Node groups can be specified only for certain CONTROL M platforms with CONTROL M Version 2 2 0 and later BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 28 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Node ID Group in the Active Environment The Node ID Group parameter is divided into two separate parameters in the Job Editing form in the CONTROL M EM GUI These parameters are Node ID and Node Group Table 4 3 Node ID and Node Group Parameter Descriptions Parameter Node ID Description Displays the name of the node on which the job was most recently run This field is not user configurable Node Group Name of the node or node group on which following iterations of a job will be run Note This feature is available only in the active e
386. uling the job General Information The job is ordered only on the days marked in the Days list and in the months specified in the Months parameter Rules e When ALL is specified no other values should be specified for the Days parameter e Negative values take precedence over positive values when determining whether or not a job should be scheduled on a certain date If a negative value n Dn Ln DnPi or LnPi in either the Days or Week Days parameter prevents a job from being scheduled on a date the job will not be scheduled on that date e Identical negative and positive values for example Dn Dn cannot be specified together e If periodic and non periodic values are mixed when specifying Days processing will depend upon the calendar type specified in parameter Days Calendar e Ifanon periodic calendar is specified in Days Calendar only non periodic values are processed periodic values are ignored e Ifa periodic calendar is specified in Days Calendar all periodic values and all negative non periodic values for example n are processed non negative non periodic values are ignored BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Scheduling Parameters 3 29 e For OS 390 platforms the Months parameter is ignored when periodic values are specified for the Days parameter Note If the And option is selected Month Days and Weekdays and no criteria are specified for either the
387. uling Parameters Parameters that enable you to specify when and how often a job should be scheduled for submission to CONTROL M Server Chapter 4 Execution Parameters Parameters that enable you to specify runtime characteristics of the job pertaining to reruns of the job in particular BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information About This Book xvii Chapter Description Chapter 5 Condition Parameters Parameters that enable you to specify interdependent relationships between jobs using prerequisite conditions Chapter 6 Resource Parameters Parameters that enable you to make the availability of system resources a prerequisite for job submission to CONTROL M Server Chapter 7 Post Processing Parameters Specify how the job s results should be analyzed and what subsequent actions should be taken Chapter 8 Job Output Parameters Describes actions that CONTROL M and CONTROL M EM perform when the job has finished running Chapter 9 Status Parameters Describes runtime information about the job Chapter 10 SAP Parameters Describes the parameters used to run a SAP job Chapter 11 Chapter 12 Oracle Applications Parameters Describes the parameters used to run an Oracle Applications job FTP Parameters Describes the parameters used to run an FTP job Chapter 13 PeopleSoft Parameters Describes the parameters used to run a PeopleSoft job
388. ut Destination table For 0S 390 Jobs Cyclic jobs cannot contain the Shout When Rerun parameter Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Shout parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM Utilities SHOUT CONTROL M Server shout Utilities eTrigger Shout CONTROL M for OS 390 SHOUT Example 1 Sends Shout message to a specified user when job ends OK Shout Statements When OK Destination SHIFTMNGR Urgency R Message NIGHTSHIFT RUN COMPLE ED The message is sent to CONTROL M logical destination SHIFTMNGR BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Job Output Parameters 8 13 Example 2 Sends Shout message to CONTROL M EM when job terminates NOTOK If the job terminates with a status of NOTOK send a message to CONTROL M EM indicating the completion code Shout Statements When NOTOK Destination ECS Urgency U Message Job NOTOK Completion code COMPSTAT The message is sent to the CONTROL M EM Alerts window Example 3 Sends Shout message when job runtime is less than expected Given that a job whose average run time is 50 minutes completes in 40 minutes The job processing definition contains a Shout statement with When EXECTIME The following table indicates which Time parameter values would and which would not cause a Shout message to be issued Shout Message Issued Shout Message Not Issue
389. value from 0 to 62 Note the following points e Ifthe result of shifting by yyy days is a day that is not allowed n was entered for that day in the DAYS parameter the job is shifted to the next working day for a forward shift or to the previous working day for a backward shift BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 3 22 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Component Format e If the original scheduling day of the job is a working day in the CONFCAL calendar the x value is ignored and the yyy value determines when the job is scheduled e If the original scheduling day of the job is not a working day in the CONFCAL calendar job scheduling is shifted according to the x value and then shifted again according to the yyy value if specified to determine when the job is scheduled e If the original scheduling day of the job is not a working day in the CONFCAL calendar and no value blank is specified for the x value the job is not scheduled and the yyy value if specified is ignored Confcal and Shift parameters are applied to a scheduling date only if that date already satisfies the Basic Scheduling criteria as specified in the Days Months Dates and Weekdays parameters CONTROL M for OS 390 1 8 character string SHIFT is specified as a separate parameter not a subparameter of CONFCAL SHIFT 4 character value including the Shift Num
390. variable indicating the length of the substring to extract Note The values specified for both lt startpos gt and lt length gt must be or resolve to a number greater than zero Example In the following series of expressions Number resolves to TWO Nstring ONETWOTHREE ae A Ye od Ae Je Start 4 Number SSSUBSTR S Nstring Start 3 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 15 28 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Expressions for LDA iSeries AS 400 only Examples LDA is a special variable that can be used to specify Local Data Areas for iSeries AS 400 jobs The following format can be used when specifying an expression to assign a value to job submission variable LDA for a job oe SLDA _ lt startpos gt _ lt length gt _ lt dec gt lt AutoEdit_exp gt The components of this expression are described in the following table lt startpos gt A number indicating the starting position in the LDA at which to place the results of the specified expression lt length gt A number indicating how many positions in LDA to reserve for the results of the expression lt dec gt A number indicating how many decimal places to include in the packed decimal value passed to the LDA AutoEdit_exp The AutoEdit expression whose resolved value should be placed in the indicated location in the LDA Assuming that the syst
391. variable gt lt value gt lt value gt The components of this expression are described in the following table lt variable gt Any user variable or job submission variable lt value gt Any AutoEdit variable or alphanumeric string period If specified indicates that the values before and after the period should be concatenated Syntax Rules The following syntax rules apply to a string expression e Any spaces in the expression including immediately following the gt are regarded as part of the string and are included in the result e A period is used to concatenate two variables No concatenation character is required to link two strings e To include a period as part of the string between two concatenated variables use two consecutive periods see example below e Any number of variables or strings can be concatenated in an expression e If one variable follows another with no period in between the two variables are combined to form the name of a third variable see example below Concatenation progresses from right to left until the entire expression is resolved BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information AutoEdit Facility 15 25 Examples X resolves to 0312 SX SSDAY MONTH Y resolves to 03 12 SSY SSDAY 5 MONTH Z resolves to Today is 03 12 99 Z Today is DAY MONTH YEAR The following sequence passes a value to PAR
392. ve To Date parameter Active To Date Indicates the end of a period of time during which the job or Group Scheduling table can be ordered This parameter is paired with the Active From Date parameter Days Indicates the name of a CONTROL M calendar that is used Calendar to validate specified days This parameter may be mandatory for certain Days value formats And Or Indicates the relationship between specified Days values and Weekdays values Weeks Indicates the name of a CONTROL M calendar that is used Calendar to validate specified weekdays Confcal Indicates the name of a CONTROL M calendar that is used to validate scheduling dates A specified shift value can be used to indicate how to handle jobs that are scheduled for a non working day in the calendar Months Indicates the months in which the job should be scheduled Only days in the specified months are considered valid for scheduling the job General Information The job is ordered only on the days of the week marked in the list and in the months specified in the Months parameter Negative values take precedence over positive values when determining whether or not a job should be scheduled on a certain date If a negative value n Dn L DnPi or LnPi in either the Days or Week Days parameter prevents a job from being scheduled on a date the job will not be scheduled on that date even if a positive value for example Ln would otherwise result
393. w Format 1 Format 1 is composed of the following Statement A character string containing a statement from the job script file 1 132 characters The specified string can be a portion of the statement Code A character string to be compared to the operating system s response to the specified statement 1 132 characters The On Statement Code parameter is optional However when it is specified both the Statement and Code parameters are required Statement and Code character strings can each contain mask characters Valid mask characters are e Represents any number of characters including no characters Represents any single character BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 7 58 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Format Format 2 continued A f Format 2 is composed of the following Statement An asterisk must be specified in this field Code This field must contain either OK NOTOK JLOST indicating a completion status for the job or it must have a string with the following format COMPSTAT lt operator gt lt completion code gt Where lt operator gt is one of the following orEQ equal lt orLT less than gt or GT greater than lor NE not equal If a two letter abbreviation EQ LT GT or NE is used as the operator value the abbreviation must be preceded and followed by blanks lt completion code gt must be either a number of the
394. which the job or Group Scheduling table can be ordered or the Scheduling Tag can be used Format Usage Optional Format Date is selected from the Active From Date list box in the CONTROL M EM Job Editing form In the case of a Scheduling Tag date is selected from the Active To Date list box in the CONTROL M EM Scheduling form Default blank Job or Group Scheduling table creation date AutoEdit No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as Support all or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Parameter Description Active To Date Dates Indicates the end of a period of time during which the job or Group Scheduling table can be ordered or the Scheduling Tag can be used This parameter is paired with the Active From Date parameter Other scheduling criterion Indicates specific dates month and day on which the job should be scheduled Days Calendar And Or Indicates the name of a CONTROL M calendar that is used to validate specified days This parameter may be mandatory for certain Days value formats Also known as DCAL and dayscal Indicates the relationship between specified Days values and Weekdays values Week Days Indicates days of the week on which the job should be scheduled Weeks Calendar Indicates the name of a CONTROL M calendar that is used to validate specified weekdays Confcal Indicates the name of a CONTROL M
395. x Mandatory An asterisk indicates the job s original MSGCLASS Optionally you can specify a class in the From Class text box If a class is specified Sysout Handling is I7yimited to only sysouts from the specified class Related Parameters Parameter Description Do Sysout The Do Sysout parameter specifies how the job s output should be handled when the On Statement Code criteria are satisfied For more information see Do Sysout on page 7 40 General Information Sysout Handling is specified in the Postproc panel of the Job Editing form If no Sysout handling is specified or the job does not end OK and no Do Sysout statement in the On Statement Code parameters is activated the job s log file is placed in the location determined by CONTROL M until it removed by the New Day procedure Note Note The CONTROL M Automatic Log Copy system parameter is not affected in any way by specified Sysout Handling BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Job Output Parameters 8 21 Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Sysout Handling parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name Reporting Facility Sysout Handling is composed of two sub parameters SYSOPT Equivalent to the Sysout handling text box PARM Equivalent to the variously named text boxes that are displayed when specific Sysout Handling options are chosen CO
396. y e This parameter is not supported by CONTROL M versions earlier than 6 1 00 e This parameter is not supported by CONTROL M for OS 390 Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Form Name parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM APPL_FORM Utilities eTrigger Application Form CONTROL M Server applform Utilities CONTROL M EM API application_form Example 1 Default Form for SAP Job Default SAP 4 6 Example 2 Alternate Form for SAP Job SAP 4 7 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information General Parameters 2 37 Group Indicates the name of the group to which the job belongs Format Usage Mandatory Length 1 20 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid Characters Blanks single quotation marks AutoEdit Support Related Parameters No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Parameter Description Application Application is also a logical name Both the Application and Group parameters can be used to create logical groupings of jobs Neither parameter has a direct effect on job execution General Information The Group parameter facilitates more convenient and orderly management of groups of production jobs The value assigned to the Group parameter determines the job s placement in the structure of the C
397. y Information 7 70 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Aliases for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Step Range parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM STEP_RANGE Utilities Reporting Facility Composed of the FROM PGMST FROM PROCS TO PGMSTEP and TO PROCSTEP parameters CONTROL M for STEP RANGE 0S 390 CONTROL M EM API step_range Alternate Formats for Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Step Range parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M EM STEP_RANGE is composed of the following Utilities parameters NAME 1 7 character string FPGMS First program step in the range 1 8 character string FPROCS First process step in the range 1 8 character string TPGMS Last program step in the range 1 8 character string TPROCS Last process step in the range 1 8 character string CONTROL M for STEP RANGE consists of the following 0S 390 subparameters STEP RANGE Equivalent to Name FR First program or process step in PGM PROC the range 1 8 character string TO Last program or process step in the range 1 8 character string BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Post Processing Parameters 7 71 Example 1 CONTROL M EM Job Editing Form Define program steps STEP20 through STEP29A as step range DF2 If any of these steps produce any sys
398. y a list of process names that have been defined Example If SQR is specified for the Process Type parameter and the process produces a report named RESULTSQR SQR the value of Process Name I is RESULTSQR BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information PeopleSoft Parameters 13 9 Process Name Il Name of the job to be scheduled Format Usage Mandatory Length 1 12 characters Case Sensitive Uppercase only Invalid Characters Blanks Variable Name PS8 JOBNAME Related Parameters Parameter Process Name l Description Identifies the name of the process to be scheduled General Information Enter a name in the text box field or click Select and Edit to display a list of job names that have been defined Example If SQR is specified for the Process Type parameter and the job produces a report named REPORTSQR SQR the value of Process Name ID is REPORTSQR BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 13 10 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Process Type Indicates the type of process for the process or job definition Format Usage Mandatory Length 1 30 characters Case Sensitive Yes Invalid None Characters Variable Name PS8 PRCSTYPE Related Parameter Parameter Type General Information Description The selected Process Type determines what ou
399. y in the CONTROL M Active Jobs file Note All job processing definitions are stored in the CONTROL M EM database and are uploaded to the CONTROL M Server database The parameters of job processing definitions can also be used as selection criteria e For determining the content of the ViewPoints that indicate which nodes are displayed in the CONTROL M Desktop window and the CONTROL M EM flow diagram e For determining which jobs are included in a report created using the Reporting facility Job Parameter and Variable Access The Job Editing form is divided into panels Each panel contains parameters that have similar functions The division of the chapters in this book reflects the division of the job processing parameters in the CONTROL M EM Job Editing form For example to learn about a parameter that is displayed on the General panel of the job Editing form see Chapter 2 General Parameters AutoEdit variables are also described in this guide BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Introduction 1 3 BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information Table 1 1 Access to Job Parameters and Variables Part 1 of 2 Panel Contents General Panel Contains General parameters These parameters provide information about the job and explain what the job does In addition they include miscellaneous parameters that relate to how the job is executed and preparations that are per
400. y the Interval parameter Format Usage Mandatory when a value is specified for the Interval parameter Format List box Valid values Minutes Default Hours Days Invalid Characters Non English characters AutoEdit Support No An AutoEdit variable or expression cannot be specified as all or part of the value for this parameter Related Parameters Cyclic Values must be specified for the Interval and Units parameters when a job is cyclic Interval A value must be specified for Units when Interval is specified General Information The Units parameter indicates the unit of measure in which the numerical value of the Interval parameter is expressed This parameter is used together with the Interval parameter BMC Software Inc Confidential and Proprietary Information 4 54 CONTROL M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide Aliases in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate names for the Units parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M Server The Units value is contained in the interval Utilities parameter eTrigger The Units value is contained in the Rerun Interval parameter Formats in Other CONTROL M Components Alternate formats for the Units parameter are listed below Component Parameter Name CONTROL M Server Valid values Utilities e d Days h Hours e m Minutes Default Format lt interva

CONTROL-M Job Parameter and Variable Reference Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents